Skip to main content

Full text of "A hypothetical reconstruction of the Islamic city of Banten, Indonesia"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY^ 

PENNSYLWNIA. 
LIBRARIES 


A    HYPOTHETICAL  RECONSTRUCTION 
OF  THE   ISLAMIC    CITY   OF      BANT  E  N 
I  N  D  O  N  E  SI  A 

Hal  Many  Michrob 


The  Graduate  Program  in  Historic  Preservation 

Presented  to  the  -faculties  of  the  University  o-f  Pennsylvania  in 
Partial  Fulfillment  o-f  the  Requirements  far    the  Degree  o-f 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE 
1987 


John  Keene,  Pro-fessor,  City  Planning,  Reader 


RNF  ARTS 


AJfl/  0 


as 


UNIVERSITY 
OF 

PENNSYLVANIA 
LIBRARIES 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 

I  wish  to  express  my  gratitude  to  Prof.  Dr.  Haryati 
Soebadio  and  Dr.  Uka  Tjandrasami  ta  of  Directorate  General  of 
Culture  Ministry  o-F  Education  and  Culture  Republic  of 
Indonesia,  Jakarta,  whose  support  made  possible  my  study  in 
the  United  States.   I  am  also  grateful  to  Dr.  Mary  Zurbuchen 
the  Ford  Foundation,  for  her  support  and  encouragement.   I 
owe  a  debt  of  thanks  to  Dr.  John  N.  Miksic  and  Dr.  Hasan  M. 
Ambary  for  their  advice  and  encouragement  both  in  Indonesia 
and  abroad. 

At  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  I  am  most  indebted  to 
Prof.  Dr.  David  De  Long,  whose  advice  and  mental  training 
enabled  me  to  refine  the  focus  of  my  research  and  who 
provided  me  with  invaluable  assistance  in  selecting 
appropriate  theoretical  and  methodological  models.   Prof. 
Dr.  John  Keene  generously  provided  his  expertise  as  Second 
Reader  of  this  thesis.   I  wish  also  to  thank  Dr.  Peter  Just 
and  Lisa  Klopfer  for  their  help  in  the  writing  of  this 
thesis.   Ms.  Helen  Loney  contributed  her  considerable  skills 
as  corrector  to  the  final  production  of  this  manuscript. 
Needless  to  say,  none  of  those  teachers  and  friends  have  any 
respoonsibi 1 i ty  for  the  shortcomings  of  this  thesis,  which 
are    entirely  my  own. 

In  many  ways  my  greatest  debt  is  to  my  wife  Raden  Yaty 
Rumyati  and  children,  whose  encouragement  and  patient 
support  were  my  greatest  inspiration. 


Finally,  I  wish  to  dedicate  all  that  is  good  in  this 
thesis  to  the  next  generation  of  Indonesian  preservationists 
and  archaeologists,  in  the  hope  that  my  work  can  contribute 
to  the  recovery    and  reconstruction  o-f  our  nation's  cultural 
heri  tage. 


Philadelphia,  February  14,  1987 


Halwany  Michrob 
ss#  953-00-3985 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

page 

Acknowledgement  ii 

Table  of  Contents  iv 

Abbreviations  vi 

List  and  Source  of  Illustrations  viii 

List  and  Source  o-F  Photographs  >;  i  i  i 

Chapter  One:    Introduction  1 

1.1  Objectives  1 

1.2  Research  Method  o-f  Hypothetical 
Reconstruction  6 

Chapter  Two:    Historical  Background  14 

2.1  The  World  of  Islamic 

Cities  14 

2.2  Southeast  Asian  Cities  ......  26 

2.3  The  Islamic  City  of 

Banten  41 

2. 3.  1  Geography  of  Banten  46 

2.3.2  The    Pre-Islamic 

Sundanese  Period  50 

2.3.3  Banten  during  the 

Islamic  Period  66 

2.3.4  The  End  of  the  Sultanate  of 
Banten  83 

Chapter  Three:  Hypothetical 

Reconstruction  of  Old  Banten  ....  94 

3. 1  Present  Condition  of 

the  Site 95 

3.2  Past  Condition  of  the 

Ancient  City  107 


3.2.1  Survey  of  Written 
Descriptions  108 

3.2.2  Analysis  o-f  the  Old  Maps 

and  Aerial  Photography 122 

3.3  Banten  and  Javanese-Islamic 

Urbanization  137 

Chapter  Four:   Conclusion 

4.1  Philosophy  o-F  Urban  Historic  Site 
Preservation  151 

4.2  Master  Plan  -for  the  Reconstruction 
o-f  Banten  156 

4.2.1  Proposal  -for  Restoration  ..     160 

4.2.2  Building  by  Building 
Application  165 

4.2.3  Museum  Development  ........     174 

4.3  Banten  and  Tourism  177 

Chapter  five:   Conclusion 185 

5.1  The  Chronology  o-f 

Banten' s  Evolution  185 

5.2  The  Present  Site  of 

01  d  Banten  188 

5.3  A  Master  Plan  of 

Old  Banten  189 

BRIEF  CHRONOLOGY  OF  OLD  BANTEN  191 

GLOSSARY  1 97 

BIBLIOGRAPHY  202 


ABBREVIATIONS 

AASLH      The  American  Association  -for  State  and  Local 
Hi  story 

BKI        Bijdragen  tot  de  Taal-  en  Vol kenkunde  (van 

Neder 1 andsch-Indi e> ,  uitgegeven  door  het  Koniklijk 
Instituut  voor  Tall-,  Lnad-  end  Vol kenkunde  (van 
Nedger 1 andsch— Ini e) : 

Contributions  to  the  Philology,  Geography,  and 
Ethnology  (o-f  the  Netherlands  East  Indies). 
Published  by  the  Royal  Institute  -for  Philology, 
Geography,  and  Ethnology  (of  the  Netherlands  East 
Indi  es) . 

DSP        Direktorat  Sejarah  dan  Purbakala  (Directorate  of 
History  and  Archaeology) 

HJG        N.J.  Krom,  Hi ndoe— Javanese  qeschiednis  (second 
rev.  ed . ;  The  Hague,  1931) 

HPP  Historic  Preservation  Program 

ICOM  International  Council  of  Museums 

ICOMOS  International  Council  of  Monuments  and  Sites 

JSAS  Journal  of  Southeast  Asian  Studies 

MS  Manuscript 

OV         Gudhei dkundi g  Verslag  uitgegeven  door  het 

( koni nkl i k j )  Bataviaasch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten 
en  Wetenschappen. 

-Archaeological  Report  Published  by  the  (Royal) 
Batavian  Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

PUSPAN     Pusat  Penelitian  Arkeologi  Nasional  (The  National 
Centre  of  Archaeology) 

ROD        Rapport  van  den  Oudhei dkundi gen  Dienst  in 

Neder 1 ansch-Indi e  (Report  of  the  Archaeological 
Survey  of  the  Netherlands  East  Indies) 

RSAP       The  Research  of  Southeast  Asia  and  Pacific 

SPAFA      Seameo  (Southeast  Asian  Minister  of  Education 

Organization)  Project  in  Archaeology  and  Fine  Arts 


TBG 


Tijschrift  voor  Indische  Taal 


Land-  Vol kenkunde 


uitgegeven  door  het  (Koninklijk)  Bataviaasch 
Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen 

Journal  o-f  Indonesian  Philology,  Geography,  and 
Ethnology  Published  by  the  (Royal)  Batavian 
Society  o-f  Arts  and  Sciences 

VBG        Verhandel ingen  van  het  (Koninklijk)  Bataviaasch 
Genootschap   van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen 
(Proceedings  o-f  the  (Royal)  Batavian  Society  o-f 
Arts  and  Sciences) 


LIST  AND  SOURCE  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 


Following  Page  tt 

1.  The  map  of  the  Islamic  World  (Jim  Antoniou, 
Islami  c  cities  and  conservation,  Geneva: 
UNESCO,  1981,  p.  IS)  14 

2.  The  Green  Dome  above  Muhammed's  Mausoleum 

in  Madina,  Saudi  Arabia  (Ibid. ,  p.  2)  ....    14 

3.  El  Madinah  Al  Munawwarah  and  vicinity 
(Husayn  Haykal  ,  The  Life  o-f  Muhammad, 
Translated  by  Ismail  Ragi  A.  al-Faruqui, 

New  Delhi,  1976,  p.  187)  15 

4.  Muhammad's  House,  Madina,  Saudi  Arabia 
(Helen  and  Richard  Leacroft,  Early  Islamic 
Architecture.  New  York,  1976,  p.  2)  16 

5.  Muhammad's  House  (Croswell,  D.B.E., 
Early  Muslim  Architecture.  New  York, 

Hacker  Art  Book,  1979,  II  p.  8)  16 

6.  Isfahan:  The  Bazaar  (Francis  Robinson, 
The  Atlas  of  the  Islamic  world.  New  York, 
1982,  pp.  56-57) 23 

7.  View  of  Kashan  city  in  Iran  in  early  18th 
century  (Bernard  Lewis,  Islam  and  the  Arabic 
Worl d.  New  York,  American  Heritage  Publishing 
Co.  Inc.,  1976,  p.  90)  24 

8.  Islamic  Townscape,  Ibid.  .  p.  9)  24 

9.  Mughal  boundary  in  1707  (Eric  R.  Wolf, 
Europe  and  the  People  without  History, 
California:  Univ.  California  Press,  1982).    26 

10.  Part  of  the  Mausoleum  of  the  Emperor  Akbar 
at  Sikandra,  India  (Jim  Antoniou,  op.  ci t . , 

p  .  38 ) 26 

11.  Malacca,  August  1606  (Johan  van  der  Woude, 
Koopman  van  Heeren  Zevetien  "The  Fleet  of 
Mateleff  at  the  time  of  the  conflict  in 
Malacca  in  1606",  based  on  Geschi  edeni  s 
van  der  Hal  1  and sc hen  handel  in  Indie, 
1590-1614,  Amsterdam,  1948,  p.  353)  29 


12.  The  funeral  of  King  Iskandar  Tani  in  Aceh, 
1641  (Anthony  Reid,  "Southeast  Asia  be-fore 
Colonialism",  JSAS,  1985,  p.  147)  

13.  The  map  of  the  city  of  Ayuthaya,  the  old 
capital  of  Siam  (Anthony  Reid,  op ■  ci  t ■ . 
p.  148) 

14.  Earlier  capital  of  Thailand, 

(Ibid.  .  p.  149) 

15.  The  city  of  Makassar  in  1638 

(Ibid. .  p.  144)  


29 


16.   Makassar  during  the  colonial  period 

(Charles   Robequain,  Malay.  Indonesia. 

and  the  Philippines.  London,  1958, 

p.  253) 


17.   Early  development  of  Inramuros,  Philippines. 
(Dilip  K.  Basu,  The  Rise  and  Growth  of  the 
Colonial  Port  Cities  in  Asia.  California: 
University  of  California,  1985,  p.  203)  .. 


36 


18. 


The  City  of  Manila  c.  1670 
(Ibid. .  p.  204)  


19.  Batavia:  1629  (Bernard  H.  M.  Vlekke, 
Nusantara.  A  History  of   the  East 
Indian  Archipelago.  Massachusetts: 
Harvard  Univ.  Press,  1944,  p.  144)  .., 

20.  Batavia  during  the  Eighteenth  Century 

(Ibid. .  p.  177)  , 

21.  Neolithic  migration  routes  (H.  R.  Van 
Heekeren,  The  Stone  Age  of  Indonesia. 
Martinus  Ni j hof f , 1957,  p.  122)  ., 


38 


The  map  of  Serang  Regency  (Halwany  Michrob, 
The  Preliminary  report  of  Restoration  and 
Preservation  of  Urban  Site  of  Banten. 
Site  Museum  of  Banten,  1984))  


47 


Monthly  rain-fall  of  Serang  Regency  (Erwina 
Darmayanti ,  Perancanqan  Lansekap  Keraton 
Surosowan  sebaqai  objek  wisata  Banten  Lama. 
Jakarta:  Universitas  Trisakti,  Jurusan 
Arsitektur  Lansekap,  1985,  p.  37  cf.  Badan 
Meteorologi  dan  Geofisiki  Stasiun  Serang). 


48 


24.  The  dampness  o-f  weather  in  Serang  Regency 

<  op.  cit.  ,  p .  33 )  48 

25.  The  Temperature  of  Old  Banten  ("Badan 
Meteorologi  dan  Geofisika  Stasiun 
Meteorologi  Serang"  Site  Museum,  Banten, 

1984, p.  15)  48 

26.  Daily  sun-shine  in  Serang  Regency 

(  Ibid.  ,  p.  16)  48 

27.  Indonesia  during  Hindu-Buddhist  Period 
(Bernard  H.  M.  Vlekke,  op.  ci t . .  p.  2)  ...    52 

28.  Banten  Kingdom,  (Bernard  H.  M.  Vlekke, 

op  ■  cit.,  p .  55) 53 


?9.   Banten  Lama,  Archaeological  Plan  of 
Banten  (Pusat  Penelitian  Arkeologi 
Nasional  Dept.  Arkeologi  Islam,  Jakarta, 
1 984 )  97 

50.  The  sketch  map  of  de  Houtman's  arrival 
in  Banten  in  1596  (Halwany  Michrob,  1984 
p.  34,  cited  from  Mollema  J.  C.  de  Eeste 
Schipvaart  der  Hollanders  naar  Oost  Indie 
1595-1598,  ' s-Gravenhage:  M.  Nijhoff, 

1 936 ) 1 08 

51.  The  market  of  Banten  in  the  16th  century 
(Mollema  J.  C. , 1936;  the  information  quoted 
from  Anthony  Reid,  op.  ci  t  ■  ,  p.  148)  114 


32.  Bantam  (Banten)  in  1596  (G.  P.  Rauf-Faer 
and  Ijzerman,  De  Eerste  Schipvaart  de 
Nederl anders  naar  Post-Indie  Qnder 
Cornel  is  de  Houtman  1596-1597:  Deerse 
Book,  van  Willem  Lodewijcks,  Den  Haag: 
Martinus  Nijhoff  1915  p.  104)  124 

33.  Banten  in  1670  (Anthony  Reid, 

op.  ci  t.  .  p .  144  1 25 

34.  Banten  in  1726  (Valentijn,  Een  Nieuw 
Oost-Indien.  1725,  p.  Ill)  126 

35.  Banten  in  1759  (J.  W.  Heydt  Al lerneuester 
Geoqraphisch  un  Topoqraphi scher 
Schau-platz  van  Africa  und  Post  Indien. 

1959) 127 

36.  Banten  in  1900  (L.  Serrurier  S.  H. 
Kaart  van  Pud  Bantam,  in  qereedheid 

qebracht  door  -  1900.  1902)  127 

37.  Topography  of  Old  Banten  (Badan 
Perancang  Daerah  Tk.  II  Serang,  1985, 
cf.  the  map  of  Topography  U.S.  Army, 

IV,  1962,  p.  4224) 129 

3S.   Pangindelan  Abang,  a  water  supply 
system  o-F  Old  Banten  (measured  and 
drawn  by  Halwany  Michrob,  1986)  135 

39.  The  Grand  Mosque  o-f  the  Ancient 
City  of  Banten  (Drawn  by  Halwany 

Michrob,  July  22,  1986)  140 

40.  The  integrated  maps  of  Old  Banten, 
an  i ntegraph-pl otti ng  system,  1987 
(detected  and  drawn  by  Halwany 

Michrob  and  Loura)  :  185 

a.  The  present  condition's  map 
integrated  with  the  map  of  1596 
(cf.  Cornel  is  de  Houtman,  1595-98) 

b.  The  present  map  -  the  map  of  1659 
(see  Cortemunde,  J. P.,  1672-1675). 

c.  The  present  map  -  the  map  of  1670 
(see  van  der  Hem,  1621-1678). 

d.  The  present  map  -  the  map  of  1725 
(see  Valentijn,  1725) 

e.  The  present  map  -  the  map  of  1759 
(see  Heydt,  1759) 


The  present  map  -  the  mmap  of  1902 

(see  Serrurier,  L.  ,  1902) 

The  Contemporary  map  <cf.  Aerial  Photo, 

Topographical  map.  Archaeological 

map  19S4,  and  sketch  map  1930) 

measured  and  drawn  by  author,  1987. 


LIST  AND  SOURCES  OF  PHOTOGRAPHS 

Following  Page  # 

1.  The  Grand  Mosque  of  Old  Banten  and  its 
compound.  Photographed  by  the  author, 

1 986 98 

2.  The  Graves  of  some  Sultans  of  Banten  and 
their  Families,  photographed  by  Yanto 
(Jawa  Barat,  a  West  Java  Golden  Vissage, 

Diparda.  Jawa  Barat,  1985.  p. 56)  98 

3.  The  Investiture  stone  "Watu  Gilang", 
a  place  of  the  Sultan's  Inauguration 
before  Tirtayasa,  photographed 

by  the  author,  1985  99 

4.  The  Investiture  stone  "Si nayaksa" , 

a  place  of  the  Sultan's  inauguration 

after  Tirtayasa,  photographed 

by  the  author,  1985 99 

5.  The  bronze  cannon  "Ki  Amuk", 
photographed  by  Yantod,  (see  photo. 

no .  2 )  1  oo 

6.  A  Chinese  house,  located  in  Chinatown. 
It  is  approximately  5  meters  west 

of  Speelwijk,  photographed 

by  author,  1985 100 

7.  Menara  Lama"  one  of  the  oldest  towers 
which  has  not  completely  restored, 
photographed  by  the  author,  1986 103 

8.  Kaibon  Palace,  now  in  ruins,  photographed 

by  the  author,  1985 103 

9.  The  corner  part  of  Speelwijk  Fortress, 
photographed  by  author,  1985 103 

10.  The  Lake  Tasidkardi  and  the  square 
formed  as  an  island,  in  the  center 
of  the  artificial  lake,  photographed 

by  author,  1984 103 

11.  "Guha  Banten"  is  a  series  of  three 
rectangular  chambers  cut  into  the 
west  bank  of  Banten  river  at  the 
foot  of  the  bank,  photographed 


by  author,  1983 105 

12.  Karangantu  harbour,  one  of  the  oldest 
ports  in  west  Java,  photographed  by 

author,  1985 105 

13.  The  Karangantu  beach,  covered  by  mud  -from 
the  modern,  local  harbour.   This  is  the 
•fishing  trade  center  of  Serang  Regency, 
photographed  by  author,  1985 106 

14.  The  statue  of  a  bull  nandi  which  was 
found  at  Karangantu  in  1906,  and  is 
now  preserved  at  the  Site  Museum  of 
Banten.   The  photo  is  taken  from  an 
unpublished  manuscript  written  and 
photographed  by  Halwany  Michrob, 

"The  Introduction  of  the  Archaeological 

sites  in  West  Java"  (Site  Museum,  1985)  .     106 

15.  Geological  field-check  at  Old  Banten. 
Magnetic  detection  is  used  to  check 
some  features  such  as  walls,  pits, 
structures,  and  to  record  the  site 
during  the  geographical  exploration 
led  Sutikno,  Geologist  from  gajah 
Mada  University,  Yogyakarta  in  1982- 

1983,  photographed  by  Dedy  S 125 

Priatna,  1984. 

16.  The  Geological  field  team  from  Gajah 
Mada  University  boring  for  buried 
features  at  Old  Banten.   This  activity 
is  used  to  find  information  about  the 

past,  1984 125 

17.  Aerial  photo  of  Old  Mosque  "Pacinan  Tinggi", 
quoted  from  Sutikno,  Penqinderaan  Jauh 
untuk  Pemetaan  Terinteqrasi  Kepurbakal aan 
Banten  dan  Jepara,  Vol.  I,  fl984, 

P.  III.  27  129 

18.  The  ruin  of  Pecinan  Tinggi  Mosque, 
photographed  by  author,  1985 129 


19.   The  Aerial  photo  of  Speelwijk,  Sutikno, 
op.  cit.„  p .  Ill  30 


1 30 


20.  Speelwijk  Fortress,  photographed  by 

Dedy  S.  Periatna,  1984  130 

21.  The  Canal  at  the  western  part  of 


Speelwijk  Fortress,  photographed  by 

Dedy  S.  Priatna,  1987 131 

22.  The  Aerial  Photo  of  Tasikardi,  Sutikno, 
op.  cit.  .  p.  Ill  23  (cf.  Bakosurpanal  , 
Jakarta) 132 

23.  The  two  Fi Iteration  Stations, 

photographed  by  author,  19S3  132 

24.  The  South  bridge  o-F  Surosowan  outside  Palace, 
photographed  by  author,  1985 134 

25.  The  fountain  "Pancuran  Mas",  photographed 

by  author,  1986  134 

26.  Aerial  photo  of  Surosowan  Palace, 
Bakosurpanal  ,  1985  136 

27.  Surosowan  Fortress,  photographed  by 
Darmayanti ,  Erwina,  1985  138 

28.  Stone  Stair  at  the  northern  part  of 
Surosowan  Fortress,  photographed  by 

author,  1984  138 

29.  The  pool  of  Laradenok,  photographed 

by  author,  1983 138 

30.  The  City-wall  is  found  during  our 
archaeological  investigation  in  1985. 
Photographed  by  Dedy  S.  Priatna,  1985  ....     158 


Chapter  One:  Introduction 

1 . 1   Objectives 

This  thesis  concerns  the  hypothetical  reconstruction  of 
the  Islamic  city  of  Banten,  Indonesia.   For  more  than  one 
hundred   years  this  site  lay  deserted,  abandoned  even  be-fore 
the  end  of  the  Sultanates  of  Banten.   A  minor  port  of  the 
north  coast  of  Java  brought  to  life  by  conquering  Moslem 
merchant-evangelists  coming  from  the  more  eastern  parts  of 
the  island,  Banten  flourished  with  the  spice  trade  during 
the  early  European  expansion  overseas.   But  its  greatness 
was  short-lived.   Old  Banten  is  a  lost  city,  and  most  of  its 
monuments  are  buried  and  covered  with  grass.  Unfortunately, 
there  are   very  few  published  accounts  describing  Banten, 
especially  after  it  was  conquered  by  Maulana  Hasanuddin  1525 
A.D.   It  quickly  became  the  principal  port  in  western  Java, 
replacing  Sunda  Kalapa  (now  Jakarta,  the  capital  of  the 
Republic  of  Indonesia).   As  the  sixteenth  century  passed, 
Banten  surpassed  the  other  competing  market  places  along 
Java's  north  coast,  and  by  1596  it  was  the  largest  and  most 
prosperous  of  them  all.   There  are    also  very  few  published 
accounts  during  the  critical  70  years  of  its  development 
from  its  founding  as  an  Islamic  city  to  the  arrival  of  the 
first  fleets  from  northern  Europe,  and  they  are    brief.   The 
earliest  detailed  descriptions  of  Banten  yet  published  were 
written  by  the  first  Dutch  and  English  visitors  who  began  to 

1 


2 
arrive  in  1596.   Possible  archives  in  Portugal  or  elsewhere 
contain  older  manuscripts,  but  if  so,  they  still  lie 
undiscovered.   Old  Banten  was  almost  certainly  the  largest 
city  in  northern  coastal  Java,  and  in  all  probability,  in 
the  whole  of  Southeast  Asia  in  1596;  Cornel  is  de  Houtman 
estimated  that  the  Islamic  city  o-f  Banten  was  about  the  same 
size  as  Amsterdam,  the  city  from  which  his  fleet  had 
departed.1   Banten  shared  a  number  of  basic  characteristics 
with  other  large  Javanese  ports;  indeed  there  are    enough 
similarities  to  suggest  that  they  were  built  according  to  an 
abstract  plan  of  what  a  settlement  should   be  (see  Chapter 
two:  2.3.3). 

Moreover,  old  Banten  possessed  some  attributes  commonly 
found  in  contemporary  Islamic  cities  in  other  parts  of  the 
world.   The  most  prominent  centers  of  activity,  in  Moslem 
cities  such  as  those  in  India  and  Afti ca  as  well  as  in  Arab 
countires,  seem  to  have  been  the  palace  or  qosr ,  markets  and 
mosques.   Old  Banten  was  divided  into  quarters  according  to 
occupation  and  ethnicity,  as  were  late  mediaeval  cities  in 
other  Islamicized  parts  of  the  world.   Even  Banten' s 
position  as  one  of  the  largest  cities  of  Java  and  Southeast 
Asia  during  that  time,  not  only  at  the  turn  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  but  possibly  in  all  history  up  to  that 
point,  is  a  characteristic  which  it  held  in  common  with 
other  major  Moslem  cities  of  the  late  sixteenth  or 
seventeenth  century.   If  the  origin  of  cities  in  Java  had  in 


3 
■fact  coincided  with  the  spread  o-f  Islam,  and  the  component 
elements  o-f  the  cities  were  common  to  much  of  the  Islamic 
world,  one  might  predict  that  the  pattern  o-f  settlement 
within  the  new  Javanese  cities  also  would  have  imitated  a 
standard  Islamic  -form.   On  the  contrary,  however,  the 
physical  distribution  of  public  and  private  place  in  Old 
Banten  (and  elsewhere)  continues  the  traditional  layout  of 
the  Javanese  court  complexes  of  pre-Islamic  time  as  will  be 
described;  Java  can  therefore  be  said  to  possess  an 
indigenous  pattern  of  urbanization,  with  some  elements 
common  to  contemporary  cities  in  other  parts  of  Southeast 
Asia.   If  we  reflect  on  the  consideration  that  these  cities 
evolve  from  the  acts  of  many  individuals,  then  we  can 
conclude  that  the  introduction  of  Islam  did  no  result  in  a 
revolutionary  change  in  the  Javanese  way  of  life,  but  rather 
underwent  a  process  of  gradual  evloution  by  stages. 
Although  the  building  architectures  of  Old  Banten  contain 
architectural  and  architectonic  elements  derived  from  an 
earlier  Hindu-Javanese  style,  its  settlement  patterns  and 
general  plan  appear  to  conform  to  a  pattern  common  to 
Islamic  cities  both  in  Java  and  throughout  the  Moslem  world. 
Historical  data  support  this  assumption. 

Historical  sources  might  allow  us  to  reconstruct  these 
stages  in  general  detail.   As  more  archaeology  is  conducted, 
however,  we  may  become  more  informed  about  the  connections 
between  this  religious  change  with  changes  in  other  spheres 


4 
of  cultures.   When  in  1596  we  first  see  Old  Banten  in 
detail,  the  settlement  and  the  li-fe  of  the  people  have 
already  undergone  some  change.   The  first  picture  we  see, 
therefore,  is  of  a  population  in  whose  lives  the  Islamic 
religion  is  pervasive,  for  example,  according  to  Keuning,2 
that  Islamic  criminal  law  was  already  in  effect  by  the 
Sultan,  but  the  city  scape  in  which  they  pursue  those  lives 
presents  features  that  originated  at  an  earlier  time,  and 
perhaps  in  the  very  different  setting  of  an  agrarian 
hinterland  rather  than  a  bustling  international  commercial 
establ i  shment . 

The  rich  history  of  Banten  has  left  many  physical 
traces,  both  large,  such  as  the  fortifications  of  Surosowan 
Palace  and  Speelwijk  fortress,  and  small,  as  in  the 
thousands  of  porcelain  shards  scattered  about  the  site. 
Contemplating  these  artifacts,  individuals  who  made  Banten 
Indonesia's  first  major  city  during  that  time. 

The  major  problem  for  a  modern  reconstruction  of  the 
plan  of  the  Islamic  city  of  Banten  is  that  it  has  been  a 
lost  city  from  the  beginning  of  the  decline  and  fall  of  the 
Banten  kingdom  from  1811-1830.   Here,  the  effects  of 
Napoleonic  wars  on  Banten,  by  1808  the  Dutch  East  India 
Company  had  been  abolished  and  Banten,  like  the  rest  of 
Dutch-ruled  Indonesia,  was  under  the  administration  of  the 
Netherlands  Indies  Governor  General.   The  Netherlands 
themselves  were  then  among  the  countries  conquered  by  France 


during  the  Napoleonic  wars.   In  that  year,  Marshall 
Daendels,  a  soldier  who  had  served  under  Napoleon,  was  sent 
to  Java  as  Governor.   He  made  much  use  o-f  -forced  labor  to 
prepare  for  a  possible  attack  from  the  British,  including 
the  construction  of  a  road  from  Anyer,  on  Banten's  west 
coast,  to  Panarukan,  1,000  kilometers  east,  for  military 
use;  many  died  under  the  harsh  conditions,  and  many 
deserted.   Under  the  exactions  of  Marshall  Daendels,  a 
revolt  eoccurred;  Daendels  led  an  army  which  stormed  and 
looted  Banten.   The  Palace  and  most  parts  of  the  city  were 
burnt  down,  thus  ending  the  kingdom  of  Banten.   Its 
suppression,  the  invasion  by  the  English,  the  removal  of  the 
center  of  the  Sultanante  to  Serang,  the  subsequent 
abdication  of  the  ruler,  and  the  ultimate  intentional 
destruction  of  the  Islamic  city  can  be  shown. 

Using  contemporary  maps  and  modern  aerial  photographic 
data,  I  propose  to  formulate  a  research  method  leading  up  to 
a  plan  for  the  reconstruction  of  Islamic  Did  Banten.   It  is 
evident  from  documentary  sources  that  the  Islamic  city  of 
Banten  was  based  on  an  urban  plan  consisting  of  specialised 
systems.   However,  it  is  difficult  to  determine  from  these 
sources  (such  as  the  map  of  Old  Banten  drawn  by  L.  Serrurier 
in  1902,  and  the  report  of  F.  Valentijn  in  1726)  how  many  of 
these  clusters  here  in  this  site  were  located.   By 
ccomparing  old  maps  and  aerial  photographic  analyses,  and 
archaeological  excavations  of  the  actual  city  of  Bante,  I 


6 
will  attempt  to  establish  the  shifting  patterns,  space  and 
usage  in  the  Islamic  history  of  Old  Banten. 

Clearly,  to  solve  the  major  problems  o-f  the 
reconstruction  o-F  this  city,  we  must  also  consider  the 
fruits  of  archaeological  and  architectural  field  researches 
so  as  to  reflect  the  activities  on  the  populace  of  the 
Banten  urban  area  over  time. 

1.2    Research  Method  of  Hypothetical  Reconstruction 

Of  Old  Banten'' 5  multi -layered  society  and  cultural 
activities,  only  fragments  of  settlements  and  artifiacts 
remain.   As  discussed  above,  induction  and  deduction  can 
work  together  to  produce  a  harmonious  method  for  generating 
new  hupothese  or  principles  from  particulars,  and  these  can 
then  be  tested.   I  have  used  the  term  "hypothesis"  because 
it  expresses  a  proposed  relationship  between  two  or  more 
variables,  based  upon  certain  assumptions  or  "givens". 

In  testing  a  hypothesis,  Sharer  and  Ashmore  say: 

"...one  attempts  to  determine  how  well  it  actually 
accounts  -for  the  observed  phenomena.   One  type  of 
hypothesis  tested  in  the  REese  River  Ecological 
Project,  for  example,  related  the  presence  of  sites  to 
particular  predictable  kinds  of  locations.   The 
research  team  discovered  65  sites,  of  which  all  but  2 
were  in  expected  locales.   They  also  -found  11 
'appropriate7  locales  that  lacked  sites,  although  the 
theory  predicted  that  sites  would  be  there.   Even  so, 
these  results  strongly  support  the  relationships 
expressed  by  the  hypothesis.   It  is  important  to 
remember  that  a  hypothesis  must  be  tested  by  rigorous 
and  efficient  scientific  procedure.   It  is  generally 
agreed  that  to  test  any  given  hypothesis,  one  must 


7 
perform  the  -following  steps: 

1.  Devise  a  series  of  alternative  and  mutually 
exclusive  hypotheses. 

2.  Devise  a  test  (usually  an  experiment)  that 
will  di scri mmi nate  among  the  various 
hypotheses. 

3.  Perform  the  test  or  experiment  (or  gather  the 
relevant  data,  as  i n  the  Reese  River  Valley 
reconnaissance) . 

4.  Eliminate  those  hypotheses  -found  not  to  be 
supported. 

This  procedure  does  not  attempt  to  "prove"  one 
hypothesis  correct.3 

On  the  other  hand,  like  any  science,  the  hypothetical  method 

deals  with  a  specified  class  o-f  phenomena,  the  remains  o-f 

past  human  activity.   It  also  attempts  to  isolate,  classify, 

and  explain  the  relationship  among  the  variables  of  these 

phenomena   -  in  this  case,  the  variables  are    form,  function, 

space,  and  time.   By  this  method,  I  may  then  infer  past 

human  begavior  and  reconstruct  past  human  activities  from 

the  data  which  I  obrained  during  my  field  research  last 

summer,  1936.   In  a  sense,  archaeology  is  both  a  behavioral 

science  and  a  social  science  -  it  uses  the  scientific  method 

to  understand  past  human  social  behavior.   I  use  these  data 

to  formulate  and  test  alternative  hypotheses  to  exclude  all 

bu  the  most  acceptable.   The  method  continues  to  grow  and 

mature  as  a  discipline:  as  a  part  of  this  porcess,  it  has 

become  increasingly  dependent  upon  the  scientific  method  to 

reach  its  goal.'* 

As  a  result,  the  1 ess-than-r i gorous  research  done  in 


8 
the  past  is  being  replaced  by  the  careful  procedures  of 
science.   I  should  like  to  present  my  assumptions  and 
hypothese,  and  explain  how  these  hypothese  would  be  tested. 

Field  checks  and  interpretation  at  several  locations  in 
the  ancient  city  o-f  Banten  -from  the  beginning  o-f  the 
Restoration  project  in  1977  by  archaeologists  and  restorers, 
up  to  1986,  were  carried  out  to  supply  data  -for  further 
analyses.   The  main  objectives  o-f  these  analyses  have  been 
to  spot  and  trace  shifting  of  the  site  during  the  sixteenth 
to  nineteenth  centuries.   This  has  also  meant  attempting  to 
identify  economic  mobilities,  socially  and  politically  in 
Old  Banten  as  a  center  of  government  and  as  a  trade  port 
during  the  300  years  this  city  flourished  through 
international  trade. e   In  turn,  these  might  provide  answers 
as  to  the  question  of  agents  causing  these  shifts:  economic 
activities,  wars,  or  geographical  factors  such  as  shallowing 
of  the  river,  or  change  in  thee  river  course  -  either 
naturally  or  artificially. 

Historical  data  give  sufficient  evidence  of  the 
commposition  of  Old  Banten  as  a  compound  city  comprised  of 
smaller  elements,  that  is,  Old  Banten  can  be  considered  as  a 
system  consisting  of  a  number  of  sub-units.   The  location  of 
sub-units  might  indicate  a  settlement  pattern,  distribution 
of  community,  group,  trade-  and  defense-systems,  social 
structure,  etc.   It  was  assumed  that  over-arching  political 
and  economic  structures  unite  these  sub-systems.   Historical 


9 
data  also  provide  records  of  the  geographical  situation  of 
the  political  and  economic  systems,  and  their  inter- 
relationships. * 

According  to  Hasan  M.  Ambary,7,  Old  Banten  consisted  of 
at  11  east  33  elements  (units)  among  which  3  main  sub- 
divisions could  be  discerned: 

a.  Groupings  based  on  ethnicity;  i.e.  Pakojan, 
Kebalen,  Pacinan,  etc. 

b.  Groupings  based  on  occupation;  i.e.  Kapandean, 
Panjunan,  Pajantren,  etc. 

c.  Groupings  based  on  social  stratification;  i.e. 
Kapurban,  Kesatrian,  etc. 

The  1976-1984  excavation  activities  of  Old  Banten  were 

carried  out  by  the  Department  of  Islamic  Archaeology  of  the 

National  Research  Centre  for  Archaeology  in  collaboration 

with  the  Archaeologiccal  section  of  the  University  of 

Indonesia.   The  purpose  of  this  study  is  to  obtain  a 

settlement  pattern  for  comparison  with  other  ancient  cities 

in  Indonesia.   This  excavation  was  the  first  in  an  overall 

plan  to  study  ancient  Indonesian  city  planning  and 

succeeding  in  finding  some  indication  of  ancient 

settlements,  such  as  industrial  and  court  settlements  by 

comparing  data  from  historical  and  archaeological  studies  so 

to  learn  how  and  why  the  cultural  systems  operate  and 

change.   From  this  perspective,  the  study  of  Islamic  Old 

Banten,  in  this  sense  historical  evidence  and  archaeological 

activities  provides  data  regarding  thee  city  planning  of  Old 

Banten. 


10 

An  estimate  of  population  can  be  obtained  -from 
contemporary  descriptions  o-f  size  and  available  data  on  rice 
imports  in  Southeast  Asian  cities.   These  data  indicate  that 
at  any  specific  moment  between  1500-1650  there  were  six  to 
eight  Southeast  Asian  cities  in  teh  twenty  thousand  to  -fifty 
thousand  population  range,  and  that  the  biggest  settlements 
like  Ayuthaya  in  Siam,  Pegu,  Malacca,  Makasar,  and  Bante, 
approached  a  hundred  thousand  i nnhabi tants  at  their  peaks. 
This  suggests  that  Southeast  Asia's  cities  were  about  as 
populous  as  those  of  western  Europe  at  the  time,  even  though 
its  total  population  is  estimated  at  less  than  twenty 
million,  as  against  about  one  hundred  million  each  in  Europe 
and  China. e 

In  comparison  with  the  dominant  agricultural  villages 
of  pre-industri al  Europe  and  China,  South  Asia  was  marked  by 
still  largely  unsettled  hinterlands  with  associated, 
relatively  coastal  cities.   This  is  no  more  than  we  would 
expect  of  one  of  the  world's  most  important  commercial 
thoroughfares,  penetrated  everywhere  by  water-ways,  and 
carrying  not  only  the  spices  of  the  whole  world,  but  also 
the  trade  goods  of  China  on  their  way  to  Europe  and  the 
West. 

According  to  the  old  maps  and  pictures,  Old  Banten  can 
be  characterised  as  a  maritime  city  with  many  canals 
surrounding  it,  from  Banten  river  to  the  sea.   For  a  variety 
of  reasons,  some  of  these  canals  became  filled  with  mud  to 


11 

become  level  ground.   Waterways  were  used  not  only  -for 
trade,  but  also  as  a  way  of  life.   As  a  French  observer 
noted  around  1600,  "their  people  a.re    constrained  to  keep  up 
continual  intercourse  with  one  another,  the  one  supplying 
what  the  other  needs".9 

Rivers  o-f  Southeast  Asia  gave  rise  to  commercially 
based  city  states  as  a  dominant  social  -form.   It  is 
abundantly  clear  that  in  each  o-f  the  early  urban,  usually 
maritime,  settlements  where  Islam  baecame  established,  such 
as  in  Phanrang  (central  coast  o-f  Vietnam),  Petani  ,  Pasai  , 
Malacca,  Aceh,  Padang,  Sulawesi,  Banten,  and  the  central 
Javanese  Kingdom  o-f  Mataram.   A  dimension  o-f  Islam  in 
Southeast  Asia  that  must  always  be  stressed  is  the 
importance  o-f  membership  in  a  community;  a  community  in 
which  the  trade  and  rule  o-f  law  is  of  paramount  importance. 
Moslem  law  covers  every  aspect  of  life  -  ritual,  personal, 
family,  criminal,  commercial,  etc.   And  it  may  well  be  that 
one  of  the  bases  of  Isl ami cizati on  in  Southeast  Asia  from 
early  thirteenth  century  was  the  stability  and  business 
confidence  that  Moslem  commercial  law  engendered  among 
members  of  the  Moslem  trading  community  and  those  with  whom 
they  traded.  10  (see  Chapter  two) 

One  source  of  knowledge  of  these  subjects  is  the 
catalogues  in  the  Museum  of  the  Batavia  Society  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.   The  supplementary  catalogue  to  these  collections 
by  van  Ronkel  gives  soem  idea  o-f  the  variety  and  extent  of 


12 

the  Society'"  5  (now  the  National  Museum's)  holding.   Van 

Ronkel  remarks: 

"the  significance  o-f  the  Batavia  collection  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  it  contains  a  number  of  Muhammadan 
documents  brought  together  from  the  whole  of  the 
archipelago,  from  Aceh  to  Madura  and  from  Banten  to 
Celebes- M11 

By  applying  a  hypothetical  reconstruction  method  to  the 
specific  problems  of  the  archaeological  remains  in  Old 
Banten  which  remain  intact  for  us  to  work  with,  our  task  is 
the  same:  to  obtain  as  clear  a  view  of  the  past  as  possible 
by  reconstructing  the  physical  remains,  the  behavior  of 
individuals  and  events  affecting  the  socity. 

To  study  the  past,  we  have  developed  a  methodology  or 
series  of  techniques  and  procedures  for  collecting  evidence, 
method,  theory,  and  interpretation. 


13 


End  Notes: 

1.  Roufaer,  G.P..  and  Ijzerman,  De  Eerste  Schipvaart  der 
Nederlanders  naar  Post  Indie  onder  Cornel  lis  de 
Houtrnan,  (Gravenhage,  1915)  p.  59 

2.  Keuning,  J.,  De  Tweede  Schipvaarte  onder  Jans  Cornel i  sz 
van  Neck  en  Wi  j brant  van  Warwich.  (Denhaag,  1938)  p. 

I.  :8S 

3.  Sharer,  Robert  J.  and  Wendy  Ashmore,  Fundementals  of 
Archaeology,  (California:  Menlo  Park,  1979)  p.  27 

4.  Ibid. ,  p.  29 

5.  Kartodi hardjo,  Sartono,  Seiarah  Nasional  III.,  Jaman 
Pertumbuhan  dan  Perkembanqan  Kerajaan  Islam  di 
Indonesia,  (National  History  of  Indonesia,  the  growth 
and  development  of  Islamic  Kingdom  in  Indonesia)  Ed. 
Uka  Tjandrasasmita  (Jakarta:  Dept.  Education  and 
Culture,  1975)  pp.  4-15 

6.  Mundardjito  (Ed.),  Berita  penelitian:  Arkeoloqi  Banten 
Lama  1976,  (The  exploration  report:  Archaeological  site 
of  Banten  1976)  pp.  5-10 

7.  Ambary,  Hasan  Muarif,  A  Preliminary  Report  of  the 
Excavation  on  the  Urbaqn  Site  in  Banten  (West  Java), 
Bangkok:  I AHA,  1977,  p.  5 

8.  Reid,  Anthony,  "The  Structure  of  Cities  in  Southeast 
Asia",  Journal  of  Southeast  Asian  Studies  XI.  (1980), 
No.  2 

9.  "The  Voyage  of  Francis  Pyrard  de  Laval  to  Indies" 
(London,  1887-90)  p.  169  cited  in  A.  Reid,  Southeast 
Asian  Cities  before  Colonialism.,  Journal  of  Southeast 
Asian  Studies.  Melbourne  1985,  pp.  145-146 

10.  Johns,  A.H.,  From  Coastal  Settlement  to  Islamic  School 
and  City:  Isl ami ci zati on  in  Sumatra.  The  Malay 
Peninsula  and  Java,  (Hambad:  Islamicus  Vol.  IV.,  1979) 
No.  4,  p.  5 

11.  Ibid.  ,  p.  6 


Chapter  Two 


HISTORICAL  BACKGROUND 

In  determining  a  reconstruction  o-f  Old  Banten,  several 
models  present  themselves.   First,  we  may  look  to  the  ideal 
model  of  the  "Islamic  City"  as  first  expressed  in  Arabia  and 
later  developed  throught  Moslem  West  Asia.   Second,  we  may 
look  to  the  Islamic  and  non-Islamic  cities  of  Southeast 
Asia,  most  parti cul ari 1 y  to  the  Hindu-Buddhist  cities  of 
Java  that  preceded  old  Banten.   In  either  case  we  must 
attempt  to  derive  a  general  model  of  urban  geography,  as 
best  the  scanty  data  will  allow,  with  a  view  to  seeing  which 
model-  or  a  combination  of  models-  best  supports  a 
hypothetical  reconstruci ton  of  old  Banten.   I  will  now 
discuss  each  of  these  alternative  models  in  turn. 

2.1   The  World  of  the  Islamic  City 

In  consideration  of  the  hypothesis  that  old  Banten 
developed  as  an  Islamic  city,  we  must  first  explore  the 
prototype  for  old  Banten,  that  is,  the  first  Islamic  city, 
built  by  Prophet  Muhammed  himself.   The  concept  of  the  city 
in  Islamic  thought  is  intimately  bound  up  in  the  traditions 
surrounding  the  activities  of  the  Prophet.   As  the  founder 

14 


Illustration  no.  1. 


14-A 


-The  map  of  Islamic 
world 


*  Mecca 
B  Madinah 


The  extent  of 

the  Islamic 
world. 

Reprinted  from  : 
Jim  «ntoniou, 
Islamic  cities 
and  conservation, 
Geneva  *  UNESCO , 
1981, p.lS 


The  Green  Dome  above 
Mohammed's  Mausoleum 
in  Madina  (  Saudi  .Arabia), 

Reprinted  from  : 
Jim  -Antoniou,  Islamic 
cities  and  conservation, 
Geneva: UNESCO ,1981,  p. 2 


15 
of  Islam,  Muhammed  was  also  the  -founder  of  the  Islamic 
thereafter.   Consequently,  a  consideration  o-f  Islamic  urban 
ideology  must  begin  with  an  account  o-f  Muhammed  both  as 
Prophet  and  as  a  city  planner. 

The  -faith  o-f  Islam  began  around  610  A.D.  when  Prophet 
Muhammed  (born  in  Mecca,  571  A.D.)  received  the  -first 
revelation  in  his  solitary  cave  on  the  mount  o-f  Hira  some 
miles  -from  the  city  o-f  Mecca.   He  began  to  preach  to  the 
people  in  the  city  o-f  Mecca  exhorting  them  to  give  up  the 
many  idols  they  worshipped  and  to  submit  to  the  One  and 
Indivisible  Bod  -  Allah  is  the  One  -  and  Muhammed  -found 
•followers.   In  622  A.D.,  he  and  his  Sahabah  (supporters) 
were  invited  to  the  oasis  of  Madinah  some  340  Kilometers 
northest  of  Mecca.   They  went,  and  this  was  the  beginning  of 
the  "hijra"  or  the  first  year  of  the  Moslem  era.       That  the 
emigration  to  Madinah  was  the  decisive  momenent  in 
Muhammed's  mission  was  recongized  by  the  first  generation  of 
Moslems  (illus.  3).   In  Mecca,  Muhammed  had  preached  his  new 
faith  as  a  private  citizen,  and  in  Madinah  he  quickly  became 
a  ruler  wielding  political  and  military  as  well  as  religious 
authority.   The  Prophet  designed  and  built  the  mosque  and 
living  quarters  in  this  small  town.   In  the  construction  of 
the  mosque,  Muhammed  worked  with  his  own  hands  as  did  the 
mosl  ems.  *■ 

The  few  sources  concerning  the  first  mosque  and  city  of 
Madinah  have  only  limited  descriptions  of  the  layout.   Based 


Illustration  no. 3 

KEY 


AL  Ml/NAVVAflAH 

AND   VICINITY 


v«/l«7        ■««»■ 

f.-.rt  JvW* 

•reh«rJ5    'rrr 

4<tl    paj»*  if 

«.-,  = 

,tt-,r»;+e.    Art* 

w*Jf 


•V  ,•:•-.•  .Or?.  ■»• 


15-A 
Al  3ik+h'Q»~'ter 


ffo*d 


Ht-k,,/' 


aw/,/.!?*-  TU5Sr*# 


'"""',•,/,/,, 


5a,    '*/    fUrJi 

AJ  0"^y*  M«f«*» 

Jl    &rfc  .f     a/    SKam 

J.6     W«3    >  £W»4.» 


AAAA/ 

AAA/N/* 
/>  A  AA 


-ff  TT    AAA    Q  ^Ai 

0<^.«e  .(  ■?.*:»>«>.         Al  J:ib*t,         /vAa 

-m ■■< 


AAA 
AA/1 
A  A/ 


~  -  >>'    W«ll  «f  Hl.«n 


S;^G511'  ""*"■ 


v. 


'*/, 


al    Hoi" 


V 


NOTE 


fUal    H-la^KQ 


*'/  • .  ,ji-.  >, 


r* 


V 


AAAAA, 
J;;  AAA 

*Ar~A 

K<Llb 


ihe  contemporary  urban  map  of  the  'city  "i^maq^nah  al-Munawwarah"  found  by  Mohammad 
Husayn  Haykal,  based  on  his  interpretation'  from  original  sources  of  historical  and 
archaeological  evidences.   It  is  taken  from  the  book  "The  life  of  Muhammad  .Translated 
by  Ismail  Ragi  A.  al-Faruqi   (  Delhi :2ia  Offset  Press,  1976  )  p.187 


Illustration  no 

KEY 


AL  M4DINAH 
AL  Ml/NAWV^flAH 

AMD    VICINITY 


v«/l«y         ■••»" 

T»r«sX  »*^ 

#ref>arJ.s  «,rrr 
«*+e  pal**      TT 

di'tcA  — • 

Jam  - 

.^-•Jte  *A* 

we/f 
jr.ve. 


lihari   1 


*/r 

&t$$g$j§$& 

"f'W 

1 

al      Gh*^ 

'"''7/'"'/, X 

iill/'llilllll 


,  .■«"'||II,  i^NX 


15-a 
1  IUW/jmA  .1  U.i* 
3    &u7fVk  fl-S  &Lk 

5     Al  ^iK«J,'(3-«ri«r 

7  A I  '/tym     floai 

8  SZi    '«/    H*Artk 

3    AJ  S'^pyi  M«f«*« 
ii   G<ft  .f    al  &£* 

11   (We.  rf  a  I  Jww'Vk 

J+  G.*..*  «l  Q-ii? 
IS  IWi  ^  J  SU-r'.fl"* 
J0     W«d    ^  £*»-•*„ 


Wanat 


Palace    of      *    ,^V|  >  I.    « 


> 


.\ 


■S 


& 

fr> 

ll 

1— 

<J 

V 

o-» 

II 

< 

ll 

i^-^^^-_ 

W*  jF 


,  ****** 


y 


0  ii 

2  Q ';, 


A  Art  A  / 

A  AAA-' 
/^  A  AA 


-.  •••V0 

WaiV.jir^ii  A,-ak  w 

Well  a1.       O     ft  .       .     „    ,.     •       ,     ,  J 

^^C^JI        ff  1t     AAA     £j  /)/,A/ 

^gX-j^c^  <!<;••«•*  •'  ^i)'*'  Al  Ilibah  AAA 


1t 


t 


'tt- !Ttf 


ittf 
tt 


M"VC  AA. 

v        d 

l 1     k 

*^  'AAA 

Art' 
AAy 


=i?j  — rt*i«a«-^;-: 


Well     *i    ^N.r, 


^ 

^ 


1*    I//. 


[cl;4«aie   •<   K>*lrt,an,  .» 


Mad. 


V 


A      *■ 


> 


AA/1A/ 
AA 

Ka.'!> 


NOTE 


Pi! 


y-faK 


Q 


>"// 


"i 


ine  conteinporary  urban  map  of  the  city  "JL^adlrlah  al-Munawwarah"  found  by  Mohammad 
Husayn  Haykal,  based  on  his  interpretation'  from  original  sources  of  historical  and 
archaeological  evidences.   It  is  taken  from  the  book  "The  life  of  Muhammad, Translated 
by  Ismail  Ragi  A.  al-Faruqi   (  D«lhi:Zia  Offset  Press,  1976  )  p.187 


16 
on  Arabic  sources  from  that  time,  Haykal  described  (cited 
•from  el-Hadist  Rosulullah,  collected  by  Bukhary  and  Muslim) 
that  the  mosque  consited  of  a  vast  courtyard  whose  four 
walls  were  built  Dut  of  bricks  and  mud-   A  part  of  it  was 
covered  with  a  ceiling  made  from  date  trunks  and  leaves. 
Another  part  was  devoted  to  shelter  to  the  poor  who  had  no 
home  at  all.   The  mosque  was  not  lit  during  the  night  except 
for  the  hour  during  night  prayer.   At  that  time,  some  straw 
was  burned  for  light.   The  Prophet  bought  the  land  for  the 
mosque  and  living  quarters  from  the  Ansor  (helper)  or 
fledinese  and  began  to  plan  a  nw  city.   While  the  mosque  was 
being  erected,  he  stayed  in  the  house  of  Abu  Ayyub  ibn  Zayd 
al-Anshari.   When  the  mosque  was  completed,  they  built  on 
one  side  of  it  living  quarters  for  the  Prophet.   As 
recounted,  this  operation  did  not  overtax  anyone,  for  the 
two  structures  were  utterly  simple  and  economical.   The 
living  quarters  of  the  Prophet  were  no  more  luxurious  than 
the  mosque  although  they  had  to  be  more  closed  in  order  to 
give  a  measure  of  privacy  (ill.  4).2 

According  to  literary  sources  cited  by  Creswell,3  the 
first  monument  in  Islam  was  the  house  which  Muhammed  built 
on  his  arrival  at  Madinah,  of  which  the  courtyard  eventually 
became  the  first  mosque.   As  Creswell  writes: 


"He  set  about  the  construction  of  a  dwelling  for 
himself,  a  dar  (village),  which  in  Arabia  at  that  time 
consisted  of  a  series  of  small  rooms  grouped  together 
i n  an  irregular  and  haphazard  fashion  around  an  open 
courtyard,  more  or  less  spacious  according  to  the 


16-A 


MUHAMMAD'S  HOUSE,  Medina,  Saudi  Arabia,  a.d.  622 


Illustration  No.  jfc,  This  picture  is  taken  from  Helen's  reconstruction.He 

describes  as  follows: 
■Mohammad's  house,  Madina,  A.D.622,  consisted  of  open  courtyard  in  which  the 
household  tasks  were  carried  out.  Die  rooms  for  his  wives  were  built  against 
the  outer  face  of  one  of  the  mud-brick  walls  surrounding  the  court.  When  his 
followers  gathered  in  the  open  space  to  listen  to  and  talk  with  the  Prophet 
and  join  hia  at  prayers,  a -shelter  —  tulla  —  with  palm  trunks  supporting  a 
roof  of  palm  leaves,  was  erected  to  protect  them  from  burning  sun.  A  further 
simple  shelter  —  suffa  —  was  provided  for  the  poor.  In  Muhammad's  house  can 
be  seen  the  basic  ingredients  of  mosque".  Based  on  Islamic  tradition,  elhadits. 

from  :  Buildings  of  Early  Islam.  Helen  4 
Richard  Leacroft,  London:  HodderA 
Stoughton,  1976,  p. 2 

Illustration  No.  5.  Madina  %   Muhammad's  house,  (a)  before  change  of  qlbla; 

(b)  after  change  of  qibla. 
The  other  reconstruction  of  Muhammad's  house  is  drawn  by  Creswell  based  on 
the  biography  of  Muhammad  by  Ibn.Sa'adU._DJ.8^5)  by  oreder  of  the  Khallf  al- 
Walid.  He  describes  : 
"1  -  4.  Rooms  of  mud  brick,  roofed 

with  palm  branches  and  mud.  5-9. 

Rooms  of  reeds  and  mud,  roofed  with 

palm  branches  and  mud.  B.  Enlargement 

of  'Omar  (A.D.638).  C.  Enlargement  of '    Q 
. .  ...  JUthman,A.D.644. 


B 


j       Bib 
1     .lik«i 


U^-:-_ m 


0.... 

Il-n 


?H- 


Croswell,  C.B.E.  .Early  Muslim  Architecturfe^.-. 
.       .     {Jew  Xork  :     ,     ,_    ,     . 

Hacker  Art  8ook,1979,-j#a 


17 

number  and  means  o-f  the  family  living  in  it.  ...The 
courtyard  was  thus  the  meeting  place  of  the  family,  and 
the  union  of  these  elements  was  so  close  that  only  one 
door  opened  onto  the  exterior.   As  the  family 
increased,  other  rooms  were  built  against  the  wall;  all 
the  free  space  was  taken  up  by  additional  buildings, 
and   it  became  necessary  to  construct  a  new  dar.   This 
system,  which  still  exists  at  the  present  day  in  many 
poor  villages  of  Arabia,  Syria,  and  Mesopotamia,  was 
adopted  by  Muhammed,  who  at  that  time  was  anticipating 
a  considerable  increase  in  his  family,  and  therefore 
required  a  dar  of  ample  dimensions,  large  enough  not 
only  for  his  own  wives,  but  for  his  daughters  and*  their 
husbands. " 


Upon  the  completion  of  the  building,  Muhammed  left  the 
house  of  Abu  Ayyub  and  moved  into  the  new  quarters.   He 
began  to  think  of  this  new  life  which  he  had  just  initiated 
and  the  wide  gate  it  opened  for  his  mission.   The  various 
tribes  and  clans  of  the  city  were  already  competing  with  one 
another,  and  they  differed  among  themselves  in  ways  for 
reasons  Link  own  to  any  Meccan.   Yet  it  was  equally  obvious 
that  they  all  longed  for  peace  and  freedom  from  the 
differences  and  hostilities  which  had  torn  them  apart  in  the 
past.  Moreover,  they  were  ambitious  to  build  a  peaceful 
futLire  capable  of  greater  prestige  and  prosperity  than 
Meccan  had  ever  enjoyed.   The  purpose  of  Muhammed'' s  home, 
which  consisted  of  an  open  courtyard  in  which  the  household 
tasks  were  carried  out,  the  nature  of  this  building,  which 
afterwards  they  called  "masjid"  (sajd  =  prostration,  mas j i d 
=  place  of  prostration)  or  mosque  is  indirectly  demonstrated 
by  a  mass  of  traditon.   Muhammad's  intention  for  this  open 
courtyard  was  the  construction  of  a  place  of  worship,   It  is 


18 
more  in  accordance  with  -fact  to  say  that  Muhammed  built  his 
house  for  his  own  private  use,  and  laid  it  out  in  the 
•fashion  which  was  customary  in  his  day,  and  that 
afterwards,  the  courtyard  gradually  assumed  a  more  public 
character.   Creswel 1  describes: 


"At  the  beginning,  the  courtyard  was  quite  open,  but 
after  that  a  portico  was  built  consisting  of  a  number 
of  palm  trunks,  used  as  columns,  supporting  the  roof  of 
palm  branches  (jarid)  woven  together  and  covered  with 
mud.   There  were  three  doors:   1.  the  principle  one  in 
the  south  wall  which  the  Believers  used  to  enter.   2. 
the  Bab  ar-Rahmah;  and  3.  the  Bab  Uthman,  or  Bab 
Jibril,  which  Prophet  Muhammed  used  to  enter.   Against 
the  outer  wall  of  the  courtyard,  at  the  south  and  of 
the  east  side,  two  houses  were  built  for  the  two  wives 
of  Muhammed,  Sawda  and  A'isha;  they  also  were  built  of 
mud  bricks  and  thatched  with  palm  leaves  and  mud.   When 
Muhammed  later  took  other  wives  he  built  similar  houses 
for  each  one,  until  ultimately  there  were  nine  huts 
between  the  House  of  A'isha  and  the  northeast  corner  of 
the  building.   All  these  huts,  which  were  known  by  the 
name  of  hujra  (room),  were  constructed  against  the  east 
side  of  the  building  and  on  the  outside  of  the 
enclosing  wall,  and  all  opened  into  the  courtyard  which 
had  to  be  crossed  to  enter  them;  none  were  bulit 
against  the  west  side.   Before  their  doors  hung 
curtains  of  some  rough  material  \musuh).   They  were  6-7 
cubits  square.""* 


By  comparing  data  from  the  beginning  of  Islamic  growth 
which  operated  and  changed,  in  this  sense  historical  sources 
and  archaeological  evidences  obtain  the  physical  data  being 
the  foundation  of  the  ancient  city  of  the  beginning  of 
Islamic  world  (ill.  5). 

Arabic  was,  of  course,  the  language  of  the  1 aws  and  of 
religious  culture  wherever  early  Moslem  communities  grew  up, 
and  so  by  and  large  it  was  to  remain.   In  the  consideration 


19 
o-f  Islamic  urban  and  city  planning  ideology,  a  market  was 
also  a  very  important  requisite.   For  when  they  -finished 
building  the  mosque  and  their  houses,  a  market  place  was 
built,  led  by  Abdel  Rahman  ibn  Auf ,  and  he  began  to  sell 
cheese  and  butter,  and  in  short  time  achieved  a  measure  o-f 
affluence  -fair  enough  to  to  enable  him  to  send  caravans  in 
trade.   Many  people  followed  his  example.   They  developed 
Madinah  from  a  small  town  into  a  large  Islamic  city.=   So, 
the  mosque  and  Muhammed's  house  were  the  first  Islamic 
architecture,  and  the  quarters  and  the  market  place  were 
erected  as  the  beginning  of  the  Islamic  city,  here  in 
fladi  nah. 

The  shift  of  the  Caliphat  from  Damascus  to  Baghdad 
paralleled  the  shift  of  the  focus  of  Moslem  civilization 
from  the  eastern  Mediterranean  to  the  fringe  of  Asia.   The 
9th  and  10th  centuries  saw  the  emergence  of  an  increasingly 
well-defined  Persian  Identity  of  the  city  within  the  Islamic 
world.   The  independent  kingdoms  which  arose  in  the  eastern 
lands  of  the  Abashiah  caliphate  were  Persian  kingdoms;  the 
Persians,  who  had  been  swallowed  whole  when  the  Arabs 
devoured  the  Sassanian  empire  and  had  been  Moslem,  began  to 
express  themselves  again  politically.   The  courts, 
particular! ly  that  of  the  Samaninds  (819-1005),  became 
patrons  of  the  new  evolving  Persian  culture,  and  dominant  in 
the  Moslem  land  empire  of  Asia.* 

From  the  beginning  of  Islam,  a  certain  number  of  towns 


20 

became  administrative  capitals  and,  regardless  of  size,  the 
character  of  these  prefectures  was  affected  by  governmental 
presence.   Another  form  may  be  termed  the  outcome  of  a 
catalystic  environment.   For  instance,  the  town  of  Isfahan 
was  formed  out  of  a  number  of  villages  and  small  urban 
centers.   At  a  few  key  moments  these  separate  entities  were 
unified  through  externally  appointed  authorities.   The  city 
was  born  out  of  local  developments  and  external  actions.   By 
decree,  other  cities  were  mostly  official  creations  and 
belonged  to  a  corporate  group.   The  ultimate  character  and 
the  development  of  these  cities  has  varied 

enormously,  yet  they  all  owe  their  beginning  to  the  state. 
In  attempting  many  portraits  of  the  ancient  Islamic  cities, 
they  can  be  divided  into  five  themes:   the  quarters,  the 
religious  communities,  the  wealth,  the  state  and  the  taste. 
The  importance  of  living  quarters  was  affected  by  such 
variables  as  the  sources  of  the  water  or  the  predominant 
material  of  construction.   The  city  of  Jerusalem,  dependent 
on  cisterns  and  expensive  aqueducts,  could  not  develop  the 
appearance  of  Damascus  of  Fes  with  abundant  water  easily 
accessible  through  canalization,  and  all  three  were 
different  from  Yazd  and  Kirman  with  their  underground 
qanaats  bringing  water  from  far  away.   The  greater 
permanence  of  the  family  ownership  of  the  city  land  in  Syria 
and  Palestine  led  to  a  greater  power  of  the  urban 
aristocracy  as  seen  in,  among  other  things,  the  showy 


21 

monumental  constructions  o-f  princes  so  typical  of  Iran.7 
Early  Islamic  towns,  with  a  -few  exceptions,  did  not 

have  defensive  walls,  but  in  the  10th  century  city  walls 

appear  in  a  systematic  manner,  totally  new  ones,  or, 

especially  in  very  old  cities,  refurbished  antique  ones. 

The  Bab  or  gate  was  the  symbol  of  princely  possession  and 

gates  were  frequently  decorated  with  sculptures. 

In  A.D.  754  Baghdad  was  built  as  a  circular  city, 

perhaps  taking  the  ancient  fortified  cities  of  Assyria  as 

models.   The  royal  palace  and  mosque  were  in  the  middle  in 

an  open  space  where  the  princes'  houses  and  kitchens  were 

also  found.   Protection  was  provided  by  circular  walls 

around  which  were  ring  roads  leading  to  the  homes  of 

citizens.   Four  arcaded  ways,  with  rooms  for  quards  on 

either  side,  led  to  the  main  gates,  which  were 

approached  from  the  city  side  through  a  courtyard.   Over 

each  of  the  gatehouses  was  a  domed  audience  chamber  which 

the  ruler  used  when  he  appeared  to  the  people.   A  further 

courtyard  had  side  openings  leading  into  a  dry  "moat"  where 

troops  could  be  assembled  if  there  was  danger  of  attack  from 

outside.   The  moat  was  surrounded  by  another  wall,  outside 

of  which  was  a  ditch  encircling  the  entire  city.   From  the 

12th  century  onward  the  sources  deal  with  cities  as  such 

rather  than  with  the  men  in  the  cities  or  with  special 

restricted  characteristics  of  cities.   Excavations  of  actual 

or  presumed  towns  have  been  carried  out  to  reconstruct  the 


Islamic  town  in  Fustat,  in  Siraf  in  sourthern  Iranb,  and  the 

Palace  called  Qosr  al-Hayr  in  Syria,  but  the  last  two 

examples  -  and  especially  Qosr  al-Hayr  -   are  perhaps  a 

little  too  remote  -from  the  main  centers  of  Islamic  power  to 

be  as  useful  as  archaeological  information  should  be. 

According  to  Oleg  Grabar: 

"There  are  two  additional  aspects  to  archaeological  and 
visual  sources  to  define  the  bourgeoisie.   One  is  the 
objects,  in  whatever  technique,  which  can  be  assumed  to 
have  surrounded  the  bourgeoisie.   Their  investigation 
requires  a  large  number  of  very  different  methods  of 
analysis,  from  statistics  to  art  histoy.   The  other 
aspect  lies  in  images.   Until  the  Ottoman  period  few 
maps,  plans  or  images  of  cities  were  made,  but  a 
fascinating  document  about  the  bourgeoisie  exists  in 
the  13th  century  illustrations  of  Maqamat  of  al-Hariri 
-  as  yet  not  published  in  their  entirety  -  which  depict 
most  of  its  activities".0 

Grabar' s  main  concern  is  to  integrate  the  physical 
character  of  the  city  with  the  lives,  activities  and 
institutions  of  its  suburban  elite.   Throughout,  the 
emphasis  is  on  the  period  between  800  and  1300  AS).DS)., 
acknowledged  to  have  been  the  heyday  of  an  Islamic 
mercantile  bourgeoisie,  although  on  a  number  of 
occasions,  information  from  later  times  will  be  used  as 
well.   Administrative  offices  became  separated  from  formal 
living  areas,  and  at  least  in  the  case  of  Baghdad,  they  were 
located  along  the  inner  wall  of  the  town.   Next  to  the 
formal  imperial  palace  was  the  private  palace,  often  called 
"qosr",  a  castle,  inside  the  city.   Fancy  names  were  given 
to  these  establishments  found  in  most  capital  cities:  the 


Palace  of  Crown,  o-f  the  Pleiades,  or  o-f  Eternity.   Often 
surrounded  by  gardens  they  may  not  have  been  more  than 
pleasure  pavillions  like  the  later  Safavid  and  Ottoman  ones 
in  Isfahan  or  Istambul  (ill.  6).   The  citadels  are    as 
ancient  as  towns  or  cities,  yet  they  were  relatively  rare    in 
Islamic  times  except  in  frontier  areas.   They  began  to 
proliferate  in  the  10th  century  and  the  earliest  evidence 
known  so  far  is,  accidentally  or  not,  from  the  northeastern 
frontiers  of  Islam.   Palace,  citadel,  fortifications,  gates, 
mosques,  canals,  and  the  square:   such  are    the  most  obvious 
and  most  important  aspects  of  the  state's  visibility  in  the 
city  as  characteristic  forms  of  the  Islamic  world  (ills.  7 
and  8).   An  example  about  which  more  is  known  is  the  large 
open  space  found  inside  the  city  walls  or  at  its  edges.   The 
square  called  "maydan"  in  Arabic,  was  used  for  military 
parades  as  well  as  for  war  council  meetings.   These  are 
clearly  princely  activities;  the  maydan  built  by  Ibn  Tulun 
in  his  quarter  near  Fustat  was  within  the  city  and  has 
elaborate  units  with  fancy  gates  that  were  used  in  specific 
ceremoni  es. v 

The  feature  which  distinguishes  Moslem  palaces  from 
those  of  non-Moslems,  as  it  distinguishes  the  houses  of 
ordinary  Moslems  from  those  of  Europeans,  is  that  they  do 
not  aim  to  present  an  imposing  face  to  the  outside  world. 
Topkapi  Sarai ,  the  palace  of  the  Ottoman  sultans  from  the 
15th  century  to  the  end  of  the  19th  century,  perfectly 


.Illustration  no»  6 
-Isfahan  :  The  Bazar 


The  plan  gives  a  graphic 
idea  of  the  way  in  which 
the  bazar  joined  the  Maidan, 
the  focal  point  of  Shah  .Abbas' s 
new  city(in  1597  A.D.),  to  the 
Friday  mosque,  and  focal  point 
of  the  old  town.  Note  how  all 
the  mosques  are  oriented  in  the 
same  direction, towards  Mecca. 


23-A. 


Francis  Robinson,  Atlas  of 
the  Islamic  World  since  1500 
Oxford,  England,  19S2,pp.  56-57 


24 

demonstrates  the  argument.   The  Topkapi  Sarai  is  situated  at 
the  junction  of  the  Golden  Horn  and  the  Bosphorus,  at 
Seraglio  Point.   Its  internal  use  of  space  is  utterly 
distinct  from  that  associated  with  European-style  palaces. 
Instead  such  spatial  units  as  pavilions,  yards,  gardens, 
audience  halls,  storerooms  for  treasure,  baths,  kitchens, 
and  other  necessary  functions  were  built  not  according  to  an 
overall  master  plan,  but  rather  ad  hoc,  where  and  when 
needed.   Thus  each  unit  has  no  necessary  relationship  to 
other  parts,  aside  from  the  relations  determined  by 
practicality.   Each  separate  entity  is  a  separate  monument, 
unified  with  the  others  only  by  their  interrelated 
functions. 

Nowhere  is  the  synthesis  between  Islamic  culture  and 
Hindu  India  more  clearly  achieved  than  in  Akbar's  ceremonial 
capital,  known  as  Fatehpur  (Town  of  Victory)  Sikri.   Here 
light  and  airy  structures,  reminiscent  of  Moslem  pavilions 
and  tents,  combine  with  the  flat  stone  beams  and  massiveness 
of  tradtional  Hindu  buildings.   Constructed  between  1569  and 
1583,  the  city  was  occupied  by  the  court  for  only  14  years. 
It  seems  that  Akbar  in  his  enthusiasm  to  build  his  new 
capital  on  the  hillock  of  the  holy  man,  Shaikh  Salim  Chahti , 
forgot  to  check  whether  the  water  supply  would  by 
sufficient.   The  red  sandstone  buildings  which  have  survived 
for  four  centuries,  almost  perfectly  preserved,  &rs    often 
called  a  city,  although  in  fact  they  were  no  more  than  a 


ZkJk 


Illustration  No.?.  View  of  Kashan  city  in  Iran,  in  early  18th  century. 

This  picture  is  taken  from  :  Islam  and  the  Arab  World,  edited  by  Bernard  Lewis,  New 

York  :  Alfred  A. Knopf ,1976,  p. 90.  Based  on  a  hook  of  travels  published  in  Amsterdam 

in  1711.  Lewis  mentioned  the  description  as  follows  : 

"Though  not  to  be  relied  upon  in  detail,  it  gives  a  good  impression  of  the 
walled  town,  closely  packed  with  houses  and  dominated  by  the  domes  and 
minarets  of  the  mosques.  On  the  left  is  a  large  caravanserai.  Kashan  was 
one  of  the  centres  for  Persian  ceramics". 


Illustration  Np.&. 

Islamic  townscape  :"a  drawing  after  Nasuh  al-Matraki's  Itinerary 
(  16th  century  )  showing  the  Turkish  city  of 
Bitlis." 


The  above  description  is  also -taken  from  : 

Islam  and  the  Arab  world, 
edited  by  Bernard  Lewis, 
New  York:  Alfred  A. Knopf 
1976,  p. 89. 


25 
huge  palace  complex.   The  real  town,  which  clustered  around 
the  foot  of  the  hillock,  has  long  since  disappeared. 

The  natural  accompani ement  of  such  reliance  of  Hindus 
was  the  policy  of  religious  toleration  which  Akbar  adopted, 
as  had  other  Moslem  rulers  of  Hindu  peoples  before.   Soon 
after  his  reign  began  he  abolished  first  the  tax  on  Hindu 
pilgrims,  and  then  the  "jizya",  the  tax  levied  by  holy  law 
on  unbelievers  in  Moslem  territory.   He  took  steps  to  avoid 
giving  offense  to  other  faiths,  replacing  the  Islamic  lunar 
calendar  with  the  solar  calendar  and  forbidding  Moslems  to 
kill  or  eat  the  cow  which  the  Hindu  revered.   Akbar 's  public 
religious  tolerance  was  matched  by  a  private  religious 
eclecticism;  it  is  this  side  of  the  great  man  which 
fascinated  Westerners  at  the  time  and  has  done  so  ever 
since.   Akbar' s  public  policy  was  continued  by  Jahangir  and 
Shah  Jahan.   Architectures  and  city  express  even  better  than 
painting  both  the  marriage  of  Islamic  and  Indian  modes  and 
the  vaunting  power  of  the  empire  (ills  9  and  10) . 10 

So  far  as  sound  information  extends  in  Asiatic  and 
Oriental  Settlements  of  an  urban  economic  character, 
normally  only  extended  families  and  professional 
associations  were  vehicles  of  communal  actions.   Communal 
action  was  not  the  product  of  the  urban  higher  stratum  as 
such.   Transitions,  of  course,  are    fluid  but  precisely  the 
largest  settlements  at  times  embracing  hundreds  of  thousands 
or  even  millions  of  inhabitants  display  this  very 


26 
phenomenon.   In  Constantinople,  -from  the  time  of  the  Islamic 
growth  and  development  until  the  sixteenth  century,  only 
merchants,  corporations  and  guilds  appear  as  representatives 
of  the  interests  of  the  burghers  beside  purely  militray 
associations  and  religious  organizations.   However,  in 
sixteenth-century  Constantinople  there  is  still  no  city 
r ep resent at i  on. x * 

The  evidence  of  these  processes  is  not  rich,  and 
certainly  not  as  rich  as  it  is  for  the  history  of  the  great 
empires  of  the  heartlands.   Nevertheless,  it  is  important 
that  it  should  be  studied,  for  here  we  witness  the 
extraodinary  capacity  of  Islam  to  adapt  itself  to  different 
cultural  circumstances  and  to  express  itself  in  forms  so 
much  more  varied  than  those  derived  from  the  study  of  the 
central  Islamic  lands.   We  can  also  study  how,  at  a  time 
when  Christians  were  beginning  to  place  their  impress  on  the 
continent  of  America,  Moslems  were  coming  to  give  an  Islamic 
complextion  to  much  of  Africa  and  Southeast  Asia. 

2.2   Southeast  Asian  City 

The  Southeast  Asian  world  of  Asia  represents  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  extensions  of  the  domain  of  Islam.   It  is 
remarkable  for  the  size  of  its  Moslem  community,  and  it 
represents  and  offers  a  salutary  lesson  to  historians  and 
archaeologists  of  Islam  in  that  it  occurred  during  a  period 


26^ 


Illustration  no.  9 
-Mughal  boundary  in  1707 

The  map  is  taken  from 
cartographic  illustration 
by  Noel  L.Diaz,  in  5urooe 
and  the  people  without 
History.  Edited  by  2ric 
R.Wolf,  Lqs  Angeles;  Univ. 
of  California  Press,  1982 
p.  2^2 


Illustration  no.  10 


Part  of  the  Ma  us oleum 
of  the  Zmperor  Akbar, 
at  Sikandra,  India. 

Heprinted  from  Jim 
Antoniou,  Islamic  cities 
and  conservation.  Geneva: 
UN3SC0,  1981  p. 38 


27 
(13th  to  18th  centuries)  when  Islam  was  expanding.   Commerce 
had  carried  Islam  to  these  lands.   Moslem  traders,  making 
good  use  of  the  fortunate  geographical  position  of  the 
Islamic  heartlands,  came  in  the  years  before  1500  to  control 
much  of  the  international  traffic  along  the  trade  routes  of 
the  world:   the  routes  of  the  southern  seas  which  linked  the 
east  coast  of  Africa,  the  Red  sea  and  the  Persian  Gulf  to 
the  rich  port  of  India,  of  Southeast  Asia  and  of  China;  the 
routes  across  the  Sahar,  and  especially  from  the  wealthy 
cities  of  Maghrib,  into  the  western  Sudan  and  the  Niger 
Basin;  and  the  great  Asian  land  route,  the  Old  Silk  route, 
from  the  eastern  Mediterranean,  through  Iran,  Turkestan,  and 
along  the  Tarim  Basin  into  China.   It  was  Arab  and  Indian 
traders  that  carried  Islam  into  Southeast  Asia.   The 
importance  of  this  process,  should  not  be  over-estimated, 
however,  because  when  trade  declined,  as  it  did  in  China, 
the  Moslem  foothold  in  the  Confucian  world  came  under 
threat. 

Where,  on  the  other  hand,  Islam  had  yet  to  penetrate, 
as  in  the  east  of  the  Indonesian  archepelago,  some  traders 
continued  to  perform  their  pioneering  role.   When  the  term 
"Southeast  Asia"  first  became  popular,  it  was  felt  that  it 
served  to  denote  a  rediscovered  area  of  the  world  which,  if 
not  lost,  had  at  least  been  overshadowed  by  the  Indian 
subcontinent  on  the  one  had  hand  China  on  the  other.   But  it 
brought  with  it  the  same  danger  implicit  in  the  use  of  the 


28 

term  "Asia".   When  Islam  swept  Southeast  Asia  in  the  13th 
century,  Islam  was  an  urban  religion  entering  already  urban 
societies.   This  religion  had  an  urban  rationalism  and  it 
centered  on  the  member  "Ummah"  or  community.13 

The  information  -from  Southeast  Asia,  as  has  been  said, 
is  relatively  scarce.   There  was  no  great  -focus  of  Moslem 
power  in  which  intellectual  and  material  resources  could  be 
concentrated  as  to  bestow  rich  artifacts  on  the  present, 
while  the  tropical  climate  was  always  hostile  to  paper 
records  and  to  wooden  buildings.   Indeed,  it  is  often  hard 
to  know  when  facts  end  and  speculation  begins.   Moreover,  we 
have  to  try  not  to  think  of  the  area  as  a  coherent  region  - 
after  all,  the  concept  was  invented  only  in  World  War  II  - 
and  we  should  be  cautious  of  sweeping  generalizations. 
Looking  at  all  the  evidence,  Anthony  Reid  says: 


"It  is  difficult  to  escape  the  conclusion  that  these 
Southeast  Asian  cities  were  really  very  populous  by  the 
modest  standards  of  sixteenth  century  Europe,  though 
not  as  large  as  the  biggest  Asian  cities  -  Peking, 
Tokyo,  Constantinople  and  Cairo.   The  numerous  more  or 
less  accurate  guesses  as  to  the  number  of  houses  of 
people  in  the  city  by  contemporary  observers  have  to  be 
compared  with  the  physical  size  of  the  cities  and  what 
we  know  of  rice  imports  to  some  of  them."13 


Southeast  Asian  cities  were  the  major  importers  of 
foodstuffs,  especially  rices  as  mentioned  above.   The  other 
large  cities  of  the  region  must  have  had  in  excess  of  50,000 
people  and  perhaps  as  many  as  100,000,  making  them  larger  as 
a  proportion  of  total  population  than  in  pre-i ndustri al 


29 

Europe.   Because  imported  rice  was  available  cheaply,  cities 
such  as  Banten,  Aceh,  Malacca,  and  eventually  Dutch  Batavia 
(now  Jakarta)  did  little  to  encourage  rice  production  in 
their  immediate  hinterlands.   In  addition,  there  were  rural 
areas  in  Moluccas,  the  west  coast  o-f  Sumatra  and  Banten 
which  imported  rice  in  exchange  for  pepper,  tin  or  gold 
which  they  could  produce  locally.1-* 

In  1500,  Moslems  were  established  in  many  parts  of  the 
region  (see  map  n.3).   They  dwelt  in  many  trading 
communities  down  the  Burmese  coast,  and  especially  in  Arakan 
whose  kings  were  subject  to  the  Sultan  of  Bengal.   There  was 
a  distinct  community  of  Moslem  Cams  in  Indo-China  who  had 
but  recently  been  conquered  by  th   Vietnamese.   Moving  south 
to  the  islands  of  Southeast  Asia  we  find  important  Moslem 
states  at  the  gateway  to  the  archipelago:  Pasai  in  northern 
Sumatra,  which  had  been  the  first  Moslems'  southern  shore, 
which  in  the  15th  century  had  come  to  dominate  the  straits. 
From  Malacca   (ill.  11)  they  had  gained  a  footing  along   the 
northerly  trade  route  which  ran  by  northwest  Borneo  to  Sulu 
islands  and  the  southern  Philipines.   They  had  also  spread 
their  influence  down  the  southerly  trade  route  which  ran 
along  Java's  northern  shore  and  southern  Borneo  till  it 
reached  the  Moluccan  spice  islands  of  Ternate  and  Ambon.   In 
some  places  the  Moslems  were  still  just  a  community  of 
foreigners,  in  others  they  had  brought  natives  and  rulers  to 
share  in  their  beliefs.   The  Sunda   Strait  increased  rapidly 


29-A 


Illustration  No.  IX, 

"De  vloot  van  Hatelieff  tijdens  de  belegering  van  Malaka  slaags  met 
Porlugeesche  schepen.  Augustus  l6o6«  ("The  fleet  of  Mateleff  at  the 
time  of  the  conflict  in  Malacca  between  the  Portuguese  ships  in 
Wt  Jo6  )  by  Johan  van  der  Woude  in  CQEN  Koopman  van  Hegren. 
SSieT(  Coen,  a  merchant  from  the  17th  ce 5tSy7.  *» terdam.1948 
pTzSlbased  on  Geschiedenis  van  den  Hollandechen  handel  in  India 
(  1598-161^  ). 


UlustTAti  on  No.  12^. 

The  funeral  of  King  (  Sultan  )  Iskandar 
Thani  in  Aceh,  1&4-1. 

Taken  from  Anthony  Reid,  Southeast  Asian 
cities  before  Colonialism,  Journal  of 
Southeast  Asian  Study,  1985.  *e  took  from 
reproduce  picture  from  Reysen  van  Nxcholaus 
de  Graaf  na  Asia  Africa  Americaen  iuropa. 


30 
in  importance  during  the  early  1500' s  -for  several  reasons. 
First,  in  1511  the  Portuguese  in  the  name  of  Alphonso 
d? Albuquerque  captured  the  emporium  of  Malacca,  the  most 
prosperous  port  in  Southeast  Asia.   Many  Moslem  merchants  of 
India  and  Southeast  Asia  thenceforth  preferred  to  avoid 
Malacca  and  transferred  their  trade  to  other  ports  such  as 
Aceh  at  Sumatra's  northern  end  (ill.  12).   From  Aceh,  they 
could  enter  Southeast  Asia  while  avoiding  the  Portuguese  by 
sailing  along  west  Sumatra  and  through  the  Sunda  Strait. 
Second,  demand  for  pepper,  and  profits  for  those  growing  and 
dealing,  increased  as  more  and  more  Europeans  joined  the 
other  merchants  from  western  Asia  and  China  already  bidding 
for  the  crops.   Pepper  was  not  a  product  of  the  eastern 
islands;  it  could  be  grown  successfully  in  many  areas  of 
Sumatra  and  the  western  part  of  Java.   Foreign  merchants 
were  usually  forbidden  to  trade  directly  in  the  west 
Sumatran  ports;  the  right  to  do  this  was  claimed  as  a  royal 
monopoly  by  the  Sultan  Aceh.1(= 

In  addition  to  the  opportune  access  to  the  Indian  Ocean 
and  the  potential  pepper-growing  areas,  Banten's  location 
allowed  shippers  to  sail  relatively  unimpeded  to  the  north 
between  Balitung  and  Borneo  (the  Carimata  Strait),  on  up  to 
the  area  of  Singapore  and  thence  to  Thailand,  Vietnam,  or 
straight  to  China.   All  long-distance  shipping  to  the 
Moluccas  from  the  south  China  sea  before  the  seventeenth 
century  also  passed  through  the  Java  sea.   Various  ports  of 


31 
north  Java,  at  various  periods  of  history,  derived  from  this 
practice  wealth  and  other  benefits  contingent  upon  their 
position  as  intermedar i es  in  the  spice  trade. 
Singapore  was  one  of  the  important  ports  in  the  Malacca 
Strait  as  other  sources  indicate;  the  use  of  Singapore  as  a 
literary  motif  in  the  Sejarah  Melayu  may  have  been  backed  up 
by  the  memory  of  a  period  when  Singapore  actually  functioned 
as  a  port  of  trade.   In  1462  another  Arabic  source  referred 
to  Singapore.   This  is  the  oldest  documented  reference  to 
the  use  of  this  name  instead  of  Tamasik.   When  Tome  Pi  res 
arrived  on  the  scene,  he  referred  to  it  as  a  kingdom  which 
possessed  little  territory.   Unf ortunat 1 ey ,  the  Portuguese 
burned  the  place  in  1613  as  part  of  their 
continuing  campaign  against  the  descendants  of  Malacca 
Sultans.1^   We  can  not  yet  rediscover  what  the  construction 
of  the  city  was,  or  its  layout.   Some  antique  maps  allow 
us  to  make  comparisons  with  some  cities  in  Southeast  Asia 
during  this  period.   These  maps,  such  as  the  old  map  of  the 
city  of  Si am-Ayuthay,  the  old  capital  of  Siam,  are    very 
useful  to  help  our  attempt  to  create  a  definition  of  the 
city-type  for  Southeast  si  a. 

An  analysis  of  contemporary  urban  maps  help  to  convey 
the  great  size  of  Southeast  Asian  cities,  and  also  the 
layout  of  different  quarters  (ills.  13  and  14).   Like  cities 
of  the  time  elsewhere,  Southeast  Asian  cities  were  made  up 
of  residential  quarters  defined  in  the  first  place  by  ethnic 


32 
identity,  and  in  the  other  by  occupation.   The  maps  can  be 
analysed  to  give  an  impression  of  how  many  parts  o-f  the  city 
were  made  up  o-f  many  compounds  of  the  great  merchant- 
aristocrats,  with  many  buildings,  surrounded  by  fences. 
Other  maps,  such  as  that  of  the  city  of  Makassar  on  the 
island  of  Celebes  about  1638,  show  that  on  the  port  side  of 
this  city  was  the  great  bazaar  or  market  (locally  called 
"pasar").   The  north  side  of  this  city  was  inhabited  by 
Makassarese  as  well  as  by  other  nations.   A  new  basaar  was 
built  on  the  south  side  of  this  city,  which  was  just  as 
built-up  and  populated  as  the  north  side,  but  completely 
with  houses  of  reed  and  wood.   There  was  also  a  large  river, 
which  could  be  used  by  vessels,  and  the  King's  palace  of 
departure.   In  the  other  parts  are    gardens  and  rice  fields 
around  the  city,  which  were  sited  on  low-lying,  good  land. 
This  city  was  situated  in  the  kingdom  of  Makassar,   From  the 
fort  or  enclosed  area  where  the  king  and  various  other 
nobles    have  their  courts  and  residences,  surrounded  with  a 
brick  wall,  and  on  the  sea  side  strengthened  with  four 
bastions,  and  landwards  with  strong  points,  tolerably  well 
provided  with  guns.   Because  the  walls  are  so  broken-down 
that  they  would  be  unable  to  resist  not  only  cannon,  but 
even  wooden  rams,  the  greatest  force  is  concentrated  on  the 
two  seaward  bulwarks,  provided  with  about  15  guns. 

The  King's  Palace  stood  on  fine  high  posts  in  the  form 
of  pillars,  on  which  a  beautiful  dwelling  is  erected,  with  a 


32-A 


Illustration  no,  13 

The  map  of  the  city  of 
Ayuthaya,  the  old  capita 

of  Siam. 


frtniA  TtutJ 


A  map  of  the  city  of  Siam  —  Ayuthaya,  _the  old  capital  of  Siaa,  from  Anthony  Raid's 
interpretation  to  compare  within  human  activities  in  the  cities  of  Southeast  Asia, the 
article  of  Southeast  Asian  Cities  before  colonialism,  Journal,  of  Southeast  Asian 
studies,  1980 .based  from  "  A  New  Historical  Relation  of  the  Kingdom  of  Siam,  by 
Loubere,  former  French  Anbassador  to  the  country,  published  in  translation  in  London 
in  1693  (  see  also  Sketch  map/  Illustration  no. 14-  5. 


Illustration  no.  Ik 

Earlier 

Capital  of  Thailand 


A  seventeenth-century  Dutch  impressionistic  map  of  Ayuthaya,  earlier  capital 
of  Thailand  (  Anthony  Reid,  Southeast  Asian  Cities  before  colonialism.  Journal 
of  Southeast  Asian  Studies,  1980,  p.l49)by  decision  of  A  New  Historical  Relation 
of  the  Kingdom  of  Siam,  published  in  London  in  1693. 


33 
wide  and  long  bridge  up  to  the  entrance,  so  well  constructed 
of  wood  that  one  can  go  up  on  horseback  as  well  as  on  -foot. 
From  here  we  can  see  the  King's  storehouses.   The  King's 
Mosque  is  not  far  from  his  palace.   This  city  was  completed 
by  the  quarter  of  Portuguese,  with  the  dwelling  of  Antonio 
da  Costa,  a  Portuguese  merchant  who  fled  there  for  secret 
reasons.    The  other  settlements  were  quarters  of  the 
Gujaratis,  the  lodge  of  the  Danish  Company,  and  Chinese 
quarters  (ills.  15  and  16) . X7 

Makassar  replaced  Aceh  as  the  standard-bearer  of  Islam 
against  the  European  interloper.   This  state  of  southwestern 
Celebes  came  late  to  Islam,  and  its  chroniclers  have  left  us 
with  precise  details.   On  22  September  1605,  the  Prince  of 
Tallo  embraced  Islam,  and  on  19  November  1607,  the  first 
Friday  prayer  was  held.   Foreigners  noticed  the  conversion 
because  pork  became  scarce;  neighboring  states  also  noticed 
it  as  they  became  the  victims  of  the  holy  wars.   From  then 
on,  the  Makassarese,  noted  for  their  devotion  to  the  faith, 
fought  the  Dutch  as  Christians  and  as  their  rivals  for 
control  of  the  spice  trade.   Their  greatest  leader  was  Hasan 
al-Din  (reigned  1631-1670)  whose  empire  at  its  height 
stretched  from  Borneo  to  New  Guinea  and  from  Lombok  to  the 
southern  Philipines.   Only  after  long  and  bitter  fighting 
did  he  in  1667  accept  Dutch  terms  which  destroyed  Makassar's 
dominance  in  the  trade  and  politics  of  the  region.13 

The  most  significant  centers  of  Southeast  Asian  human 


33-A 


Illustration  no>  "15 

The  city  of  Makassar ,-.  in- 1638. 


The  physical  description  of  this  map  of  the  city  of  Makassar  on the  island 
of  Celebes  about  1638,  that  in  the  part  side  of  this. .city  was  the  great 
bazar  or  market.  The  layout  of  the  north  side  of  this  city.  .inhabited._by~ 
Makassarese  as  well  as  by  other  nations.  The  river  can.be  seen  which  used 
by  vessels,  and. of  the  king's. place  of _depature._Here  in  this  pap  we  also  ■ 
see  the  canal,  the  palace  .and  .fortress  which  can  be. analysed  to  give  an... 
impression .of  .how  many  parts  of  the  city  were  _. made  up  many  .compounds  of  ,M 
the  great  merchant-aristocrats,  with  many  buildings ,  surrounded  by.  fences. 
This  .map  is  taken  from  a  magnificent  collection  of  coloured  maps  known  \^- 
collectively  by  decision, of  The  Secret  Atlas._0f  .the  .East, India  Company,  ~"_.. 
drawn  in.l670.  The  artists  abviously  had  access. to  some  rough  sketches  and 
descriptions  of  the  town.  (  taken  from  Southeast  Asian  Cities  before  colonial- 
ism, Journal  of  Southeast  Asian  Studies,  1980  j>.  1*J4  ). 


I  Town  proper 
1/^Kompongs  8,  gardens 
Breakwater 


Illustration  no.lo  Cv 

Makassar  during  the  colonial  period^ 

This  sketch  map  is  drawn  by 
Charles  Robequain.  He  describes 

during  the  colonial  period  in  19th .  J^  , 

century,  that  trade  passes  through  a  large  uwA*?  vt  pBI  Li',  but  »fua^Ufti-  iu.lb* 
only  one  provided  with  modern  equipment  and  is  by  far  the  busiest. 

Charles  Robequain  (translated  by  E.D.Laborde; ,  Malay. 

Indonesia,  and  the  Philippines  (London: Longmans  Co.LTD 

19587  p.235. 


34 
activities  were  the  ruler,  the  palace,  the  market,  and  the 
city.   While  all  of  these  were  significant  to  all  peoples, 
we  may  argue  that,  comparatively,  the  most  significant 
center  was  the  ruler  (called  Raja)  for  the  Malays,  the 
palace  (keraton)  for  the  Javanese,  and  the  city  with  its 
market  (muang  or  myo)  for  Thai  and  Burmans.   Regarding  the 
traditional  Malay,  Javanese,  Thai  Burmans,  O" Connor 
observes: 


"The  traditional  Malay  state  was  the  Ke-raja-an 
(kingdom),  a  word  that  means  teh  state  or  condition  of 
having  a  raja  (king).   Indeed,  without  the  presence  of 
a  raja  it  is  hard  to  imagine  a  settlement  being  a  city 
called  kota  or  bandar.   The  traditional  Javanese  Polity 
centered  on  the  keraton  (palace).   Palace,  capital,  and 
kingdom  went  by  a  single  name,  and  the  whole  of  society 
was  organized  in  three  concentric  circles  around  the 
keraton.   The  city  was  nothing  more  than  assemblages  of 
villages  with  the  palace  in  the  centre.   Both  Thai  and 
Burmans  have  several  words  for  city  or  town  that  bore 
no  inherent  relationship  to  the  ruler  or  his  palace. 
Cities  were  basic  social  units,  the  polity's  very 
building  blocks.   Moreover,  both  the  Thai  and  Burmans 
adapted  to  their  urban  predecessors  on  the  mainland. 
The  Keraton  also  appear  to  have  been  the  highest  pre- 
Indic  Javanese  social  centre  of  urban  life.   By  the 
same  token  the  Javanese  who  had  a  palace  instead  of  a 
city  built  a  wall  around  the  palace  and  left  the  city 
open  until  the  sixteenth  century  when  European 
influence  changed  warfare  and  so  encouraged  the 
building  of  walls".1'* 


That  is  to  say,  that  for  Malays  the  ruler  and  the  city 
were  disaggregated.   Wherever  the  ruler  was,  there  was  the 
focus  of  the  state.   For  Javanese,  however,  the  palace  and 
its  associated  institutions  were  the  central  focus  of  the 
state;  the  ruler  himsilf  was  almost  incidental.   For  Thai 
and  Burmese,  on  the  other  hand,  it  was  the  city  itself,  its 


buildings,  its  people,  and  its  markets  that  were  important, 
and  neither  ruler  nor  palace    were  necessary  -for  a  complete 
city. 

The  other  sources,  such  as  Anuman,20  suggest  that  the 
traditional  "muang"  had  a  wall  or  a  moat  and  earthworks. 
Both  Sukothai  and  Ayuthaya  had  walls.   The  Burmese  Glass 
Palace  Chronicle  refers  to  the  seven  things  -for  a  city  and 
goes  on  to  list  gates,  moats,  ditches,  towers,  wall  turrets, 
and  so  on.   The  burmese  town  and  later  district,  originally 
meant  a  brick  or  stone  building.   On  the  other  had,  the  Thai 
and  Burmans,  who  actually  had  cities,  also  had  city  walls. 

Religious  power  in  Southeast  Asia  was  drawn  into  the 
city,  physically  when  possible  and  ritually  when  -Forest 
ascetics  or  sacred  mountains  stayed  outside.   Apparently  the 
lion  centralised  power  through  a  wholesale  transplantation  of 
district  cults  and  relics  to  the  capital.   This  made  the  Mon 
capital  a  microcosm  of  the  realm  while  it  stripped  power 
from  those  they  had  conquered  as  Burmans  would  later  strip 
it  from  them.   In  pre-Khmer  cities  the  cosmic  mountain  was 
outside  of  the  city  boundary  wall,  but  the  later  Khmer  built 
temple  mountains  in  the  city  center.   Eventually  the  "deva 
raja"  cult  ritually  linked  the  newly  sacred  king  to  the  long 
sacred  tit.  Mahendra  far  outside  the  city.   In  early  Java 
mountain  shrines  and  temple  mountains  on  the  plains  stood 
apart  from  the  cities  although  the  ruling  dynasty's  name, 
"king  of  the  mountain"  (Sai lendra) ,  drew  a  ritual  bridge 


36 

between  them.   Later,  Islamic  mountain  graves  kept  sanctity 
outside  of  the  city  while  holy  relics  (pusaka)  centralized 
other  sacred  powers  in  the  palace.   When  the  Siamese  Thai 
know  a  similar  rise  in  power,  sanctity  moved  into  the  city. 
The  Buddha  relic,  the  head  of  the  monkhood  and  the  leader  of 
the  highly  revered  -forest  monks  all  moved  into  the  city, 
while  especially  sacred  Buddha  images  came  to  the  capital 
•from  the  provincial  towns  and  conquered  cities.21 

On  the  mainland  there  were  many  walled  cities  although 
they  were  not  necessarily  bastions.   There  were  walled 
enclosures  in  northeastern  and  central  Thailand  -from  the 
seventh  century.   O-f  course,  one  could  argue  that  Thai  and 
Burman  cities  had  only  royalty,  and  hence  might  be  better 
called  "palaces",  but  linguistic  evidence  suggests  they  were 
seen  as  cities.   Moreover,  as  -far  back  as  the  mid-ninth 
century,  a  Chinese  account  o-f  the  Pyu  kingdom  says  that  "the 
common  people  all  live  within  the  city-wall...".32 

Colonial  historiography  has  made  the  great  colonial 
cities,  such  as  Batavia,  Manila  (ills.  17  and  18),  and 
Singapore  much  better  known  than  their  indigenous 
predecessors  as  commercial  entrepots. 23   Colonialism  changed 
Southeast  Asian  cities  profoundly,  however,  behind  these 
changes  were  much  deeper  continuities.   Immigration, 
pluralism,  the  primate  city,  and  an  ethnic  division  of 
labour  were  not  new  to  indigenous  urbanism. 


36-A 


Illus tration  no.   17 

Sarly  development  of  Intramuros,   Philippines. 


Wall,   bastions   of  Intramuros 

Gate 

Fortlet 

Manilo    Cathedrol 
Royal    Chapel 
Santo    Domingo   Church 
San  Froncisco   Church 
San    Augustin    Church 
Church  of  the  Recollects 
Church  of  the  Recollects 


• — I   C  J   Semipermanent    structure 

QBea 

Onooj     Villoge -impermanent   structure 


•  Sonta  Claro   Nunnery 

•  Jesuit  College 

10  Jesuit   Seminary 

n  Sonto  Tom6s   College 

"2  San  Juan  de  Dios  Hospitol 

is  Plazo    Mayor 

i«  Plaza    de   Armas 


Reprinted  from  Dilip  K, 
3asu,  The  Rise  and  Growth 
of  the  colonial  port 
cities  in  As^a.  California, 
1985,  p.203  (also 
illustration  no. 18  in  p. 204) 
which  cited  from  Cummins, 
J.S.,  in  The  Travels  and 
Controversies  of  Friar 
Domingo  Havarrete .  1618- 
1636.  Vol.1.  Cambridge, 1962 


Illustration  no.  18 

The  city  of  Manila  c.l6?0 


Colonial  cities  merely  magnified  these  long-standing 
patterns  and  perpetuated  them.   Whatever  else  changed,  the 
city  remained  the  center  of  wealth,  power,  and  prestige.   As 
in  the  past,  this  urban-centered  social  hierarchy  was  based 
on  the  order  of  the  outside  "civilized"  world.   Whether  the 
West  ruled  in  fact  or  only  in  eminence,  the  overall  effect 
was  the  same:  things  Western  carried  great  prestige  and  gave 
the  social  hierarchy  new  symbols 

Colonialism  brought  a  major  jump  in  urbanization 
defined  as  the  centralization  of  power  in  the  city.   While 
the  Indie  center  had  always  asserted  its  total  power  over 
everyone  and  everything,  the  closer  one  came  to  the  physical 
and  social  peripheries  of  the  realm,  the  less  it  had  the 
strength  of  inclination  to  enforce  its  order.   In  contrast, 
The  colonial  state  had  the  administrative  tools  to  reach  to 
the  edges  of  the  realm  and  more  impetus  to  use  them.   It 
sent  its  own  officials  out  into  the  provinces  to  assert 
central  control  and  undermine  local  patriarchal  authority. 
Sometimes  even  Western  mi spercepti ons  added  to  the  center's 
power.   In  preserving  Javanese  Regencies,  the  Dutch  strictly 
applied  Western  notions  of  law  and  descent  to  the  much  more 
open  Javanese  practices  of  succession. 

Traditionally,  the  eighteenth  century  has  merely  been  a 
sequel  to  the  seventeenth  in  the  series  of  governor- 
generalships  continuing  up  to  the  fall  of  the  Dutch  Republic 


in  1795  (ills.  19  and  20).=*   After  that,  the  peri odi zation 
according  to  the  many  transformations  in  the  political 

system  in  the  motherland  (the  Batavian  Republic,  with 

successively,  its  directory,  its  state  government,  and  it 

council-pensionary;  the  Kingdom  of  Holland;  the  departments 

annexed  to  the  French  Empire)  and  consequently  in  the 

Indies,  transformations  finally  ending  in  the  restored  the 

authority  of  the  sovereign  prince,  later  king  of  the 

Netherlands.   Thus,  Southeast  Asian  history  is  fitted  into 

the  framework  of  eighteenth-century  European  cultural 

hi  story. 

Furthermore,  Indonesian  history,  as  the  last  quotation 

witnesses,  has  been  fitted  into  the  framework  of  the  history 

of  the  Dutch  East  India  Company.   Van  Leur2D  has  already 

indicated  regarding  the  seventeenth  century  that  the  history 

of  Indonesia  definitely  cannot  be  made  equivalent  to  the 

history  of  the  company;  he  writes  as  follows: 


"That  is  incorrect  to  make  a  break  in  describing  the 
course  of  history  upon  arrival  of  the  first  scattered 
seafarers,  merchants,  and  privateers  from  northwest 
Europe  and  change  over  the  point  of  view  of  the  small, 
oppressed  European  fortress,  the  stuffy  trading-house, 
and  the  armed  ship  riding  at  anchor.   The  theme  needs 
to  be  taken  up  again,  this  time  for  the  eighteenth 
century" . 2^ 


One  should  call  to  mind  the  picture  of  the  over-all 
political  situation  in  eastern  and  southeastern  Asia  during 
the  eighteenth  century  -  and  of  the  position  of  the  Company 
and  other  European  powers  there.   Its  suppression,  and  the 


38-A 


Illustration  no.  19 
BATAVIA  :  1629 


The  Colonial  City  of  Batavia  during  the  seventeenth  century. 


£*    **1U    Jt    flATAVlI  , 
d.    StiJe    BaTAVIA  . 


^eorinted  from  : 
3ernard  H.M.Vlekke, 
Nusantara,  A  History    £_:„, 
of  the  last  Indian      «&J 
Archipelago,  Massachusetts 
harvard  Jniv.?ress,19^+  « 
p.l*t4  (  cited  from:     '£,  ;  ty 
Valentijn's  Oud  en  Nieuw^lS^fes* 
Oost  Indien  172^-26  ) ,  j^a 
see. also  Illustration 
no. 20  (  reorinted  from 
Bernard  H.H.Vlekke,19W' 
p. 177  ). 


Illustration  no. 20 

Batavia  during  the 
Eighteenth  Century. 


& 


flwiww  i    ^r       Batavia. 
t    Castiil    mi     Batavia 


39 
invasion  by  the  Dutch  and  British,  until  the  removal  of  the 
center  of  the  Banten  Sultanate  to  the  city  o-f  Serang  (about 
10  km  south  o-f  Banten)  as  a  regency  and  residency  city. 
Banten  was  -finally  placed  under  direct  control  o-f  the 
colonial  government  which  was  centralized  in  Batavia  (now 
Jakarta)  led  by  a  Governor  General. 

Several  models  can  be  used  to  characterise  a  general 
city-type  o-f  the  Islamic  world  and  the  non-Islamic  cities  o-f 
Southeast  Asia.   First,  expressed  in  Arabia  and  later 
developed  throughout  Moslem  cities  o-f  West  Asian,  early 
Islamic  towns,  with  a  -few  exceptions,  did  not  have  defensive 
walls,  but  after  the  9th  century,  walls  appear  in  a 
systematic  manner.   We  can  say  that  palace,  citadel, 
fortifications,  mosques,  gates,  market  and  square,  are  the 
most  obvious  and  most  important  aspects  of  the  state's 
visibility  in  the  city  as  characteristic  forms  of  Islamic 
world.   We  look  to  Moslem  India  for  the  synthesis  between 
Islamic  culture  and  Hindu  India  which  was  clearly  achieved. 
The  capital,  with  light  and  airy  structures  reminiscent  of 
Moslem  pavilions  and  tents,  combined  with  flat  stone  beams 
and  massiveness  of  traditional  Hindu  buildings.   The  natural 
accompaniement  of  such  reliance  on  Hindus  was  due  to  the 
policy  of  religious  toleration  adopted  by  the  Moslem  rulers 
of  Hindu  people.   The  Moslems  took  steps  to  avoid  giving 
offense  to  other  faiths,  replacing  the  Islamic  lunar 
calendar  with  the  solar  calendar  and  forbidding  Moslems  to 


40 
kill  or    to  eat  the  cow  which  the  Hindus  revered. 
Architecture  and  cities  of  Islam  in  India  express  even 
better  than  painting  the  marriage  of  Islam  and  Indian  modes. 

Second,  as  Islam  and  Buddhism  swept  Southeast  Asia  in 
the  thirteenth  and  -fourteenth  centuries,  Islam  preserved 
this  -fusion  only  by  denying  the  municipal  institutions  that 
might  have  led  to  their  separation.   Buddhism  supported 
sacral  kingship  and  Islam  made  the  Sultan  "Allah's  shadow  on 
the  earth". 

Both  religions  made  the  ruler  the  protector  of  the 
faith.   The  Thai,  linguistically  classified  their  king  as  a 
sacred  object  (ong)  along  with  monks  and  the  Buddha. 
Similarly,  when  the  head  of  the  forest  monks  lived  in  the 
city  and  the  most  sacred  Buddha  immage  was  in  the  king's 
temple  in  his  palace  in  the  inner  city  of  the  capital,  the 
Siamese  Thai  fusion  of  religious,  royal,  and  urban  symbols 
was  nearly  complete,  so  some  tension  was  irreducible.   The 
Javanese  court  city  of  Direbon  shows  how  this  tension  and 
fusion  are   balanced  in  Islam  today.   While  the  most  sacred 
place  is  the  grave  of  an  Islamic  saint  on  a  hill  outside  of 
the  city,  it  is  surrounded  on  the  six  lower  levels  by  the 
graves  of  the  Sultans  of  Cirebon  and  their  families. 
Commoners  can  go  only  to  the  next  lower  levEl.27   In  all  of 
these  ways  Islam  and  Buddhism  gave  new  life  to  the  old  urban 
heirarchy,  and  yet  the  way  they  extended  urban  dominance  the 
most  was  simply  by  narrowing  the  ruler's  power.33 


41 
The  characterization  of  the  city-type  of  Southeast 
Asia,  especially  port  cities,  relates  to  two  techniques  of 
separation  of  the  qualities:   first,  that  the  harbour  and 
the  market  places  were  places  for  trade  activities,  and 
second,  that  the  temple  or  mosque,  the  palace  and  square 
were  for  the  ruler,  military,  and  spiritual  energies.   The 
river  is  one  of  the  important  things  which  can  be  used  by 
vessels.   Most  of  the  Southeast  Asian  cities  have  their 
courts,  canals,  quarters,  and  markets  surrounded  with  a 
city-wall.   In  many  Islamic  cities  in  Southeast  Asia,  the 
king's  mosque  is  not  far  from  his  palace.   The  cities  were 
completed  by  the  foreign  quarters.   In  literature  too,  the 
maritime  cities  gave  rise  to  a  great  creative  outburst, 
adapting  Indian,  Persian,  and  Arabic  writing  to  new 
purposes.   In  many  cities,  Portuguese  took,  on  a  similar  role 
as  the  medium  through  which  European  ideas  were  conveyed  to 
the  city  of  the  region. 

2.3   The  Islamic  City  of  Banten 

Historical  periods  in  Indonesia  differ  from  those  of 
the  West,  primarily  in  that  they  are  not  categorized 
according  to  Western  concepts  of  before  and  after  Christ, 
but  rather  can  be  arranged  into  periods  of  prehistory, 
protohistory  and  history.  Prehistory,  protohistory  and 
history  can  all  be  defined  based  upon  our  data  for  the  forms 


42 
o-f  literary  evidence  we  have  found  in  Banten.   Prehistory  is 
de-fined  by  the  absence  of  the  written  word,  while  history  is 
defined  by  its  presence. 

In  Banten,  the  historical  period  now  begins  in  the 
fifth  century  A.D.  with  the  appearance  of  local  stone 
inscriptions.   Protohisotry  can  be  classified  as  the  time 
period  after  prehistory  leading  into  history,  which  in 
Banten  is  presently  dated  as  the  years  between  the  second 
and  the  fifth  centuries  A.D.=9   Our  information  about  the 
protohistory  comes  not  from  local  sources,  but  from  Chinese 
chronicles.   It  is  important  to  note,  however,  that  these 
classifications  are    by  no  means  absolute,  but  are  just 
products  of  the  data  presently  available.   Pending  further 
research,  the  dating  of  Bantenese  time  periods  could  be 
pushed  even  further  back. 

Historical  periods  in  Banten  also  differ  in  that  the 
history  of  Banten  cannot  be  divided  into  absolute  time 
frames  but  rather  into  historical  types,  based  on  sources, 
site-type,  tool  types,  and  cultural  practice.   This  is 
because  of  the  problems  in  dating  Bantenese  material. 

The  major  problem  in  dating  Bantanese  materials  is  the 
lack  of  provenience  data;  there  are  many  artifacts  which 
have  not  been  dated  with  carbon-14  or  which  cannot  be  fitted 
into  a  time  frame  because  of  a  lack  of  stratigraphy. 
Another  problem  is  that  styles  for  much  of  the  material  seem 
to  persist  through  several 


43 

phases:  tool  types  and  cultural  practices  that  may  have  been 
prevalent  in  the  neolithic  or  Hindu  periods  are    still  found 
today  and  thus  are  difficult  to  fit  into  a  specific  time 
frame.   Each  tradition  builds  upon  the  preceding  one,  and 
thus  the  distinctions  between  historical  types  are    gradual 
rather  than  sudden  and  absolute. 

Many  artifacts  of  prehistoric  style  were  found  on  the 
bank  of  the  Cibanten  river  one  kilometer  south  of  Kaibon 
Palace,  one  of  the  neolithic  type  sites  in  old  Banten  which 
might  preserve  remains  of  the  first  human  activities  and 
first  settlement  in  old  Banten.   Prehistoric  settlers  were 
therefore  established  at  Banten  at  some  indefinite  period 
(ill.  21).   Archaeologists  have  tended  to  pay  relatively 
little  attention  to  these  objects,  as  many  classical 
monuments  and  sites  have  been  found  in  the  Banten  area, 
especially  dating  from  the  7th-9th  centuries  (during  the 
Hindu-Buddhist  periods),  which  include  numerous  statues  of 
different  kinds   of  materials,  such  as  the  granite  "nandi" 
found  at  Karangantu  Harbour,  and  the  "siva"  and  "ganesha" 
found  at  Panaitan  Island  (the  nandi  has  been  taken  and 
displayed  at  the  Site  Museum  of  Old  Banten;  the  siva  is  at 
the  West  Java  provincial  Museum,  while  the  ganesha  is  still 
on  the  site  of  Panaitan).   Many  other  stone  statues  are 
still  found  in  situ  like  the  "durga"  at  Padarincang,  15 
kilometers  to  the  south  of  Serang  city.   According  to 
tradition,  there  were  many  candi  (temples)  in  Banten, 


k3-k 


Illustration  no.  21. 
Neolithic  migration  routes. 


The  neolithic 
type  sites 
which  have 
been  found 
in  Banten 
might  preserve 
remains  of  the 
first  human 
activities  and 
first  settlemer 
in  Old  3anten. 


The  map  is  copied  from  the  book  of  The  Stone  Age  of  Indonesia 
by  H.R.Van  Heekeren,  ^artinus  Nijhoff ,  1957  page  :  122. 


44 
remains  of  which  if  discovered  would  provide  evidence  of 
early  Indian  influence  in  this  area.   There  are  a  number  of 
important  habitation  sites  such  as  Banten  Girang  (3 
kilometers  south  of  Serang)  and  Kampung  Muara  in  the 
district  Ciaruteun  Kilir  which  provide  useful  data  for  the 
reconstruction  of  the  Hindu-Buddhist  period  of  Bantenese 
culture. 

The  next  important  period  in  Bantenese  history  about 
which  much  is  know  has  been  named  after  the  kingdom  of 
Pajajaran.   Inscriptions  in  the  Sundanese  language  mention 
that  the  "keraton"  (palace)  of  the  kingdom  was  built  in  1333 
A.D,   The  ruins  of  the  Keraton  are    located  south  of  Bogor, 
between  the  Cisadane  and  Ciliwung  rivers.   The  surrounding 
coastal  areas  were  also  ports  of  Rajajaran-"  s  kingdom;  Sunda 
Kalap  (now  Jakarta)  and  Karangantu  (Old  Banten)  were  the 
important  harbours  of  Pajajaran.^1* 

A  glance  at  a  map  of  sailing  routes  quickly  illustrates 
the  potentially  strategic  value  of  a  settlement  at  Banten. 
Those  who  control  Banten  are  in  a  good  position  to  regulate 
shipping  through  the  Sunda  Strait  between  Java  and  Sumatra. 
Historians  disagree  among  themselves  regarding  the 
importance  of  this  strait  in  the  past;  there  are  some 
indications  that  vessels  traveling  between  India  and  the 
seas  of  Southeast  Asia  may  have  used  it  in  preference  to  the 
Strait  of  Malacca  by  1000  A.D.   However,  the  weather  and 
waters  along  Sumatra's  west  coast  create  difficult  and 


45 

dangerous  conditions  -for  sailing,  and  it  seems  that  during 
most  of  history,  sailors  have  pre-f erred  to  navigate  between 
Sumatra  and  the  Malay  peninsusla.   The  Malay  kingdoms,  built 
along  the  rivers  o-f  east  Sumatra  were  often  sufficiently 
wel 1 -organi zed  that  they  were  able  to  convince  the  seafaring 
groups  dwelling  among  the  mangroves  along  the  Straits  of 
Malacca  to  subordinate  their  own  interests  to  those  of  the 
Malay  emporia. 

Tome  Pires31  wrote  a  lengthy  description  of  conditons 
in  Indonesia  about  1514.   Based  on  his  own  observations, 
Pires  reported  that  the  route  along  the  west  coast  of 
Sumatra  and  through  the  Sunda  Strait  had  indeed  been 
important  until  the  beginning  of  the  previous  century,  i.e. 
around  A.D.  1400.   Archaeologists  have  only  discovered 
remains  of  one  important  port  site  along  the  west  coast  of 
Sumatra,  Barus,  which  is  also  mentioned  in  Arabic  sources  as 
early  as  the  ninth  century. 

Banten  Lama  means  "Old  Banten".   The  first  Europeans  to 
establish  regular  communications  with  Old  Banten  were  the 
Portuguese,  who  wrote  Banten  as  Bantam;  the  Dutch  and 
English  subsequently  copied  this  spelling. 

The  archaeological  site  of  Old  Banter,  lies  near  the 
northwest  corner  of  Java.   A  Traveller  who  visited  the  city 
in  1694,  Francois  Valentijn,  recorded  a  valuable  description 
of  how  old  Banten  then  appeared.   We  will  refer  to 
Valentijn' s  remarks  several  times  in  the  following 


46 
narrative;  here  we  will  first  note  his  observations 
regarding  the  Islamic  city's  general  location: 


"(Banten)  is  one  of  the  oldest  and,  of  oldest  the  most 
famous  cities,  not  only  of  Java,  but  even  of  all  the 
East... It  is  a  city  where  from  old  times  a  great 
commerce  and  traffic  of  very  many  Eastern  and  Western 
people  have  taken  place,  who  came  not  only  because  of 
pepper  there  available  in  the  countries  under  the 
Bantam  crown  but  also  and  primarily  because  of  the 
commerce  in  cloves  and  nutmegs  which  they  themselves  as 
well  as  other  people  from  Java  went  to  bring  from 
Ternate  and  Handa,  which  for  Bantam  was  the  staple,  and 
because  of  the  city  which  was  exceedingly 
prosperous. .. It  lies  in  the  middles  of  a  great  bay, 
from  east  to  west  si>:  miles  wide,  and  four  miles  deep 
from  the  Long  Island  lying  opposite  the  city.   To  the 
west  of  the  same  but  southward  of  it,  si:-:  more  islands 
with  some  shoals,  and  near  the  city,  barely  a  mile  from 
it,  in  the  west,  yet  another  island,  Hollands  Kerkhof, 
and  two  long  miles  to  the  east  two  others,  named  the 
two  Islands,  which  together  so  shelter  the  great  number 
of  ships,  which  can  anchor  at  two  or  three  fathoms  in 
good  ground,  and  can  remain  there  very  safely.   The 
city  itself  lies  in  a  lowland,  at  the  foot  of  rugged 
mountains  which  extend  very  far  inland  and  provide  a 
very  pleasant  sight  of  the  city,  and  especially  of  the 
Road... On  either  side  of  the  city  is  a  river.   They 
flow  into  the  sea  about  a  mile  apart.   Between  them 
flows  another,  the  widest  though  not  very  deep,  and 
which  is  usable  by  small  and  flat-bottomed  vessels, 
which  are   generally  but  lashed  bamboos".32 

The  history  of  the  Islamic  city  of  Banten  comprises 

chronology  and  such  subjects  as  ancient  economics,  human 

relationships  and  the  nature  of  ancient  international 

diplomacy  and  policies  of  the  realm. 


1   Geography  of  Old  Banten 


Old  Banten  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  Banten  river 


47 
which  discharges  itself  on  the  north  of  Java  into  the  sea, 
about  10  kilometers  to  the  north  of  Serang  city.   Old  Banten 
belongs  to  Serang  Regency  (ill.  22). 

Plains  with  relatively  little  rainfall  and  poor 
quaternary  soil  extend  all  around  the  bay  of  Banten  up  to 
Pontang  district  (located  about  15  kilometers  east  of  Old 
Banten).   In  the  ares,    where  rivers  discharge  themselves  into 
the  sea  there  is  much  sediment  which  causes  the  coastline  to 
move  more  and  more  northwards  with  a  growth  of  about  four 
meters  a  year.   It  is  less  than  five  meters  above  sea  level, 
and  the  rainfall  is  about  1500  milimeters  a  year.   Due  to 
the  poor  conditon  of  the  soil  it  is  used  mainly  for  coconut 
farming  and  fish  ponds.33 

Old  Banten  stands  on  sedimentary  soil  deposited  in 
geologically  recent  times  (during  the  last  two  million 
years).   Nevertheless,  unlike  many  alluvial  soils  it  is  not 
very  fertile.   It  is  flat  and  low-lying,  but  little  of  it  is 
used  for  growing  irrigated  rice.   Instead,  the  agricultural 
population  today  cultivates  dry  rice  (once  a  year).   The 
density  of  the  modern  population  ranges  between  about  200  to 
500  people  per  square  kilometer.   This  infertile  soil  is 
confined  to  a  strip  parallel  to  the  shore.   Approximately  2 
km  south  from  the  site,  the  soil  changes  to  a  type  more 
favorable  to  cultivation.   Perhaps  this  contrast  in 
fertility  is  connected  with  proximity  to  the  ocean,  which 
may  contribute  to  a  higher  salinity  in  its  vicinity.   The 


W?-k 


Illustration  no.  22 

The  map  of  Serang  Regency 
(  without  scale  ) 


southeast  Asia 


west  Java 


The  decency  of  Serang. 
(Drawn  by  Halwany  Michrob) 


48 

soi  1  -further  inland  has  been  formed  by  the  same  process  of 
evolution  as  the  coastal  strip,  that  is,  a  gradual  depostiDn 
of  waterborne  sediment.   The  fertile  soil  of  this  inland 
plain  is  narrow  in  the  west,  where  it  is  restricted  between 
two  uplands,  but  becomes  broad  toward  the  east.   Rice  is 
cultivated  intensively  here  during  the  rainy  season,  but 
during  the  dry  months  secondary  crops  are    grown,  such  as  soy 
beans.   This  greater  fertility  is  correlated  with  a  higher 
population  density  of  500  to  600  people  per  square 
kilometer.   Rainfall  is  slightly  greater,  averaging  between 
1,500  mm  and  2000  mm  annually  (ills.  23,24,25  and  26). 

Just  west  of  Banten  Bay  rises  an  isolated  mass  of  hills 
with  three  peaks,  called  gunung  Salak,  gunung  Gede,  and 
gunung  Batur,  the  highest  gunung  or  mount  reaching  595  m. 
These  are  composed  of  old  (tertiary)  as  well  as  recent 
sediments,  and  are  also  fertile.   Their  slopes  are    utilized 
as  plots  for  long-term  crops  such  as  cloves  and  coffee. 
Despite  the  roughness  of  the  terrain,  a  dense  population  of 
600-800  per  square  kilometer  support  themselves  there.3'* 

Southwest  of  Banten,  and  clearly  visible  from  a  boat  in 
the  bay  stand  higher  mountains,  including  recently-active 
volcanoes  with  peaks  up  to  2,000  m.   As  i n  much  of 
Indonesia,  higher  elevation  means  greater  rainfall.   These 
mountains  are    exceedingly  wel 1 -watered ,  with  average  annual 
precipitation  varying  between  2,000  mm  and  3,500  mm   Their 
slopes  are  also  frequently  cultivated,  with  pockets  of  wet 


48-A 


Jan. 
Feb. 
Mar. 

Apr. 
May- 
June 
July 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Oct. 
Nov. 
Dec. 


MONTHLY-  RAIN 

-FALL  (mm. 

1982 

Sii-T^gi; 

443 

224 

136 

171 

159 

135 

135 

276 

89 

53 

24 

44 

41 

101 

7 

15 

- 

3 

4 

137 

92. 

243 

112 

120 

DAILY  RAIN 

1982 

Wm^: 

29 

18 

19 

13 

18 

12 

22 

11 

13 

12 

13 

6 

8 

5 

7 

3 

- 

2 

4 

14 

13 

18 

i. 

15 

Illustration  no. 23 

-Monthly  Rain-fall 
of  Serang  Regency 


Source  : 

Badan  Meteorologi 
dan  Geofisika 
Stasiun  Meteorologi 
Serang,  1984 


% 

100 
90 
80 
70 
-60 
50 
W 
30 
20 
10 


o^> 


Illustration  no. 24 

K 

The  damriess  of 
weather  in  Serang 
Regency 


Source  : 

3rwina  Darmayanti, 
Perancangan  Dansekap 
Keraton  Surosowan 
Sebagai  Ob.jek  Wjsata 
Bsnten  Lana.  Jakarta: 
Universitas  Trisakti, 
1985,  p. 38 


Jan.  Feb.  I'iar.  Apr.  May. June  July  Aug.  Sep.  Oct.  Nov.  Dec. 


48-JB 


Illustration  no.  gg 

The  temperature  of  Old  3anten 


note  i 


,  1982 

,. 1983 


Jan.  -Heb.  Oar.   Apr.  May  June  July  &ug.  Sep.  Oct.  Nov. Dec. 


Illustration  no.  26 

Daily  sun-shine  in  Serang  -Regency 


note  i 


1982 

1983 


Sources  : 

Illustration 
no. 25  and  26  are 
got  from  Badan 
Meteorology  dan 
Geofisika 
Stasiun  iieteoro- 
logi  Serang,  1984 


Jan.  Feb.  Mar.  Apr. May  June  July  Aug.  Sep.  Oct.  Nov. Dec. 


49 
rice  interspersed  with  gardens  of  coffee,  cloves  and  other 
crops.   The  sites  of  excavation  activities  are  Banten  Girang 
(which  is  about  3  km  south  of  Serang  city)  and  Did  Banten. 
Both  sites  are  in  the  region  of  Serang  Regency.   The  site  of 
Banten  Birang  is  in  the  valley  and  at  the  foot  of  the  hill 
wheras  Old  Banten  is  on  the  seashore.   The  differences  in 
natural  environment  have  also  been  the  cause  of  different 
influences  on  the  inhabitants  of  these  two  places.   Banten 
river  which  encircles  the  site  of  Banten  Girang  proved  to  be 
a  good  natural  protection,  and  was  also  used  once  as  a 
communication  route  between  the  interior  and  the  coast. 

Old  Banten  consisted  of  open  plains.   It  was  chosen  as 
a  center  of  the  realm  not  so  much  for  its  agrarian  but 
rather  for  its  maritime  potentialities.   The  problems  of 
infertility  and  lack  of    water  were  overcome  by  the  royal 
administrators  with  the  construction  of  irrigation  works  and 
the  opening  of  rice  fields  in  the  south.   The  need  for  fresh 
water  was  filled  by  the  construction  of  a  water  reservior  at 
the  artificial  lake  called  Tasikardi,  situated  about  1.5  km 
from  the  Royal  palace.   The  archaeological  evidence  for  this 
purpose  are  terracotta  pipes  constructed  to  channel  the 
water  into  the  water-basin  at  the  Palace.   There  are    two 
brick  structures  along  this  pipeline,  which  according  to 
local  tradition  were  called  panqindel an.   This  term  is 
derived  from  the  Javanese  word  i  ndel ,  meaning  sediment. 
Thus  it  is  possible  that  they  were  used  as  some  sort  of 


50 
filtration  or  settling  tanks.   Another  possibility  however 
is  that  they  had  some  connection  with  assisting  the  -flow  of 
water  from  Tasikardi,  since  the  gradient  from  there  to  the 
water's  destination  in  the  palace  is  very  gentle.   No 
special  research  has  yet  been  performed  to  settle  this 
question;  for  the  moment,  the  function  of  the  brick  building 
called  pagindelan  must  remain  a  mystery. 

The  word  Banten  means  Wahanten  or  river,  but  according 
to  tradition  it  means  "katiban  inten"  (to  have  a  diamond- 
fall).   Francois  Valentijn  asserted  that  the  name  "Banten" 
in  Javanese  means  a  place  which  has  or  possessed  everthing 
or  where  nothing  is  lacking,  so  that  word  was  the  origin  of 
the  word  "Antam",  that  was  being  in  existence,  having  in 
itself.30 

Surveys  in  Banten,  especially  in  the  area  of  the  fish- 
ponds around  the  harbour  of  Karangantu  started  with 
geographical  data  collecting,  showed  that  the  soil  consists 
of  alluvial  sediments  of  greyish  clay.   Soil  from  other 
locations  (in  Banten)  present  reddish-brown  latosol  of  very 
sticky  clayish  texture.   There  a.re    two  possible  sources  for 
the  different  types  of  soil,  the  slopes  of  the  mount  Gede 
and  the  mountainous  areas  south  of  Serang  city.3,i 

2.3.2.   The  pre-Islamic  Sundanese  Period 

The  earliest  manifestations  of  Hinduism  and  Buddhism 


51 
probably  came  to  Banten  straight  -from  their  native  country, 
India.   The  Indian  influence  in  Banten  was  part  of  the 
general  spread  of  Indian  culture  throughout  the  countries  to 
the  east  and  southeast   of  the  Indian  subcontinent,  which 
started  around  the  first  century  A-D.3"7   The  influence  of 
Indian  civilization  on  Java  was  profound,  so  much  so  that  a 
large  part  of  Banten7 s  early  history  called  Hindu-Sundanese 
history.   Although  the  Hindu  period  was  followed  by  a  period 
of  Islamic  expansion  and  later  European  colonization, 
changing  the  whole  Javanese  picture  f undemental 1 y,  the 
impressive  stone— pyr ami d  remains  of  Lebak  Sibedug,  and  many 
statues  such  as  Siva  and  Ganesha  at  Panaitan  island  (near 
Krakatau)  still  standing  as  Banten  monuments  of  the  past, 
can  be  studied,  giving  clues  as  to  the  Hindu-Buddhist  period 
in  West  Java.   But  most  importantly,  although  the  great 
monuments  of  Indo-Javanese  architecture  arts    found  in  Central 
Java,  it  is  the  west  of  the  island  that  is  mentioned  in  the 
earliest  documents  testifying  to  Indian  influence,  the 
Chinese  chronicles  and  European  narratives. 

The  earliest  of  these  sources  in  132  A.D.  mentions  Ye- 
tiaow  which  has  been  explained  as  a  Chinese  transcription  of 
"Javadwipa"  and  the  name  of  Tiao-pien  which  is  also  found  in 
the  chronicles,  has  been  found  to  be  a  transcription  of  the 
Sanskrit  name  of  "Devavarman " . 3B   The  sources  also  explain 
that  Ujung  Kulon  was  under  the  responsibility  of  Bahadur a 
Jayasakti,  the  part  of  Devevarman' s  area.3'   The  kingdom  of 


Tarumanagara  belongs  approximately  to  the  fifth  century. 
After  King  Purnawarman's  inscriptions  -  of  a  strikingly 
classical  Hinduistic  character,  there  is  no  more 
epigraphical  evidence  of  this  kingdom.   Probably,  like 
Mul  avarman-"  s  kingdom  in  east  Borneo,  it  became  a  victim  of 
the  expanding  maritime  empire  of  Sriwijaya.   However,  here 
in  West  Java,  Tarumanagara  was  probably  conquered  or  at 
least  it  was  under  the  firm  control  of  Sriwijaya  for  several 
hundred  years  (ill.  27).*° 

At  the  mouth  of  Ciliwung  river  was  Pajajaran's  harbour 
called  Sunda  kalapa  at  the  same  place  which  was  later  called 
Jayakarta.   The  geographical  situation  of  West  Java,  between 
the  powerful  maritime  empire  of  Sriwijaya  to  the  west  and 
successive  agrarian  Hindu— Javanese  keratons  to  the  east,  was 
a  drawback  for  the  existence  and  an  eventual  expansion  of  a 
Hindu-Sundanese  keraton."*1 

A  number  of  inscriptions  in  old  Sundanese  dating  from 
the  fifteenth  century  have  been  found,  including  one  from 
Tasikmalaya  dated  A.D.  1411,  and  five  from  Cirebon  which 
mention  a  kingdom  called  Kawali.*2   Possibly  these  were  not 
really  separate  kingdoms,  but  only  one  in  which  the  location 
of  the  palace  was  frequently  moved,  perhaps  as  a  result  of 
the  conditions  imposed  by  the  tradition  of  shifting 
cultivation  of  dry  land  rice.   The  grandfather  of  the 
founder  of  Pakuan  Pajajaran  may  have  had  his  palace  at 
Kawal  i  .  "*3 


52 -A. 


Illustration  no.  2?  -Indonesia  during  Hindu-Buddhist  Period 


This  man  is  also  taken  from  :  

Bernard  H.,i.Flekke,Nujantara,A  History  of  T^  ^ast  Andean  .^cnxoela^o, 
Cambridge-'lassachusetts;  Harvard  University  *ress,  19^+,  Po^ 


The  term  "pakuan"  is  sometimes  thought  to  derive  from 
"paku"  <"nail"  or  al ternal ti vel y  a  type  of  plant),  in  this 
case  now  translated  "nail"  or  "axis  of  the  world".   In  a 
general  sense  it  may  be  translated  simply  "capital". 

In  west  Banten  Sivaitic  images  <Mahedewa,  Guru,  Brahma, 
Durga,  Ganesha,  Yonis  and  linggas)  have  been  found  at 
numerous  sites,  mainly  from  Cimanuk.  and  Caringin.   In  style 
they  are    "removed  as  far  as  possible  from  Hindu-Javanese 
culture".*4   The  kingdom  of  Pajajaran  is  mentioned  in  the 
inscription  of  Batutulis,  and  in  a  number  of  copper-plate 
inscriptions.   The  date  of  the  Batutulis  inscription  is  open 
to  some  doubt;  it  has  been  variously  interpreted  as  1133,  or 
1433.  ■*"   Pajajaran  may  already  have  existed  as  early  as  the 
thirteenth  century.   It  is  more  than  a  little  puzzling  that 
neither  Sunda  nor  Pajajaran  are  mentioned  in  the  Majapahit 
court  poem  "Nagarakrtagama"  of  1365.   But  a  number  of 
inscriptions  in  Old  Sundanese  dating  from  the  fifteenth 
century  as  mentioned  before,  have  been  found  around  West 
Java. 

Despite  its  distance  from  the  coast,  Pakuan  Pajajaran' s 

location  at  Bogor  can  be  said  to  have  had  a  strategic 

quality.   The  major  communication  routes  of  west  Java  could 

be  controlled  from  there;  the  riverheads  at  Rumpin  and 

Ciampea  on  the  Cisadane,  Muaraberes  from  Ciliwung,  Cikawao 

on.  the  Citarum  and  .perhaps  Karanp  Sembung  on  the  Cijnanuk.*6 
Rl though  overland  traffit  was  laborious  at  best,  and 

probably  not  viable  from  wheeled  vehicles  during  the  rainy 


53-A 


Illustration  no. 28 


The  development  of  3antan  Kingdom 


Kingdom  cf  tat?uM>T 


°^z 


J^t, 


Y£v$gDOYC 


PAtJ>SJ\T^X>^  (jCtH  Cmt) 


^ 


IN  THE 


5vuula.K»l»f».(J»c»tfO  'Mokwn.ljzt. 


KINGDOM  „/,-, 


^c     BALAM-l- 
"     .BANGAN  *  ' 


Pxirs  ofcUics.AJ  15<.»-I»0«,  ^vc  pu-iocb  of  *u\*Upcn2enc«-. 


JAW 

under-  tAe- 


nCHAMMEMN    PRINCES 
XVI  tk    CENTURY. 


/ 


JAVA 

EXFAN510K 

»ethi;ri.a-kd5  territory 


Source   :      Bernard  H.M.Vlekks 


Husantara,  A  History  of  The  last  Indian 
Archireiago,  Massachusetts:  Harvard  Univ. 
Press"  1944,  pp.  34,95,  and  153 


54 

season,  a  route  did  exist;  it  was  mentioned  as  the  road 

which  went  from  Kroan  (Karawang)  through  the  mountain  to 

Banten,  crossing  the  Ciliwung  at  Muaraberes  most  -frequently 

in  connection  with  military  movements,  not  commerce.-*^ 

In  "carita  Parahi  yangan" ,  one  o-f  the  old  Sundanese  palm 

leaf-manuscriptsts  is  -found  (at  keropak  406)  as  follows: 

"Di  inya  urut  kada  tuan,  ku  Bujangga  Sedamanah  ngantar 
Sri  kadatwan  Bima-Punta-Narayana-Madra-Suradi pati  . 
Anggeus  ta  tuluy  diprebokta  ku  Maharaja  Tarusbawa 
djeung  Bujangga  Sedamanah.   Di si ar  ka  hulu 
Ci  pakanci  Ian.   Katimu  Bogawat  Sunda  Mayajati.   Ku 
Bujangga  Sadamanah  di  bawa  ka  hareupeun  Maharaja 
Tarusbawa  (vol.  37. v) .*a 

There  was  found  the  old  palace  which  was  named  Sri 
Kadatwan  Bima  Punta-Narayan-Madura-Suradipati .   This 
name  was  given  by  Bujangga  Sedamanah.   The  palace  was 
restored  by  Maharaja  Tarusbawa  and  Bujangga  Sedamanah. 
Ci pakanci Ian  is  one  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  river 
which  was  a  place  where  Bagawat  Sunda  Mayati  was  there. 
He  was  found  by  Bujangga  Sedamanah,  and  presented  to 
Maharaha  Tarusbawa. 

This  manuscript  informs  that  the  palace  was  situated  in 
Bogor  City,  and  was  built  by  Maharaja  Tarusbawa,  it  is 
mentioned  that  this  palace  was  restored  by  Prabu 
Susuktunggal  and  became  the  palace  (pakuan)  Sri  Baduga 
Maharaha  Pajajaran. 

Excavations  at  the  site  of  Banten  Girang  give  an 
insight  into  West  Java's  increasing  involvement  in  overseas 
trade.   This  involvement  came  at  a  time  when  the  Malay  areas 
of  Southern  Sumatra,  which  had  once  dominated  trade  in  Selat 
Sunda  (Sunda  Strait),  were  suffering  from  political  and 
economic  pressures  caused  by  the  expansion  of  Chinese  trade 


and  shipping  under  the  Southern  Sung  and  the  expansionist 
policies  of  the  East  Javanese  kingdom  of  Singosari.   The 
geographical  situation  o-f  West  Java,  between  the  powerful 
maritime  empire  of  Srivijaya  to  the  west  and  the  successive 
agrarian  Hindu-Javanese  Kingdom  to  the  east,  made  it 
difficult  for  the  existence  and  eventual  expansion  of  a 
Hindu-Sundanese  kraton.'" 

The  site  of  Banten  Girang  is  also  important  in 
providing  a  link  between  the  fifth  century  kingdom  of 
Tarumanagara  and  the  later  kingdom  of  Pajajaran,  about  which 
little  is  known.   Both  Banten  Girang,  located  on  the  Banten 
river,  and  Muara  Ciaruteun  located  on  the  Ciasadane,  are 
submontane  sites  situated  some  distance  from  the  sea.   Both 
sites  appear  to  have  been  occupied  for  long  periods, 
although  whether  occupation  was  continuous  or 
intermittent  is  not  known.   Because  foreign  ceramics  appear 
at  these  inland  sites  there  were,  presumeably,  coastal 
settlements  where  exchange  was  held.   As  yet,  however,  no 
port  site  from  the  period,  such  as  the  site  of  Tuban  which 
was  found  in  the  Brantas  Delta  of  East  Java,  has  come  to 
light  in  the  Banten  region.   There  may  have  been  settlements 
or  ports  near  the  mouth  of  Ciatrum,  in  East  Bekasi ,  25  km  to 
northeast  Jakarta.150 

A  "Nandi"  (a  bull's  vehicle  of  Siva)  image  was  found  at 
Karangantu  in  1906  (Krom,  N.  J.,  1914),  and  a  few  shards  of 
Tang  and  Sung  Chinese  ceramics  were  found  at  Banten  Girang. 


56 

By  the  thirteenth  century  West  Java  may  have  again  been 
subject  to  a  Sumatran  kingdom,  that  time  established  at 
Jambi.   According  to  a  Chinese  gazetteer  copiled  by  Zhau 
Rugua,  harbour-master  at  Canton,  Cin-t'o  (Sunda)  was  a 
vassal  of  Sriwijaya  along  with  the  rest  of  Sumatra  and  Malay 
Peninsual.   Zhau  provides  the  first  relatively  detailed 
description  of  Sunda: 


In  the  kingdom  of  Sun-t'o  there  is  a  harbour  (or 
anchorage)  with  a  depth  of  sixty  feet.   Whenever  one 
travels,  by  water  or  land,  one  meets  with  the  people's 
dwellings  all  along  the  two  shores.   The  people  are 
also  given  to  agriculture;  their  houses  are  made  of 
poles  stuck  in  the  ground,  roofed  over  with  the  bark  of 
the  coir-palm,  the  partitions  being  made  with  wooden 
boards  (tied)  with  bits  of  rattan.   Both  men  and  women 
wrap  round  their  loins  a  piece  of  cotton,  and  in 
cutting  their  hair  they  only  leave  it  half  an  inch 
long.   The  country  produced  pumpkins,  sugar  cane, 
bottle  gourds,  beans  and  egg-plants.   As,  however, 
there  is  no  regular  governemnt  in  this  country,  the 
people  are    given  to  brigandage,  on  which  account 
foreign  traders  rarely  go  there.31 


The  appearance  of  sizable  quantities  of  imported 
ceramics  in  the  Banten  and  western  part  of  Sunda  from  the 
late  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  centuries  is  surely  of  some 
significance.   If,  as  Chau  Ju-Kua  such  mentioned  above,  he 
indicates,  West  Java  was  a  state  of  turmoil  in  the  late 
twelfth  and  early  thirteenth  centuries  are   rarely  visited  by 
foreign  shipping,  the  recoveries  at  Banten  Girang  and  Muara 
Ciaruteun  suggest  that  both  political  stability  and  economic 
opportunity  had  improved,  enabling  foreign  merchants  to 
participate  actively  in  trading.   Such  ceramics  were 


probably  shipped  directly  in  Chinese  bottoms. =z 

Despite  this  rather  disparaging  account  of  West  Java's 

political  condition,  perhaps  an  accurate  reflection  of  the 

effects  of  Sumatran  suzerainty  which  deliberately 

descouraged  a  strong  local  government,  Sundanese  culture 

continued  to  evolve  along  its  own  lines. 

According  to  the  Dutch  scholar  K'rom,  during  the 

fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries,  there  emerged: 


"A  highly  individual  culture... a  Hindu-Sundanese 
culture,  with  its  center  in  the  kingdom  of  Padjajaran. 
The  political  contrast  with  the  east  (of  Java),  which 
expressed  itself  during  the  Hayam  Wuruk's  time  in  armed 
conflict,  is  also  unmistakable  in  the  sphere  of  art. 
Nothing  here  is  related  to  East  Java;  old  Sundanese  art 
is  the  daughter  of  Central  Java".03 


In  other  words,  Sundanese  art  of  this  period,  mainly  stone 
sculptures,  preserved  features  of  the  eighth  and  ninth 
centuries  rather  than  affecting  the  more  esoteric  style  of 
Singhosari  and  Majapahit.   Many  statues  found  in  West  Java, 
whose  style  suggests  that  they  were  made  by  a  population  who 
had  only  superficially  been  influenced  by  Hindu  symbolism. 

A  great  battle  ensued  at  Bubat,  in  which  the  Sundanese 
were  massacred  although  they  fought  bravely.   The  historical 
truth  of  the  tale  is  difficult  to  verify;  Pigeaud,  however, 
does  not  doubt  its  veracity,  and  infers  that  all  reference 
to  Sunda  was  intentionally  omitted  from  "Nagarakratagama"  in 
deference  to  Hayam  Wuruk's  sorrow  at  losing  his  bride.  ="* 
According  to  Vlekke,  there  a.re    two  versions  of  what  happened 


58 

to  the  princess.   The  first  says  that  the  king  of  Mojopahit 

married  the  king  of  Sunda's  daughter,  but  not  as  his 

official  queen,  and  that  she  died  shortly  afterwards.   The 

other  version  is  given  by  the  romance  in  which  this  story 

still  circulates  on  Java  and  Bali.B!= 

This  story  holds  that  the  princess  killed  herself  on 

the  battlefield  beside  her  father's  body. 

Af terthismassacre, , rancor  and  hostility  existed  between 

the  two  parts  of  Java,  and  Sun da  (Pajajaran)  never 

submitted  to  Gajah  Mada's  hated 

authority. =A 

The  story  of  the  Sundanese  princess  in  romantic  form 
appears  in  "Kidung  Sunda"  which  is  edited  by  Berg.   As  a 
literary  source,  the  Kidung  Sunda,  describes  a  war  between 
Sunda  and  Majapahit  which  is  supposed  to  have  occurred  in 
1357.   According  to  the  story,  Hayam  Wuruk,  the  king  of 
Majapahit,  wanted  to  marry  her.   She  was  carried  to  the 
river  port  of  Bubat  by  a  large  Sundanese  fleet.   She  was, 
however,  insulted  by  Gajah  Mada,  the  Majapahit  Prime 
Minister,  who  refused  to  acknowledge  her  as  the  equal  of 
Hayam  Suruk  and  would  only  admit  her  as  a  concubine.   The 
battle  ensued  in  this  place.   Unable  to  break  through  the 
ring  of  steel  that  surrounded  them,  they  made  a  last 
deperate  assault  on  Gajah  Mada  himself  and  his  retinue. 
This  was  the  end.557- 

At  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century,  among  the 
places  described  by  Tome  Pires  we  find  a  section  depicting 
Sunda  shortly  before  its  conversion  to  Islam  began.   Most  of 


59 

Sunda  was  still  ruled  by  Pakuan  Pajajaran  at  this  time. 
Pires  first  mentions: 

"The  king  of  Sunda  with  his  great  city  of  Dayo,  the 
town  and  lands  and  port  of  Kalapa  (now  Jakarta),  the 
port  of  Chi  Mnuk;  this  is  Sunda  because  the  river  of 
Chi  Manuk  is  the  limit  of  both  ki ngdoms. . . The  king  of 
Sunda  is  a  heathen  and  (so  are)  all  the  lords  of  his 
kingdom.   Sunda  is  (land  of)  chivalrous,  seafaring 
warriors  -  they  say  more  so  than  the  Javanese,  taking 
them  all  in  all.   They  are  men  of  goodly  figure, 
swarthy,  robust  men.   The  king's  sone  inherits  the 
kingdom,  and  when  there  is  no  legitimate  son  it  is  by 
election  of  the  great  ones  of  the  kingdom.   It  is  the 
custom  in  Sunda  for  the  king's  wives  and  nobles  to  burn 
themselves  when  he  dies... 

The  land  of  Sunda  has  as  much  as  four  thousand  horses 
which  come  there  from  Priaman  and  other  islands  to  be 
sold... The  people  of  the  sea  coast  get  on  well  with  the 
merchants  in  the  land.   They  are  accustomed  to  trade. 
They  bring  cargo  lancharas,  ships  of  a  hundred  and 
fifty  tons.   Sunda  has  up  to  six  junks  and  many 
lancharas  of  the  Sunda  kind... 

The  city  where  the  king  is  most  of  the  year  is  the 
great  city  of  Dayo.   The  city  has  well-built  houses  of 
palm  leaf  and  wood.   They  say  that  the  king's  house  has 
three  hundred  and  thirty  wooden  pillars  as  thick  as  a 
wine  cask,  and  five  fathoms  high... This  city  is  two 
days'  journey  from  the  chief  port,  which  is  called 
Kal apa. . . 

It  has  a  certain  amount  of  better  pepper  than  that  from 
India  -  up  to  a  thousand  bahars  (a  unit  of  weight, 
which  at  Bantam  equalled  493  pounds);  enough  tamarinds 
to  load  a  thousand  ships;  it  trades  chiefly  in  male  and 
female  slaves  who  are  natives  of  the  country  as  well  as 
others  they  bring  from  the  flaldive  islands  because  they 
can  get  from  Sunda  to  the  Maldive  islands  in  si>:  or 
seven  days.   (Pires  apparently  included  the  islands  of 
the  west  coast  of  Sumatra  as  part  of  the  Maldives.) 
Their  chief  merchandise  is  rice  that  Sunda  can  sell,  up 
to  ten  junkloads  a  year,  unlimited  vegetables, 
countless  meats,  pigs,  goats,  sheep,  cows  in  large 
quantities;  it  has  wines,  it  has  fruits;  it  is  as 
plentiful  as  Java,  and  they  often  come  from  Malacca  to 
Sunda  every  year  for  slaves,  rice,  and  pepper,  and  for 
small  money,  cash  from  China.   They  arB   pierced  through 
the  middle  like  ceitis  so  that  they  can  be  threaded  in 
hundreds. . . 


60 


The  kingdom  of  Sunda  has  its  ports.   The  first  is  the 
port  of  Bantam.   Junks  anchor  in  this  port.   It  is  (a) 
trading  (port).   There  is  a  good  city  on  the  river. 
The  city  has  a  captain.   This  port  is  almost  the  most 
important  o-f  all;  a  river  empties  there  by  the  sea.   It 
has  a  great  deal  o-f  rice  and  -foodstuffs  and  pepper. 
The  second  is  Pontang,  which  is  already  a  lesser  port 
than  Bantam.   It  has  a  great  town... This  port  is  on  a 
river  on  the  sea...=s 


Calapa  or  Kalapa  was  so  called  "Sunda  Kalapa"  situated 
at  the  mouth  of  Ciliwung  river,  and  was  one  of  the  important 
ports  of  the  Pajajaran  kingdom.   Sunda/Kalapa  was  used  as 
the  harbour  of  Sunda  Pajajaran  from  the  12th  until  the  16th 
centuries. 


"It  is  the  most  important  and  best  of  all.   This  is 
where  the  trade  is  greatest  whether  they  all  sail  from 
Sumatra  and  Palembang,  Laue,  Tomjombpura,  Malacca, 
Macassar,  Java,  and  Madura,  and  many  other  places".0"* 


Tome  Pires  noted  that  among  the  ports  of  the  kingdom  of 
Sunda,  the  port  of  Calapa  was  the  one  worth  menti oning . *° 
He  reported,  furthermore,  that  Calapa  is  two  days'  journey 
from  the  place  where  the  king  has  his  residence,  a  fact 
which  is  considered  to  be  of  importance.   Probably  the  last 
event  in  connection  with  Sundays  relationship  with  other 
realms  was  a  treaty  between  Sunda  and  the  Portuguese.   In 
1522,  the  captain  of  Malacca,  Jorge  d ' Albequerque,  sent  a 
ship  under  the  command  of  Henrique  Leme  to  a  port  of  Sunda 
with  presents  for  the  king  and  offers  of  friendship.   The 
treaty  was  signed  on  the  21st  of  August  and  the  Portuguese 
were  allowed  to  build  a  fortress.   A  padrao  or  pillar  was 


61 

set  up  on  the  site  chosen  -for  this  purpose.61 

The  capital  of  Pajajaran  was  located  60  km  to  the  south 

of  Calapa  (158  km  to  the  northeast  of  Banten).   Ten  Dam,  a 

Dutch  scholar,  in  his  effort  to  define  and  locate  the 

Pajajaran  kingdom  stated  that  Pajajaran  was  a  particular 

name  fro  the  capital  of  the  kindgom  of  Sunda  (which  was 

located  near  the  present  city  of  Bogor).   The  existence  of 

the  royal  city  was  mentioned,  although  the  name  of  the 

kingdom  was  still  unknown.   He  referred  to  the  Portuguese 

sources  which  gave  the  name  of  this  kingdom  Sunda  (Qumda) 

and  the  king:  "el  roy  de  Qumda".   On  the  other  hand,  Ten  Dam 

did  not  agree  with  the  Portuguese,  who  compared  the 

Pajajaran  king  with  "el  roy  de  Portugal".   The  kingdoms  in 

Europe  and  the  ancient  kingdoms  of  Indonesia  have  a  quite 

different  concept  of  its  existence.   The  Sunda  kingdom  as 

reported  by  Barros,  extended  from  Banten  up  to  the  Cimanuk 


During  the  British  interregnum,  1811-1815,  Sir  Stamford 

Ra-ffles  spent  much  of  his  time  at  Bogor  and  perhaps  took 

walks  about  the  remains  of  the  site.   He  mentions: 

"At  Pajajaran,  a  heap  of  stones  is  pointed  out  as  the 
ruin  the  Setingel  (Sitinggil),  in  the  extant  palaces  of 
Java  a  raised  area    at  the  front  of  the  palace  facing 
the  public  square  "alun-alun";  important  public 
audiences  of  royalty  were  held  here),  and  numerous 
lines  crossing  the  country  berween  rivers  attest  to  the 
care  with  which  this  postion  was  entrenched.   They  may 
be  seen  close  by  the  roadside,  at  a  few  hundred  yards 
from  the  Governor -General ? s  country  residence  (in  18th 
century  Bogor,  then  called  "Buitensorg"  means  "without 


62 

care",    became  the  residence  of  Dutch  Governor- 
Generals),  and  in  many  places  they  have  been  cut 
through  to  make  a  passage  -for  the  high  road",*'3 

In  another  source  of  the  description  of  the  capital  of 
Pajajaran  kingdom,  De  Hann  mentioned  that  on  the  morning  of 
6  June  1690,  Captain  Adolf  Winckel aer  marched  out  from 
Batavia  with  16  European  and  24  Makassar  troops,  and  two 
surveyors  to  map  the  Ciliwung  and  Cisadane  rivers  and  to 
inspect  "the  old  center  of  Pakuan".   On  pursuing  his  inquiry 
further,  who,  how,  and  why  the  king  had  founded  this 
capital,  it  was  reported  that  it  was  one  "Prabu 
Si  1  i  wangi  "  .  *"*   Ten  Dam  gave  another  name:  "Sriman  Sri 
Wacana".i=   According  to  a  survey  by  Pleyte,  the  palace  was 
known  as  Sri  Bima  Punta-Narayana-Madura-Suradi  pati  . <b<£>   The 
town  was  remembered  as  "Salak  Domas".   A  few  traces  of  the 
wall  still  remained.   A  small  street  called  "Lawang 
Saketeng"  means  "Gate  with  leaf  doors";  the  north  gate 
probably  stood  nearby.    Other  districts  were  known  as  "Jero 
Kuta  wetan",  "eastern  side  of  the  city  wall",  and  Jero  Kuta 
kulon",  "western  side  of  the  city  wall".   Another  place 
named  "tugu  benteng"  means  "boundary  marker  of  the  fort". 
Along  the  western  road  lay  a  place  called  Bale  Kambang;  here 
still  existed  a  diversion  in  the  river  intended  to  create 
the  pond,  such  as  was  previously  found  in  all  royal 
residences  in  Java  (until  1911)  in  many  Regents'  houses. 67 

At  Lawang  Gintung  the  dike  of  the  "Ci pakanci 1  an"  cut 
through  the  eastern  wall  and  formed  a  potential  source  of 


63 
water  for  the  -former  keraton  (palace).   Here  too  lay  a 
"babuyatan",  a  holy  place,  paved  with  river  cobbles,  with 
some  standing  stones  including  a  -fragment  of  a  Siva 
Mahadewa.   Along  cipaku  and  Cisadane,  all  traces  o-f  old 
times  had  already  been  destroyed,  but  at  Sukasari,  some 
remains  of  an  old  moat  were  still  vi sibl e. ^a      Pakuan 
Pajajaran's  location  is  not  easy  to  find  now.   The  visitor 
to  Bogor  city  in  the  late  20th  century  can  see  much  less 
than  these  earlier  accounts.   A  few  remnants  of  the  Pakuan 
Pajajaran  can  still,  however,  be  traced  in  the  Bogor 
Botanical  Gardens. 

The  Portuguese  capture  of  Malacca  in  1511  did  not  leave 
them  content.   Their  ultimate  objective  was  to  control  all 
strategic  points  along  the  route  which  the  valuable  spices 
followed  between  the  Moluccas  and  Europe;  this  meant  that 
they  needed  a  chain  of  forts  east  of  Malacca.   One  of  the 
first  steps  they  took  toward  this  goal  was  to  dispatch  an 
expedition  to  West  Java  in  1522.   The  Portuguese  found  a 
willing  ally  in  the  ruler  of  Sunda,  who  gave  them  permission 
to  establish  a  fortified  trading  post  at  Sunda  Kalapa 
(Jakarta).   As  a  token  of  their  agreement,  the  Portuguese 
erected  a  stone  pillar,  or  "padrao",  in  Sunda  Kalapa  and 
returned  to  Malacca  with  the  intention  of  returning  to  build 
a  fortified  trading  post.   This  padrao  was  found  in  1918 
during  construction  near  Cengkeh  Road,  Jakarta  Old  Town  (now 
the  National  MuBeum).*9 


64 

Before  the  factory  could  be  built,  however,  the 
Governor  of  Malacca  requested  permission  to  do  so  from  the 
king  in  Portugal.   This  took  four  years.   When  a  Portuguese 
force  returned  to  West  Java  in  1526,  they  found  that  Banten 
and  Sunda  Kalapa  were  now  under  the  control  of  a  Moslem 
usurper  whom  they  called  Falatehan.   Unfortunately,  the  plan 
of  building  the  fortress  was  never  fulfilled  because  Sunda 
Kalapa  succumbed  to  the  Moslem  troops  led  by  Falatehan 
(Fadilah  Khan) . 7° 

The  north  coast  of  Sunda  was  subdued  relatively 
quickly,  but  the  center  of  the  pre-Islamic  kingdom  of 
Pajajaran  at  Pakuan  did  not  fall  until  1579.   Da  Barros  did 
not  visit  Indonesia,  so  we  cannot  determine  the  reliability 
of  his  characterization;  archaeologists  have  not  found  any 
traces  Df  the  temples  he  mentions,  but  perhaps  they  were 
made  of  perishable  materials.   Krom  (1914)  mentioned  that  a 
few  traces  have  been  found  at  the  site  of  old  Banten, 
including  most  notably  a  statue  of  Siva's  bull  nandi , 
discovered  while  digging  a  canal  between  Karangantu  and  the 
sea,  together  with  a  few  fragments  of  a  gold  ornament  plus 
shards  of  fifteenth-century  Thai  pottery.7'1   One  trace  of 
the  temple  has  been  found  at  the  site  of  Banten  Girang,  on 
the  top  of  the  bank  of  the  Banten  river,  which,  according  to 
Professor  Aurora  Tim,  may  have  been  made  of  wood,  so  i t  was 
easily  destroyed.7'2    Under  this  ruin  of  the  temple  we  found 
another  interesting  physical  feature  of  the  site,  the  so- 


65 
called  "Guha  Banten".   This  is  not,  as  the  name  might 
suggest,  a  natural  cave  but  a  series  o-f  three  rectangular 
chambers  cut  into  the  west  bank  o-f  this  river.   The  name 
Banten  Girang  derives  -from  the  Sundanese  "girang"  meaning 
upstream  and  is  there-Fore  equivalent  to  the  Indonesian  or 
Malay  word  "hulu"  or  "ulu".   As  an  important  habitation 
site,  Banten  Girang  provides  useful  data  for  the 
reconstruction  of  former  cultural  and  historical  frameworks. 

In  a  significant  passage  on  the  history  of  Banten, 
Raffles  described  Girang  as  one  of  the  capi tals, " . . . of  which 
the  ruins  are  still  visible..."   When  a  survey  was  conducted 
in  1815,  Banten  consisted  of  12  villages  with  5,699 
population,  Serang  with  42  villages  and  19,793  population.7'3 
This  pattern  of  settlement  wherein  the  population  is 
concentrated  some  distance  inland,  rather  than  on  the  coast, 
probably  resembles  that  of  the  early  sixteenth  century;  it 
is  also  the  same  as  that  of  today.   The  winds  of  change 
started  blowing  into  West  Java  in  the  sixteenth  century  with 
the  coming  of  the  Moslems  from  the  coastal  kingdom  of  Demak 
in  northern  central  Java,  and  from  Cirebon  on  the  border 
between  west  and  central  Java,  which  had  already  become 
Islamic  areas.   A  minor  port  of  the  north  coast  of  west  Java 
brought  to  life  by  conquering  Moslem  merchant-spreaders 
coming  from  the  more  eastern  parts  of  the  island,  Banten 
blossomed  into  an  Islamic  sultanate.   Under  the  Moslem  rule, 
the  relationship  between  Sunda  Kalapa  and  Banten  was 


66 
reversed:  Banten  became  the  primary  port  in  West  Java. 
During  the  course  o-f  the  sixteenth  century  Banten  grew 
rapidly,  that  by  the  end  of  the  century  it  was  the  principal 
port  in  western  Indonesia. 
2.3.3.   Banten  during  the  Islamic  Period. 

Many  articles  have  discussed  the  spread  and  growth  o-f 
Islamic  religion  in  Indonesia,  and  especially  in  Java,  where 
the  oldest  available  evidence  on  the  presence  of  Islam  is  a 
mememorial  tablet  commemorating  the  burial  of  Fatimah  binti 
Maimun  (daughter  of  Maimun;  better  known  as  Princess  Suwari ) 
in  Leran,  north  Gresik,  in  the  year  1082  A.D.,  and  the  tomb 
of  Maul  an  Malik  Ibrahim  in  Gresik  in  the  year  1419  A.D.,  but 
this  historical  evidence  is  still  doubtful.   It  is  generally 
assumed  that  the  spread  of  Islam  in  Java  started  in  the  15th 
century.'7'*   Soekmono  refers  to  Louis  Damais,  in  his  study  of 
the  tombstones  which  were  found  at   the  site  of  the  capital 
of  Majapahit,  managed  to  find  a  number  which  dates  back  to 
the  golden  age  of  Majapahit  under  the  rule  of  king  Haya 
Wuruk,  that  the  oldest  date  carved  on  the  stone  is  1368  A.D. 
He  remarks: 


"Hence  it  can  be  established  that  in  the  middle  of  the 
fourteenth  century  there  was  already  a  Moslem  community 
at  the  capital  of  Majapahit  in  the  southern  part  of 
town  (now  the  hamlet  of  Tralaya).   This  means  that  in 
the  town  of  Majapahit,  Islam  was  not  unknown.   The 
further  conclusion  can  be  drawn  that  its  propagation 
must  have  been  going  on  for  some  time.   Furthermore,  it 
should  be  remembered  that  the  oldest  Moslem  tombs  in 
Indonesia  were  imported  from  Cambay  and  did  not  have 


67 

any  headstones,  like  the  oldest  tombs  in  Samudra  Pasai 
and  the  one  of  Maul  ana  Malik  Ibrahim.   The  use  of 
headstones  in  the  tombs  o-f  Tralaya,  which  were, 
moreover,  decorated  with  ornamental  carvings  in  the 
contemporary  style,  there-fore  clearly  shows  that  Islam 
as  a  cultural  element  had  already  penetrated  and  was 
already  accepted  in  what  was  still  a  Hindu  society. 
The  use  o-f  dates  in  the  Shaka  calendar,  and  not  in  the 
Hijrah  calendar,  written  with  Old  Javanese  characters, 
■further  strengthens  this  conclusion".'7'0 


Another  example  of  a  date  which,  in  Djajadini ngrat ' s 
opinion,  should  be  considered  as  symbolic  is  the  "candra- 
sengkala"  (chronogram):   "sirna  hilang  kerta  ning  bumi "  (the 
disappearnace  of  world  peace),  dated  1400  Shaka  (1478  A.D.) 
It  is  mentioned  in  the  Javanese  "babad"  as  the  date  of  the 
fall  of  the  Hindu  kingdom  of  Majapahit,  brought  about  by  the 
Islamic  kndgom  of  Demak.   That  date,  obtained  from  the 
Javanese  traditions,  had  at  first  been  considerd 
hi storical . 7A      However,  among  Dutch  scholars,  some  refuted; 
some  concluded  that  since  the  date  cannot  be  considered 
historical,  they  assumed  that  the  fall  was  not  brought  about 
by  an  Islamic  kingdom  but  by  another  Hindu  kingdom. '7"7'   Later 
on,  the  other  scholars  continued  to  support  it. 
Furthermore,  Djajadi ningrat  considers  the  date  to  be 
symbolic.   To  support  this  contention  one  should  compare  the 
verbal  meaning  of  its  chronogram  with  that  of  the  chronogram 
in  the  "Sejarah  Banten"  (history  of  Banten)  referring  to  the 
downfall  of  the  Hindu  kingdom  of  Pajajaran  brought  about  by 
the  Moslem  kingdom  of  Banten.   The  first  chronogram  means 
"the  disappearance  of  world  peace";  the  second,  "the 


68 
destruction  of  the  world".   One  should  also  compare  the 
numerical  value  of  the  two  chronograms.   The  one  (1400 
Shaka)  indicates  the  end  o-f  an  old,  and  the  other  (1501 
Shaka)  the  beginning  of  a  new  century."70 

Banten,  originally  a  port  of  significance  under  the 
control  if  the  Hindu-Sundanese  island  state  of  Pajajaran, 
was  in  1525  forceably  occupied  together  with  the  region 
around  Jakarta  by  the  Moslem  zealot  Falatehan  in  the  name  of 
the  Sultan  of  Demak.   It  was  planned  to  use  it  as  a  Moslem 
outpost  against  the  Potuguese,  who,  having  conquered  Malacca 
in  1511,  had  gained  Sunda  Kalapa  (Jakarta)  as  a  foothold  in 
Java  by  a  treaty  with  the  ruler  of  Pajajaran,  with  the 
struggle  for  the  central  power  in  the  later  period  of 
Javanese  independence.   The  Javanese  colony  of  Banten  was 
thus  a  rather  recent  settlement  as  compared  to  the  cities  of 
eastern  Java. 

The  accounts  from  the  first  Dutch  voyages  describe 
Banten  as  an  aristocratic  city  surrounded  by  gated  walls. 
The  position  of  the  ruler  was  sustained  by  the  might  of 
nobility,  and  the  means  of  power  were  in  their  hands.7"9 
Each  of  the  nobles  exercised  control  over  a  section  of  the 
city,  and  in  each  court  each  maintained  his  armed  retinue  of 
warriors,  mercenaries,  and  slaves.00   One  of  the  most 
important  sources,  both  about  Falatehan  and  for  the  early 
history  of  Banten  in  general,  is  a  text  entitled  "Sejarah 
Banten".   This  text  was  originally  composed  a  few  years 


70 
Nagari  noted  that  Fail  ah  Khan  was  one  of  Sunan  Gunung  Jati ' 
sons-in-1 aw. ea 

Studying  the  ruling  systems  of  the  north  coast  o-f  Java 
with  Demak  at  the  summit  in  1527,  some  ports  held  key 
positions  after  Demak,  the  north  coast  was  completely 
covered  by  Cirebon,  Banten,  and  Bunda  Kalapa.   Central  Java 
was  under  the  rule  of  Demak  while  West  Java  came  under  the 
rule  of  Cirebon.   We  just  conclude  that  the  identity  of 
Islamic  Banten's  founder  is  difficult  to  establish. 
Uncertainty  over    this  matter  does  not,  however,  affect  the 
major  fact  that  he  had  been  dispatched  by  the  ruler  of 
Demak,  a  port  in  north-central  Java,  who  had  ambitious  plans 
for  territorial  and  religious  expansion.   There  is  no  record 
Df  Falatehan's  or  Demak 's  precise  motive  for  choosing  to 
occupy  Sunda;  one  can  only  speculate  that  they  were  moved  to 
action  partially  in  order  simply  to  forestall  Portuguese 
intentions  to  occupy  that  coast,  partly  through  the 
attraction  of  the  site  itself  due  to  its  proximity  to  the 
increasingly  strategic  pepper  producing  territories. 
Demak' s  agents  were  also  busy  in  Banjarmasin,  south  Borneo, 
another  pepper-producing  territory,  which  involved  both  the 
spread  of  Islam  and  the  attempt  to  impose  some  form  of 
temporal  over lordshi p.   They  probably  desired  to  portray 
themselves  to  the  rest  of  Javanese  society  as  legitimate 
recreators  of  the  glorious  image  of  the  kingdom  of 
Majapahit,  which  exercised  sovereignty  over  the  same  areas 


71 
beyond  Java  in  the  fourteenth  century,  while  also 
presel  ytizing  -for  islam.   Demak  was  newly  converted  (between 
approximately  1500-1504).   Its  -first  Islamic  ruler,  Pangeran 
Sumangsang,  is  better  known  as  Raden  Fatah,  the  name  given 
him  in  the  Javanese  romance  "Babad  Tanah  Jawi . "   That 
version  portrays  him  as  the  son  of  Brawijaya,  the  last  king 
of  Jahapahit;  after  reaching  adulthood,  he  conquered  the 
capital  city,  his  father  retiring  to  Mount  Lawu  from  whence 
he  ascended  into  heaven.   When  Tome  Pires  was  writing, 
around  1515,  Demak' s  situation  was  critical.   Many  men  had 
been  1 Dst  in  an  attack  against  the  Portuguese  in  Malacca  in 
cooperation  with  Jepara,  another  port  about  20  km  northwest 
of  Demak,  in  1512-1513.   Demak's  hinterland  includes  fertile 
rice  growing  aras,  but  much  of  the  kngdom's  previous  power 
had  been  supported  via  trade  with  Malacca.   Pires  implies 
that  Demak's  ruler,  although  a  staunch  Molsem,  had  been 
compelled  to  declare  himself  a  vassal  of  Malacca  in  order  to 
save  himself  from  utter  ruin.03 

In  1518,  Raden  Fatah  was  succeeded  by  Pangeran  Sebrang 
Lor,  who  was  in  turn  replaced  by  his  brother  Tranggana  in 
1521.   Pangeran  Tranggana  took  the  Islamic  title  Sultan  in 
about  1524  on  the  suggestion  of  his  adviser,  who  was  none 
other  than  Sunan  Gunung  Jati.   Tranggana  and  Sunan  Gunung 
Jati  together  elevated  Demak  from  its  difficult  straits  to  a 
position  of  pre-eminence  among  Javanese  principalities  which 
lasted  for  20  vears.   Demak  did  fair  to  assume  the  mantle  of 


72 
Majapahit's  successor  until  Sultan  Tranggana  was  killed  in 
the  battle  at  Panarukan  in  1546;  Demak  then  quickly  sank 
into  insignificance.0"* 

The  story  of  Banten's  founding  begins  with  a  trip  by 
Maulana  Hasanuddin  and  his  father,  the  Heroic  Moslem  saint 
Sunan  Gunung  Jati  <Syarif  Hi dayatul 1  ah )  ,  via  Banten  Girang 
to  a  mystical  mountain  F'ulosari  in  the  south  of  Sunda  where 
300  Hindu-Buddhist  priests  lived.   Maulana  Hasanuddin 
meditated  on  the  mountains  of  F'ulosari  and  Karang,  before 
his  father  returned  home,  leaving  Hasanuddin  at  Banten.   The 
leader  of  the  800  priests  having  disappeared,  Hasanuddin 
became  their  leader.   Together  they  sought  a  place  to 
conduct  a  (ritual)  cockfight;  they  were  joined  by  two 
ponggawa  (chiefs)  from  Pakuan  (the  palace  of  Pajajaran),  who 
converted  to  Islam. e=   Hasanuddin  then  conquered  Banten 
Girang,  and  later  he  was  called  to  attend  a  conclave  of  the 
9  "wali"  or  Wal i  sanga  (9  Moslem  leaders),  a  group  of  heroic 
Moslem  saints  traditionally  credited  with  converting  the 
Javanese  to  Islam  at  Cirebone,  and  while  there  he  was 
betrothed  to  the  daughter  of  the  Sultan  of  Demak. 
Hasanuddin  was  then  installed  as  Raja  (king)  of  Banten  with 
the  title  of  Panembahan  Surasowan.   He  continued  this 
efforts  to  convert  the  population  of  Banten  to  Islam,  and 
after  some  time  he  and  the  Pakuan  "ponggawa"  undertook  a 
journey  to  various  places  in  southern  Sumatra:   Lampung, 
Indrapura,  and  Bengkulu.   Later,  Sunan  Gunung  Jati  came  to 


73 
visit  him  and  instructed  him  to  build  a  city  of  the  coast; 
he  specified  the  proper  place  -for  the  market,  the  palace, 
and  the  public  square  (alun-alun).   The  unbelievers  in  the 
interior  should  be  subjected,  and  a  meditation  site  built  on 
Gunung  Pinang  (about  7  km  south  of  Old  Banten).   Hasanuddin 
was  eventually  succeeded  by  his  son  Maul  an  Yusuf  who  built  a 
fort,  constructed  dams,  canals,  and  rice  fields,  and 
encouraged  settlements.   Gunung  Jati's  origins  have  also 
been  described  in  many  sources,  some  of  them  fantastic. 
Some  depict  him  as  the  son  of  a  man  who  had  been  found  in  a 
box  under  the  sea  in  Pasai  (Aceh,  northern  Sumatra). 
According  to  official  tradition  of  Cirebon  and  Banten,  he 
was  an  Arab  and  his  mother  a  princess  of  Pajajaran. 
Djajadi ni ngrat  concludes  that  this  geneaology  is  probably 
the  expression  of  a  desire  to  attribute  to  him  both 
religious  status  and  royal  legitimacy,  though  he  may  well 
have  come  from  Pasai  and  have  had  Arab  blood.  e<s» 

Sunan  Gunung  Jati ,  along  with  Hasanuddin  and  Maulana 
Yusuf,  built  this  city  from  their  conception  of  Moslem 
culture  which  did  not  at  all  change  the  foundations  of 
society  and  the  philosophy  of  life  of  the  Javanese  or 
Bantenese  people.   The  process  of  the  diffusion  of  Moslem 
cultural  elements  into  Java  or  other  islands  of  Indonesia 
was  explained  by  van  Leur  as  being  the  result  of  the 
propogation  of  the  religion  of  Islam.07   We  may  see  some 
living  monuments  such  as  the  Grand  Mosque  of  Banten  which 


74 
was  built  by  Maul  ana  Hasanuddin  as  barely  distinguishable 
-from  a  meru  or  pagaoda,  with  its  elaborate  sustem  o-f  corbels 
and  gabled-tiled  roof  characteristically  soping  upwards  at 
the  corners  (photo.  1). 

Maulana  Hasanuddin  was  formally  enthroned  as  Banten's 
raja  in  1552.   He  reigned  until  1570  and  is  credited  with 
the  construction  of  a  palace  and  the  Grand  Mosque.   In  1570 
when  he  passed  away  he  would  have  been  about  70  years  old 
.(80  if  the  birthdate  of  1490  given  in  the  "Purwaka  Caruban 
Nagiri"  is  correct).   After  his  death,  according  to  Banten 
tradition,  he  was  given  a  posthumous  sobriquet:   Pangeran 
Sabakingking,  after  his  place  of  burial  (sabaki ngki ng 
meaning  "place  of  mourning"  in  Javanese).   His  successor, 
Maulana  Yusuf ,  reigned  until  1580,  during  which  time  he 
extended  Banten's  territory  and  expanded  the  Grand  Mosque. 
After  his  death,  he  was  given  the  name  Pangeran  pasarean, 
and  buried  at  Pakalangan,  near  the  road  from  Banten  Lama 
(Old  Banten)  to  Serang.   Yusuf  was  succeeded  by  Maulana 
Muhammed.   In  1580  he  was  still  minor;  the  ruler  of  the  port 
of  Jepara,  in  north  central  Java,  claimed  the  right  to  rule 
Banten.   The  indigenous  population  of  Banten  rejected  his 
claim,  however,  and  thus  the  link  to  central  Java  was 
severed.   Previously,  old  Banten  had  been  a  daughter  city  of 
Demak;6"3  subsequently  it  became  something  of  an  enclave  of 
Javanese  culture  and  language  within  a  Sundanese  milieu. 
Cornel  is  de  Houtman  first  arrived  in  Banten  from 


75 
Holland,    entering  the  archipelago  in  1596  (23rd  June).   He 
was  received  with  due  respect  by  Sultan  Muhammad  Ratu  Ing 
Banten.09   Muhammad  ruled  for  16  years,  until  his  life  was 
cut  short  by  a  tragic  event  precisely  when  Banten  was  about 
to  experience  new  challenges  from  overseas.   In  early  1596, 
Banten  launched  an  attack  against  Palembang.   The  motive 
behind  the  attack  is  unclear.   Muhammad  led  a  -fleet  to 
Palembang  but  while  aboard  his  ship  at  anchor  in  the  Musi 
river,  he  was  struck  and  instantly  killed  by  a  chance  shot 
-from  a  cannon,  according  to  legend  manned  by  a  Portuguese 
renegade.90   The  Banten  -fleet  broke  o-f-f  the  attack  and 
sailed  home.   Muhammad  was  buried  in  the  graveyard  of  the 
Grand  Mosque. 

Muhammad's  son  and  successor,  Abdul  Mafchir  Mahumd 
Abdul  Kadir  Kenari ,  (Abdul  Kadir,  for  short)  was  only  five 
months  old  at  the  time.   This  necessitated  a  period  of 
regency  with  accompanying  intrigues  and  rivalry  at  the  very 
time  when  unity  and  decisive  leadership  would  have  been  most 
necessary  for  the  first  Dutch  fleet  arrived  in  Banten  during 
the  same  year.   When  the  northern   Europeans  came  to 
Indonesia  at  the  end  of  the  century,  seeking  to  challenge 
Portuguese  superiority  in  the  spice  trade,  Banten  was  one  of 
the  first  ports  to  which  they  resorted.   According  to 
Francois  Pyrard  de  Laval,  who  sailed  from  France  in  1601, 


"All  those  who  go  to  the  Indies  and  other  places  beyond 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  when  they  desire  to  go  to 
Sumatra  they  only  say  that  they  are    going  to  Achin,  for 


76 

that  town  land,  as  is  done  on  Java  Major  with  Bantam, 
so  that  talk  is  only  of  these  two  kings".'"1 

The  Dutch  arrived  in  1596,  followed  shortly  thereafter 
by  the  English.   When  they  entered  Banten  Bay,  on  June  23, 
1596,  they  saw  70  vessels  anchored  in  the  lee  of  Panjang 
island,  which  sheltered  them  from  the  winds  and  swells  of 
the  Java  sea.   There  was  another  anchorage  3  1/2  km  from 
Banten  at  Pulau  Lima  (Lima  island).   Upon  arriving,  a  junk 
of  32  tons  carried  a  Portuguese-speaking  man  to  inquire  of 
them  who  they  were  and  what  they  wanted.'2 

In  159B,  Banten  had  to  repel  a  Portuguese  attack;  again 
in  1601,  30  Portuguese  ships  appeared  but  were  driven  away 
by  the  Dutch.   The  Spanish  blockaded  the  port  in  1602  in 
retaliation  for  hostile  actions  by  the  Dutch  rather  than  any 
animosity  toward  the  Bantenese.  ""3   For  a  month  in  1603,  the 
city  was  terrorized  by  a  group  of  men  from  Lampung  (south 
Sumatra)  who  had  come  to  capture  heads  to  take  to  their 
king,  "a  bitter  enemy  of  the  Bantenese"  who  was  said  to 
offer  a  woman  for  every  foreigner's  head.*"* 

Between  1596  and  1602,  the  Dutch  in  Indonesia  expanded 
the  scope  of  their  activities  extremely  rapidly.   In  1602, 
they  had  factories  at  Geresik,  northeast  Java;  Bana  and 
Ternate  in  the  Moluccas;  Aceh,  north  Sumatra;  and  also 
Johor,  at  the  south  end  of  the  Malay  Peninsula  and  Patani , 
on  the  east  coast  near  the  Kra  Isthmus,  now  part  of  southern 
Thailand.   Their  victory  at  Banten  was  erected  in  1603;  its 


77 

head  accountant  and  director  was  Jan  Pieterszoon  Coen,*'3  who 
played  a  vital  role  in  establishing  the  pattern  of  Dutch- 
Indonesian  relations  during  the  -following  20  years. 

A  few  years  later,  a  dispute  arose  between  the  Dutch, 
the  Chinese,  and  the  ruler  over  pepper  prices  and  the 
monopolistic  ambitions  of  the  Dutch.   Seeking  a  possible 
alternative  to  Banten,  the  first  warehouse  the  Dutch  built 
had  already  been  demolished  for  appearing  too  much  like  a 
fort.   In  1611,  the  Dutch  established  another  factory  at 
Jakarta.   Pieter  Both,  first  Dutch  Governor  General,  bought 
land  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Ciliwung  river  near  its  mouth 
in  the  Chinese  quarter.   In  1618,  the  British  built  a 
warehouse  in  Jakarta.   Meanwhile,  Uka  Tjandrasasmi ta  who  has 
been  analysing  some  local  sources  has  found  many  names 
referring  to  Jakarta  from  Pangeran  Jakarta  such  Jayawikarta, 
Sungarasa  Jayawikarta,  and  Kawi s  Adimarta  (has  been 
mentioned  by  Kawis  Adimarta  in  Gogo  Sandjadirdja  sources, 
dated  1206  Hijrah).   The  names  which  are   mentioned  above  are 
similar  to  those  in  the  reports  of  the  Dutch  Company  who 
called    him  Conick  or  regent  van  Jacarta  (king  of  Jacarta) .96 

After  the  British  withdrew  from  their  agreement  with 
the  Dutch,  they  returned  to  Banten,  helping  the  pepper  trade 
to  recover  until  the  1670' s  when  Banten  reached  a  new  peak 
of  prosperity.'7   The  Banten  factory  was  in  charge  of  all 
British  "southern"  factories  (everything  from  Coromandel  to 
the  east)  from  1628  to  1630  and  1633  to  1682,  reflecting  its 


78 
pre-eminent  position.   Ban  ten  had,  around  the  middle  of  the 
17th  century,  as  its  ruler  Sultan  Abul  Fath  bin  Abdul  Fathi 
or  Sultan  Agung  (the  great)  Tirtayasa,  who  in  his  later 
years  ruled  beside  his  son  Abdul kahar. 

In  1674,  Sultan  Agung 's  son  Abdul kahar  went  to  Mecca  on 
a  pilgrimage  and  returned  to  Banten  on  a  British  ship.   The 
court  became  a  center  o-f  Islamic  learning,  and  Banten 
regained  its  old  cosmopolitanism.   According  to  Schrieke, 

"Again  and  again  one  notes  in  Banten  the  continual 
coming  and  going  o-f  'moorish  popes',  which  can  only 
mean  that  there  was  unbroken  contact  -  via  Surat  -  with 
the  centres  o-f  Moslem  spiritual  life.'"5"3 

Li-fe  in  the  palace  was  embellished  by  the  import  of  dancers 
•from  Malabar,  India  in  1679.   In  Banten,  a  peculiar  custom 
o-f  sharing  o-f  power  between  the  ruler  and  the  crown  prince 
seems  to  have  existed  as  early  as  the  reign  o-f  Sultan 
Mahmud.   He  was  often  ill  and  in  1636  appointed  his  son 
Pangeran  Fekhih  as  co-ruler.   Pangeran  Fekjih,  however,  died 
in  about  1650,  so  his  grandson,  Pangeran  Surya,  was  then 
appointed.   The  relationship  between  the  two  co-rulers  seems 
to  have  been  flexible,  but  the  heir  had  considerable  powers; 
for  example,  he  could  hold  audiences  either  jointly  with  the 
Sultan  or  by  himself.s"5> 

Sultan  Agung  Tirtayasa  followed  the  same  practice  by 
appointing  his  son  Abdul kahar  as  his  co-ruler  in  1677-1678, 
with  the  title  Sultan  Ha j i .   Sultan  Agung  seems  to  have 
intended  to  allow  Sultan  Ha j i  to  conduct  the  daily  affairs 


79 
of  the  kingdom;  he  retired  to  a  palace  he  had  built  -for 
himself  called  Tirtayasa  at  Fontang,  15  km  east  of  Banten 
Lama  (Old  Banten).   Tirtayasa  had  been  built  at  east  partly 
by  a  Dutchman  named  Hendrik  Lucasz  Cardeel ,  from  Steenwijk. 
In  1675,  he  had  defected  from  Batavia  to  Banten,  was 
circumcised  and  embraced  Islam.   He  was  given  the  title 
Pangeran  Wiragunan  but  was  also  called  Kiayi  Lurah  in  1680. 
He  was  a  master  bricklayer  by  trade,  and  his  skills  were  in 
demand,  for  in  1675,  the  palace  of  Surosowan  in  Banten  had 
just  burned  down.   In  addition  to  his  titles,  he  was  given 
one  of  the  royal  concubines  in  marriage.   Cardeel /Wi ragunan 
might  have  lived  peacefully  in  Banten  the  rest  of  his  life 
if  more  violent  political  events  had  not  intervened;  in  fact 
the  peace  and  prosperity  which  Banten  had  enjoyed  since 
about  1670  were  to  not  last  much  longer.100 

On  April  30,  1680,  a  fight  broke  out  at  Tirtayasa 
during  a  debate  between  a  party  led  by  Tirtayasa  who  favored 
launching  an  attack  against  the  Dutch,  and  a  pary  which, 
having  witnessed  Dutch  victories  over  Mataram  firsthand, 
favored  peace.   Tirtayasa  impulsively  abdicated  the  next  day 
in  favor  of  Sultan  Ha j i .   However,  he  swiftly  regretted  this 
action  for  he  was  also  vexed  by  his  son's  policies  which 
also  favored  the  continuation  of  peace.   Many  of  Sultan 
Agung'B  advisors  moved  to  Lampung,  either  of  their  own  free 
will  or  because  they  had  been  replaced  by  Sultan  Ha j i  . 
There  they  instigated  a  rebellion  while  in  contact  with 


so 

Sultan  Agung  Ti rtayasa. 101 

On  November  10,  1681,  Sultan  Ha j i  dispatched  two 

ambassadors  to  England  on  board  the  ship  "New  London".   They 

arrived  safely  around  April  27,  1682.   The  envoys  were  given 

a  great  reception  in  London,  including  the  bestowal  o-f  the 

titles  "Sir  Abdul"  and  "Sir  Ahmad",  and  witnessed  many 

entertainments,  including  a  performance  o-f  the  "The 

Tempest".   They  were  introduced  to  numerous  members  o-f 

royal  y  and  society,  including  the  -future  Queen  Anne.   Dryden 

wrote  a  poem  about  them  which  was,  unfortunately,  most 

uncomplimentary  in  its  remarks  about  their  appearances  and 

habits,  unfamiliar  as  they  were  to  the  British.   One  of  the 

envoys,  Jaya  Santan,  is  said  to  have  spoken  English  well.103 

Finally,  they  were  sent  back  to  Banten  on  an  English  East 

Indiaman,  the  "Kempthorne" ,  which  left  England  in  August, 

1682,  with  two  dogs,  9  cases  of  guns,  mirrors,  knives, 

saddles,  40  chests  with  hand  lanterns  and  locks,  77  small 

cases  of  distilled  water,  some  pots  and  pans,  and  the 

sleeping  goods  of  the  emissaries  (who  had  brought  their  own 

cooks)  as  well  as  a  letter  for  Sultan  Ha j i  and  500  barrels 

of  gunpowder.   Upon  their  return  to  Java  in  January,  1683, 

however,  they  found  that  their  mission  had  been  in  vain.103 

According  to  Henningsen,  the  two  ambassadors'  route  of  their 

return  to  Banten,  started  from  London,  continued  to  Brazil, 

South  Africa,  Madagascar,  and  directly  to  Banten.1'"-"* 

In  February,  1682,  Sultan  Agung  had  become  openly 


81 
hostile  to  Ha j i ;  he  burned  Banten  and  besieged  Ha j i  in 
Surosowan.   The  only  Dutchman  in  the  palace,  a  baker  whose 
business  in  Batavia  had  failed,  advised  Ha j i  to  seek  Dutch 
aid.   Ha j i  managed  to  send  a  message  to  Batavia  using 
Cardeel /Wiragunan  as  an  emissary  offering  the  Dutch  in 
return  for  assistance  against  his  father.1013 

The  Dutch  lost  no  time  in  taking  advantage  of  the 
offer.   In  March,  a  VOC  force  sailed  to  Banten. 
Reinforcements  had  to  be  brought  from  Batavia  before  they 
could  drive  back  Agung's  troops.   This  first  success  took 
place  on  April  17,  at  a  cost  of  thirty-two  Dutch  killed. 
Not  until  December  29th  did  the  Tirtayasa  fall.   Sultan 
Agung  fled  into  the  highlands  but  was  captured  the  next  year 
and  taken  to  Batavia  where  he  remained  until  his  death. 

Ha j i  had  won  the  war,  but  his  position  was  still 
insecure.   Many  subjects  still  hoped  for  a  restoration  of 
Agung.   Ultimately,  Ha  j  i  purchased  security  at  the  cost  o-f 
Banten- s  independence.   In  1684,  he  signed  a  treaty  in  which 
he  paid  $600,000  to  the  Dutch  as  compensation  for  their 
expenses  in  the  war  against  Agung  and  relinquished  his  claim 
to  sovereignty  over    Cirebon.   Sultan  Ha j i  lived  only  5  years 
after  the  war  against  his  father.   In  1687,  he  was  succeeded 
by  Sultan  Fadhal ,  but  he  had  a  very  short  reign  of  only 
three  years  before  his  place  was  taken  by  Sultan  Abul 
Mahasin  Zainal  Abidin,  who  reigned  from  1690  to  1733.   The 
situation  in  Banten  deteriorated  during  the  next  reign,  that 


82 
of  Sultan  Zainul  Arifin,  1733-1748.   He  became  insane,  and 
his  son  being  too  young  to  assume  the  throne,  the  VOC 
appointed  his  queen,  an  Arab  named  Ratu  Sarifa,  as  regent 
while  the  company  assumed  much  of  the  actual  power  in  the 
kingdom.   The  queen  was  not  popular,  and  in  1750  a  major 
rebellion  took  place.   The  rebels  at  first  scored  several 
successes  and  controlled  most  of  Banten  except  for  two 
forts. 

Up  to  the  8th  century,  Banten  was  the  kingdom  central 
with  maritime  character.   Therefore,  the  society  emphasized 
their  living  on  trading,  which  was  more  suitable  for  the 
traders  or  merchants  who  lived  among  the  society  in  a 
maritme  town.   Banten  used  to  be  a  trading  center  visited  by 
both  foreigners  and  natives.   They  established  their  own 
villages  and  stayed  permanently  there.   But  unfortunately, 
from  their  base  in  Batavia,  90  km  to  the  east  of  Banten,  the 
Dutch  were  in  control  and  had  built  a  massive  fortress 
called  Fort  Speelwijk  to  protect  their  interests.   Banten 
had  limited  powers  as  the  Dutch  took  over  control  of  the 
kingdom's  trade  and  established  a  monopoloy.   This  was  the 
end  of  Banten  as  an  independent  trading  power.   Banten' s 
influence  continued  to  decline  as  the  Dutch  gradually 
strenthened  their  foothold  despite  repeated  rebellions  and 
insurgencies  until  1808  when  Governor  General  Herman  Will  em 
Daendels  -  angered  by  the  killing  of  one  of  his  envoys  (Du 
Puy)  by  Bantenese  -  order  the  destruction  of  the  city  of 


Ban ten. 10* 

2.3.4.   The  End  o-f  the  Sultanate  o-f  Banten 

By  1808,  the  VOC  had  been  abolished,  and  Banten  like 
the  rest  o-f  Dutch-ruled  Indonesia  was  under  the 
administration  o-f  Netherlands  East  Indies  governor-general. 
The  Netherlands  themselves  were  then  among  the  countries 
conquered  by  France  during  the  Napoleonic  Wars.   In  that 
year,  Marshal  Daendaels,  a  soldier  who  had  served  under 
Napoleon,  was  sent  to  Java  as  governor.   He  made  much  use  o-f 
-forced  labor  to  prepare  -for  a  possible  attack  -from  the 
British,  including  the  construction  o-f  a  road  -from  Anuyer, 
on  Banten' s  west  coast,  to  Panrukan,  1,000  km  east,  for 
military  use.   In  addition  to  work  on  the  road,  the  people 
o-f  Banen  were  also  -forced  to  build  harbours  at  Ujung  Kulon, 
Mew  Bay,  then  Merak.   Many  workers  died  under  the  harsh 
conditions  and  many  deserted.   The  Dutch  resident  was  told 
"to  call  upon  the  Sultan  to  deliver  up  his  -first  Minister 
immediately"  to  be  held  responsible  -for  the  desertions. 
Instead,  the  resident  was  killed;107'  some  Dutch  guards  o-f 
the  Sultan  were  also  murdered,  so  Will  em  Daendel s  led  an 
army  which  stormed  and  looted  Banten,  shot  the  chief 
minister,  and  banished  the  Sultan  to  Ambon,100  with  a 
relative  being  installed  in  his  place.   Daendel s  had  no  more 
respect  for  the  existing  treaties  with  the  Javanese  princes 


84 
than  -for  the  -feelings  o-f  the  rulers  themselves.   From  the 
sultan  o-f  Banten  he  demanded  hundreds  o-f  workers  -for  his 
-f  or  ti -fi  cations  along  the  shore  of  the  Sunda  Strait. 
Unwillingness  to  comply  with  this  demand  was  considered 
proof  of  disloyalty.   VTekke  remarks: 

"Renewed  demands  were  met  with  violence  on  the  part  of 
the  people  of  Bantam,  and  thus  a  revolt  broke  out  which 
could  have  been  avoided.   Here  Daendels,  the  sword- 
rattling  general  of  the  Revolution,  was  in  his  true 
element.   High  on  horseback  and  alone,  he  led  the  way 
for  his  troops  in  the  attack  on  Bantam,  dashing  through 
the  groups  of  armed  rebels  who,  stunned  and  terrorized, 
made  way  for  the  governor-general .   The  coastal 
districts  of  the  sultanate  were  annexed  to  the 
directly-ruled  territories.   The  interior  subsisted  for 
a  few  years  more  as  a  vassal  state,  "io"* 

The  real  object  of  Daendel ' s  mission,  however,  was  something 

else.   In  the  "Instruction  for  the  Governor-General  of  His 

Majesty's  Asiatic  Possession"  issued  by  King  Louis  on 

February  9,  1307,  twelve  of  the  thirty-seven  articles  dealt 

with  military  affairs,  and  article  14  made  reorganization  of 

the  army  the  first  of  his  duties.110 

The  British  captured  Java  from  the  Dutch  in  1811 

without  much  difficulty  since  the  indigenous  population, 

having  suffered  so  greatly  during  the  last  few  years,  were 

not  inclined  to  provide  them  with  any  support.   Achmad  was 

first  supported  by  the  British,  then  the  previous  Sultan, 

Mahmad,  was  reinstated.   However,  he  professed  himself 

unable  to  control  the  "chronic  unrest  in  his  territories", 

so  in  1813  he  surrendered  his  right  to  rule  to  Batavia  in 

return  for  an  annuity  of  10,000  Spanish  dollars.111 


35 
Napoleon  decided  to  recall  Daendels  and  the  annexation  of 
the  Netherlands  to  the  empire  of  Napoleon  and  Daendels' 
attempted  reorganization  o-f  the  Dutch  Indian  military  -forces 
were  the  direct  cause  of  the  British  attack  on  the  last 
Netherlands  overseas  territory.113   "Such  was  the  end  of  the 
kingdom  of  Banten."113 


86 


END  NOTES: 


1.  Haykal ,  Muhammad  Husayn ,  The  Li-fe  of  Mohammad, 
translated  by   Ismail  A.  al  Faruqi  (New  Delhi:  Zia 
Offset  Press,  1976)  p.    173 

2.  Ibid. ,  174-175 

3.  Creswell,  K.  A.,  C.  B.  E. ,  Early  Muslim  Architecture, 

(New  York:  Hacker  Art  Book,  1979)  p.  5  (his  sources: 
Caetani,   "annali  dell  Islam",  I.  p.  437;  Zid  ibn 
Abihi,  in  the   "Reista  degli  Studi  Orientali",  IV.  pp. 

4.  Ibid. ,  Vol  I.  Part  1.  pp.  6-8 

5.  Dermengham,  Emi  1  ,  The  Li-Fe  o-f  Muhammed,  translated  by 
Arabella  Yorke  (New  York:  The  Deal  Press,  1930  pp. 
119-127) 

6.  Robinson,  Francis,  Atlas  o-f  the  Islamic  world  since 
1500, (New  York,  1982)  p.  25 

7.  Grabar,  Oleg,  "Cities  and  Citizens"  in  Islam  and  Arab 
World,  Ed.  Bernard  Lewis  (New  York:  American  Heritage 
Publ.  Co.,  Inc.,  1978)  pp.  90-96 

8.  Ibid. ,  p.  90 

9.  Husain,  Taha,  The  Sacred  Character  o-f  Islamic  Cities, 

(Cairo,  1962)   pp.  25-27 

10.  Robinson,  Francis,  op.  ci t.  ,  pp.  58-71 

11.  Weber,  Max,  The  City,  translated  and  edited  by  Don 
Martindale  and  Gertrude  Neuwirth  (London:  Collier 
Macmillan  Publishers,  1958)  pp.  77-89 

12.  Johns,  A.  H.  ,  "Islam  in  Southeast  Asia:   Problems  o-f 
Perspective"  in  Southeast  Asian  History  and 
Historiography:   Essays  presented  to  P.  G.  E.  L.  Hall 
Ed.  C.  D.  Cowan  0.  W.  Wolters  (Ithaca:  Cornell  Univ. 
Press,  1976)  pp.  305-310 

13.  Reid,  Anthony,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  146-149 


14 


Reid,  Anthony,  "Trade  Goods  and  Trade  Routes  in 


87 

Southeast  Asia:   c.  1300-1700"  SPADA  Workshop,  Nov. 
20-27,  19S4  (Banten  Museum  Lib.  1986)  pp.  2-23 

15.  Ambary,  Hasan  M.  ,  (ed.)  "Monuments  o-F  the  Ancient  City 
of  Banten"  unpublished  manuscript  (The  Banten  Site 
Museum.  1985)  p.  37 

16.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  "Excavation  at  Fort  Canning, 
Singapore"  in  the  SPAFA  Digest,  1985,  p.  37 

17.  Reid,  Anthony,  op.  cit. .  pp.  144-145 

18.  Robinson,  Francis,  op.  cit.,  pp.  90—91 

19.  O'Connor,  Richard  A.,  A  Theory  of  Indigenous  Southeast 
Asian  Urban  ism  (Singapore:   Institute  of  Southeast 
Asian  Studies,  1983)  pp. 61-64 

20.  Rajadhon,  Anuman,  Phraya  Chiwit  Chao  Thai  Samai  Kon 
(Bangkok:  Khl angwi tthaya,  1972)  p.  308 

21.  O'Connor,  Richard  A.,  op .  cit..  pp.  51—60 

22.  Luce,  Gordon  H. ,  (translation)  The  Man  Shu  (Book  of  the 
Southern  Barbarians).  (Ithaca:   Cornell  Univ.  Program 
of  Southeast  Asia,  1961)  p.  90 

23.  vanderWoude,  Johan,  Coen  Koopman  van  Heeren  Zeventien. 
Amsterdam:   C.  V.  Uitgeverij  1948,  p.  240,  320,  352 

24.  O'Connor,  Richard  A.,  op.  cit..  Vol.  VIII.  pp.  71-72 

25.  van  Leur ,  J.  C. ,  Indonesian  Trade  and  Society  (Bandund: 
W.  van  Hoeve  -  The  Hague,  1955)  pp.  269-277 

26.  Ibid. ,  p.  270 

27.  Siddique,  Sharon,  "Relics  of  the  Past,  A  Sociological 
Study  of  the  Sultanates  of  Cirebon,  West  Java"  Ph.D. 
thesis  (University  Bielefeld,  1977)  p.  102 

28.  O'Connor,  Richard  A.,  op.  cit. ,  p.  40 

29.  Yogaswara,  Y.,  "Penelitian  Pendahuluan  Dewawarman"  (A 
Preliminary  Report  of  the  First  Research  on 
Devavarman),  Bandung:   Unpad,  1978  p.  15 

30.  Ambary,  Hasan  M.  ,  op.  cit.,  pp.  54-67 

31.  Amando,  Cortesao,  The  Suma  Oriental  of  Tome  Pi  res. 
(Hakluyt  Society,  1944)  pp.  186-188 


aa 


Val  enti  _j  n,  Francois,  "Oud  en  Nieuw  Oost  Indien",  III, 
Uitgegeven  door  Dr.  Keyser ' s  (Gravenhage,  1726)  pp. 
213-214  translated  by  John  N.  Miksic 


89 


33.  Sutikno  (ed.)  Penqinderaan  Hauh  untuk  Pemetaan 
Terinteqrasi  Kepurbakal aan  Banten  (The  Aerial 
Photograph  -for  integrated  maps  of  the  Ancient  City  of 
Banten)  Yogyakarta:   Gama  Univ.,  1984,  pp.  II.  1-8 

34.  Ibid. ,  pp.  II.  6-3;  see  also  Pemda  Kab.  Serang, 
Perencanaan  Kota  Serang  dan  sekitarnya  (Serang  City- 
Planning  and  its  surrounding)  Bapedda.  Serang,  1982  pp. 
43-56 

35.  Valentijn,  Francois,  op.  ci  t .  .  p.  213 

36.  Sutikno,  op.  ci  t .  .  p.  I. 10  and  III.  15 

37.  vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M.  ,  Nusantara,  A  History  o-f 
Indonesi  a.  Chicago,  1960,  p.  17 

38.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M.  ,  Nusantara.  A  History  o-f  the  East 
Indian  Archipelago.  (Cambridge-Massachusetts:   Harvard 
Univ.  Press,  1944)  pp.  12-13 

39.  The  data  was  cited  from  the  local  sources:  Pustaka 
Rayaraja;  Pustaka  Pararatvan  1  Bhumi  Javadvipa;  Pustaka 
Nagara-Kertabhumi ,  unpublished  manuscripts  (Cirebon 
Museum,  1984) 

40.  Wolters,  0.  W.  ,  Early  Indonesian  Commerce,  a  study  o-f 
the  Origin  of  Sriwijaya.  (Ithaca,  1967)  pp.  197-228 

41.  Bosch,  F.  D.  K.  ,  Een  Maleische  Inscriptie  in  Het 
Buitensorqsche.  B.  K.  I.  199,  1941,  pp.  49-53 

42.  Krom,  N.  J.,  Inleidinq  tot  de  Hi ndoe-Javanesehe  Kuntst. 
I  —  1 1 ,  Batavia,  1923,  p.  394 

43.  Ibid. .  p.  395 

44.  Krom,  IM.  J.,  op.  cit.  .  pp.  391-394 

45.  Djaj adi ni ngrat ,  Hoesain,  Tinjauan  Keritik  ten tang 
Serjarh  Banten,  (Jakarta,  1983)  p.  158 

46.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  "Banten' s  Origins  and  Growth" 
Unpublished  Manuscript  (Site  Museum,  Banten,  1985)  p. 
13 

47.  Ibid. ,  p.  14 

48.  The  Sundanese  Palm-leaf  Manuscript  (National  Museum, 
Jakarta,  1985)  Kr.  406 


90 

49.  Wolters,  D.  W. ,  op.  cit.,  pp.  197-228 

50.  Vogel ,  J.  Ph.,  The  Earliest  Inscriptions  of  Java.  (Oud 
Hei dekundi ge  Dienst  Nederl ansch-Indi e,  1925)  pp.  14-16 

51.  Hirth,  Friedrich  and  Rockhill,  W.  W. ,  Chu  Ju-Kua:   His 
Work  on  the  Chinese  and  Trade  in  the  Twelfth  and 
Thirteenth  Centuries  entitled  Cu-fan-chu.  (St. 
Petersburgh :   Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences,  1911)  pp. 
70-71 

52.  Mc.Kinnon,  Edward,  West  Java's  Increasing  Involvement 
in  Overseas  Trade  in  15th  and  14th  Centuries.  (SPAFA, 
Bangkok,  1985),  p.  31 

53.  Krom,  N.  J.,  Inleidinq  tot  de  Hindoe-Javanesehe  Kuntst. 
I-I I . ,  1923,  pp.  290-391 

54.  Pigeaud,  Th.  G.  Th.,  Java  in  the  14th  Century  (The 
Hague,  1962)  pp.  36,  291,  401 

55.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M. ,  op  ■  cit.,  p.  57 

56.  Berg,  C.  C. ,  (Javanese  text  with  Dutch  translations  and 
notes)  BKI,  LXXXIII,  1927,  I 

57.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  fl.  ,  op.  cit..  p.  57-58 

58.  Cortessao  Armando,  op.  cit..  pp.  168-174 

59.  Ambary  Hasan  M.  ,  The  Establishment  of  Islamic  Rule  in 
Jayakarta,  Jakarta,  1975,  p.  8 

60.  Cortessao  Armando,  op .  cit.,  pp.  172 

61.  flees,  W.  Fruin,  Geschi  edensi  s  van  Java  (Wei  tevreden, 
1920)  Vol.  II.  p.  14 

62.  Bam,  Ten  H. ,  Verkenninqen  Rondom  Pad j ad j ar an, 
Indonesia,  X.4,  p.  299;  also  see  Joao  de  Baros,  Be  Asia 
(Lisbon,  1777-1778),  p.  56 

63.  Raffles,  Thomas,  History  o-f  Java  (London,  1817)  p.  II, 

133 

64.  Haan,  Fide,  Pri  anqan  (Bantavia,  1911),  pp.  151-165 

65.  Dam,  Ten  H. ,  Verkenninqen  Rondom  Pad j ad j aran , 
Indonesia,  X.  1956,  p.  307 

66.  liiksic,  John  N.  ,  op.  cit..  p.  13 


91 

67.  Rosyian,  Tubagus,  Sedjarah  Banten,  (The  History  o-f 
Banten),  Bandung,  1954,  p.  IS 

68.  Miksic,  John  N.  ,  op.  cit. ,  p.  14 

69.  Mees,  W.  Fruin,  op.  cit. 

70.  Ambary,  Hasan  M. ,  op.  cit. ,  p.  8 

71.  McKinnon,  Edward,  op.  ci t . ,  p.  31 

72.  Professor  Aurora  Li  em  (Archaeologist  -from  the 
Philippines),  during  our  survey  in  this  site  on  July 
15,  1985  explained  the  construction  of  the  temple 
■foundation  which  is  similar  with  another  style  in 
Southeast  Asia. 

73.  Raffles,  Thomas,  op.  cit. ,  p.  11.133-134 

74.  R.  Soekmono  describes  that  this  doubt  relates  to  the 
reading  of  the  date  and  also  to  the  possibility  that 
this  memorial  stone  originates  from  another  place  (cf. 
Krom,  HJG. ,  p.  452,  and  also  R.  A.  Kern,  "De 
verbreiding  van  den  Islam"  in  F.  W.  Stapel ,  Ed., 
Geschiedenis  van  Nederl andsch  Indie,  Amsterdam, 
1938-1940,  I,  306).   It  is  true  that  the  tomb  in  Leran 
is  quite  recent,  and  teh  building  housing  it  does  not 
show  convincing  indications  of  its  origin  in  the 
eleventh  century.   (see  R.  Soekmono,  "Archaeology  and 
Indonesian  History"  in  Soedjatmoko,  ed . ,  an 
Introduction  to  Indonesian  Historiography,  Ithaca: 
Cornell  University  Press,  1965.  p.  43 

75.  Ibid.,  p.  1 1 1.43 

76.  Djajadiningrat,  Hoesein,  "Local  Traditions  and  the 
Study  of  Indonesian  History"  in  Soedjatmoko,  ed .  An. 
Introduction  to  Indonesian  Historiography.   Ithaca: 
Cornell  Univ.  Press,  1956,  pp.  74-85 

77.  de  Graaf,  H.  J.  "Tomes  Pires"  "Suma  Oriental"  an  het 
tijdperk  van  godsdi enstovergang  op  Java"  BKI,  CVIII 
(1952),  pp.  132-171 

78.  Djajadiningrat,  Hoesein,  op.  ci t . ,  p.  85 

79.  Rouff aer  and  Ijzerman,  op.  cit.  ,  p.  1.92,  128,  1 1 1 . 38 

SO.   van  Leur,  op.  cit.,  p.  138.   He  got  this  information 

based   from  de  Jonge,  J.  K.  J.  and  van  Deeventer,  ed . , 
De  opkomst  van  het  Nederlandsch  qezag  in  Oost-Indie 
(The  rise  of  Dutch  Authority  in  the  East  Indies), 


unpublished  Documents  from  Old  Colonial  Archives, 
twenty  volumes  Amsterdam  and  The  Hague,  1862-1895,  also 
H.  T.  Colenbrander ,  ed.,  Contributions  and 
Communications  of  the  History  Society  at  Utrecht,  XXI, 
1900,  pp.  194-329 

81.  Ambary,  Hasan  M. ,  op.  cit. .  p.  10 

82.  Negarakratabhumi ,  mentioned  that  Syarif  Hidayatullah 
(Bunan  Gunung  Jati  )  died  on  Kresnapaksa  11th.  month  o-f 
Badramasa,  1490  Saka  (about  1568  A.D.),  buried  in 
Gunung  Jati  (the  hill  o-f  Bukit  Sembung).   Then  two 
years  later,  Fadilah  Khan  or  Faletehan  died  on 
Cuklapakso,  9th  month  of  Margacira,  1492  Saka  (about 
1570  A.D. ) 

83.  Cortessao  Armando,  op.  ci t ■ ,  pp.  186-188 

84.  De  Graaf,  H.  J.,  "Later  Javanese  Sources  and 
Historiography",  ed .  Soedjatmoko,  An  Introduction  to 
Indonesian  Historiography,  Ithaca,  1965,  pp.  119-135 

85.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  17-18 

86.  Djajadiningrat,  Hoesein,  op.  cit. .  pp.  116-117 

87.  van  Leur,  op.  ci t ■ .  pp.  110-116 

88.  van  Leur,  op.  cit.,  p.  137  <cf.  Rouff ear,  "Kunst", 
340-341;  Snouck  Hurgronje,  "Bantam",  253) 

89.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M.  ,  op.  cit. ,  p.  107 

90.  Mollema,  J.  C.  ,  De  Eerste  Schipvaart  der  Hollander  naar 
Qost  Indie  (1936  p.  229) 

91.  Schrieke,  B. ,  Indonesian  Sociological  Studies.  The 
Hague  1966,  pp.  43-44;  French  original  quoted  in 
Lombard,  Denys  S'Le  Sultanat  d'Atjeh  autemps  d'Iskandar 
Muda", Paris  1967,.  p.  9 

92.  Mollema,  J.  C. ,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  212-217 

93.  Tjandrasasmita,  Uka,  "Zaman  Perumbuhan  dan  Perkembangan 
Kerajaan  Islam  di  Indonesia  (Growth  and  Development 
periods  of  Islamic  Kingdoms  in  Indonesia,  Ed.  Sartono 
K.  in  Sejarah  Nasional  Indonesia,  Vol.  Ill,  Jakarta 
1975,  p.  356 

94.  Mees,  W.  Fruin,  op ■  cit.,  p.  11.64 

95.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  ci t. ,  p.  23 


96.  Tjandrasamita,  Uka,  Pasanq  Surut  Perjuangan  Ranger an 
Jakarta  Wiiavakrama.  Dinas  Museum  DKI,  Jakarta,  1971, 
p.  4 

97.  Meil ik-Roelof sz,  M.  A.  P.,  Asian  Trade  and  European 
Influence,  The  Hague,  1962,  pp.  253-255 

98.  Schrieke,  B.  ,  op.  cit. ,  p.  242 

99.  Djajadiningrat,  Hoesein,  op.  ci t . ,  p.  208,  215 

100.  Tjandrasamita,  Uka,  Sultan  Agung  Tirtayasa  musuh  besar 
Kompeni  Belanda,  (Sultan  Agung  Tirtayasa,  the  Big  Enemy 
of  the  Dutch  Company),  Jakarta:   Nusalarang  1974,  pp. 
23-36 

101.  Stapel,  F.  W. ,  ed . ,  Geshiedenis  van  Nederlandsch  Indie, 
Amsterdam  1939,  pp.  415-416 

102.  Mees,  W.  Fruin,  op.  ci t . ,  p.  215 

103.  Soelaeman,  Setyawati,  A  Mission  of  the  Tuo  Ambassadors 
from  Banten  to  London  1682,  Jakarta:  Yayasan  Purbakala, 
1975,  p.  7-10 

104.  Henningsen,  Henning,  Daobog  Fra:   En  Ostindiefart 
1672-1682.  Handel s  0g  Sof artsmuseet ,  Pa  Kronborg,  1953 

105.  Haan,  F.  de,  op.  cit. .  pp.  191-196 

106.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M. ,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  231-233 

107.  Raffles,  Thomas,  op.  cit. ,  p.  242 

108.  Hall,  D.  G.  E. ,  op.  cit.,  p.  478 

109.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M. ,  op.  cit. .  p.  233 

110.  Mijer,  P.,  Verzameling  van  Instructien.  Ordonnancien  en 
Relementen  voor  de  Reoerinq  van  Nederlandsch  Indie 
(Batavia,  1848),  p.  347 

111.  Farida,  Ida,  "Sekitar  runtuhnya  Keraton  Banten",  (The 
Fall  of  the  Banten  Kigdom)  unpublished  manuscript, 

(University  of  Pajajaran,  Bandung  1983)  pp.  50-76 

112.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M. ,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  236-238 

113.  Raffles,  Thomas,  op.  cit.  ,  p.  243 


Chapter  Three 
HYPOTHETICAL  RECONSTRUCTION  OF  OLD  BANTEN 

The  hypothetical  method  deals  with  a  specified  class  of 
phenomena:   the  remains  of  past  human  activity.    It  also 
attempts  to  isolate  the  explanation  and  classification  of 
the  relationship  among  the  variables  of  these  phenomena.   By 
this  method,  I  may  then  reconstruct  past  human  activities 
from  the  data  which  I  obrained  during  my  last  research  in 
the  site  of  Old  Banten  and  documentation  of  archival 
research  here  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania's  libraries. 
Historical  data  gives  sufficient  evidence  of  the  composition 
of  Old  Banten  as  a  compound  city  in  determing  a 
reconstruction  fo  this  site,  which  several  models  present 
themselves.   After  we  looked  to  the  ideal  models  of  the 
Islamic  cities  expressed  in  Asia  and  Africa,  and  also  the 
Islamic  and  non— Islamic  cities  of  Southeast  Asia,  in 
consideration  of  the  hypothesis  that  Old  Banten  developed  as 
an  Islamic  city,  we  have  to  compare  with  other  cities  by 
exploration  of  the  prototype  for  Banten. 

After  Banten  was  conquered  by  Maul  ana  Hasanuddin  in 
1525,  it  became,  first,  the  principal  port  in  western  Java, 
replacing  Sunda  Kalapa;  as  the  sixteenth  century  passed,  so 
did  Banten  surpass  the  other  competing  market  places  along 
Java's  north  coast  so  that  by  1596  it  was  the  largest, 

94 


unpublished  descriptions  of  Banten  during  the  first  70  years 
of  its  rise  to  prominence,  and  they  are    brief.   But  I  have 
tried  to  study  the  problems,  field  checks  and 
interpretations  at  several  locations  in  the  ancient  city  of 
Banten,  from  the  beginning  of  my  work  there  (1976-1935), 
until  I  got  the  data  which  I  obtained  during  my  field 
research  last  summer,  19S6. 

3.1  Present  Condition  of  the  Site 

According  to  the  District  Office's  data, from  1813  until 
the  second  world  war  began,  Old  Banten  was  finally  placed 
under  direct  control  of  the  colonial  government  with  an 
administrator  residing  in  Serang  City,  10  km  north  of  Old 
Banten.   Only  in  the  1940's  did  the  people  come  back  to  Old 
Banten  which  had  already  become  forest.   Some  of  the 
monuments  were  covered  with  grass  although  the  Dutch 
government  tried  many  times  to  restore  and  preserve  the 
site.   The  early  days  of  preservation  law  in  Indonesia, 
according  to  its  movement  was  underway  in  earnest  by  the 
mid-1930's.   The  urban  sites  of  Banten,  as  the  cultural 
heritage  of  Indonesia,  is  under  the  protection  of  the 
government.   The  law  to  protect  the  historic  monuments  is 
the  "Monuments  Ordinance  number  243  of  1931"  which  is  still 
in  force.   But  unfortunately,  people  came  to  build  their 
houses  on  the  ruins  of  those  monuments  surrounding  the 


96 
ancient  city  of  Banten.   At  present,  the  great  Banten 
kindgom's  town  is  only  a  "traditional  village"  o-f  about 
4,000  inhabitants,  but  the  old  glory  o-f  Banten  is  gone 
■forever.   Some  antiquities  from  the  time  of  the  Banten 
kingdom  which  was  the  center  of  the  Islamic  city  in  the 
western  part  of  Java  (from  the  beginning  of  the  early  16th 
to  the  early  19th  centuries)  can  be  found  around  this  area, 
such  as  in  the  surroundings  of  the  palaces  (Surosowan  and 
Kaibon),  Grand  Mosque,  the  funeral  monuments  of  Sultans  and 
their  families,  the  lake  of  Tasikardi  with  its  water  pipes, 
karangantu  harbour,  market  places,  Panjuanan  as  a  local 
ceramic  industrial  site,  and  many  other  building  foundations 
which  are    under  earth  covered  with  grass.   Only  three  sites 
as  living  monuments  are    still  used  by  Moslem  and   Buddhist 
activities.   Those  are:    Brand  Mosque  and  its  compounds, 
Karangantu  harbour  and  its  market,  and  "Kelenteng"  (Chinese 
tempi e) . 

In  1945,  the  Resident  of  Banten,  Kiyai  Tb .  H.  A. 
Khatib,  who  was  also  the  director  of  preservation  and 
development  for  the  Banten  mosque  and  palace,  organized 
voluntary  labor  to  clear  the  overgrowth  which  covered  the 
site  at  the  time.   This  activity  continued  until  1960.   In 
1964,  the  regency  government  formed  an  organization  called 
the  Command  for  Preserving  and  Restoring  the  Banten 
Archaeological  Remains.   The  present  condition  of  the  sites 
in  the  ancient  city  of  Banten,  as  the  rich  history  of  Banten 


97 
has  left  many  physical  traces,  both  large,  such  as  the 
fortifications  of  Suroswan  palace  and  Speelwijk  fortress, 
and  small,  as  in  the  thousands  of  shards  of  porcelain 
scattered  about  the  site  (ill.  29).   Contemplating  these 
relics,  we  can  conjure  up  some  slight  image  of  the  lives  led 
by  the  individuals  who  made  Banten  Indonesia's  first  major 
city. 

The  Palace  was  called  Surosowan  at  least  as  early  as 
the  seventeenth  century.   The  whole  compound  of  the  palace 
is  now  in  ruins.   Only  the  surrounding  wall  with  some  of  its 
parts  is  still  to  be  seen.   The  remains  consist  of 
foundations  and  parts  of  the  ruined  walls  of  the  rooms  in 
this  palace,  the  remains  of  a  bathing  place,  and  of  a  pond 
with  a  floating  pavillion.   The  surrounding  (fortress)  wall 
is  still  3  meters  high,  with  an  approximate  width  of  5 
meters.   In  some  parts,  in  particular  in  the  south  and  east, 
one  can  see  that  the  whole  wall  had  vanished.   The  two  gates 
stand  on  the  north  and  east  sids.   In  the  four  corners  of 
the  surrounding  wall  a.re    bastions,  which  protrude  in  parts 
of  this  wall.   According  to  the  old  maps  or  illustrations, 
we  can  see  that  this  compound  was  formerly  surrounded  by  a 
moat,  constructed  for  defense  purposes.   This  moat  is  now 
partly  vanished  and  what  remains  is  its  southern  and  western 
part  only;  the  other  parts  are    covered  by  mud. 

The  compound  of  the  Grand  Mosque  was  built  by  the 
native  architects  during  the  reign  of  Sultan  Maulana 


BANTEN   LAMA 
ARCHAEOLOGICAL  PiAN  OF  BANTEN 


u 

N. 

Illustration  no. 29 


cemetery 


yMnn)  Cij)  fit*        'KpiEef — 


=  Villages  boundary 
=  Old  river 


Source  :  Pusat  Penelitian 

Arkeologi  Nasional 
Dept.  Arkeologi 
Islam,  Jakarta ,1984 


of  Sulianv 


98 

Hasanuddin  in  1552  and  continued  by  Maul  ana  Yusu-f .   Similar 
to  other  mosques,  as  a  local  type  used  in  other  sites 
surrounding  the  Banten  region,  it  also  approximated  the 
Sendangduwur  mosque  in  Kudus  and  the  old  mosque  of  Cirebon. 
The  ground  plan  o-F  the  mosque  is  a  square.   It  has  a  roo-F 
with  -Five  tiers.   The  galleries  on  the  left  and  right  sides 
o-f  the  building  were  built  at  a  1  ater.  period.   In  the 
gallery  on  the  left,  we  see  many  tombs  of  some  Sultans  and 
their  families  (photo.  1  and  2). 

There  is  an  additional  building  called  "Tihamah"  in  the 
south  part  of  the  mosque  compound.   This  building  was 
formerly  used  as  a  meeting  place,  particularly  to  discuss 
some  religious  matters.   This  two  story  building  was  built 
by  a  Dutch  architect  named  Hendrick  Lucas  Kardeel  during  the 
Sultan  Haji  period.   The  architecture   of  this  building  is 
not  the  same  as  the  mosque  type;  it  looks  like  a  European 
style.   Now  it  is  used  for  collecting  the  property  of  the 
Sultans,  and  as  a  small  museum,  it  displays  a  few  artifacts. 
In  the  period  under  review,  this  monument  of  Tihamah  which 
was  built  mainly  of  brick  and  wood  has  suffered  serious 
damage.   The  Grand  Mosque,  galleries  and  Tihamah   have  had 
their  roofs  damaged,  and  on  days  of  heavy  rain  not  a  single 
building  has  escaped  water  dripping  inside.   Load-bearing 
structures  of  brick  and  timber  have  been  further  weakened 
and  this  has  led  to  roof  damage.   Foundations  and  floors  of 
the  two  buildings  have  cracked  or  sunk.   White  ants  and 


98-A 


Photo  no.  1. 

The  Grand  Mosque  of  Old  Banten  nad  it's  confound. 

Photographed  by  author. 


LXiUIU^Sgmm^Jf*^-;--:-- 


Photo  no.  2 


Photo  no.  2 

The  graves  of  some 
Sultans  of  Banten 
and  their  families. 

This  photo  is  taken 
from  "V<est  Java 
Golden  Visage" ,1935 
photographed  by 
Yanto  and  friends. 


99 
termites  have  done  further  damage  to  the  wood.   The  Grand 
Mosque  is  leaking  in  several  places,  and  some  of  its  pillars 
have  been  spoiled.   On  the  second  floor  of  the  Tihamah, 
serious  damage  has  been  done  to  the  southwest  corner;  two  of 
the  large  columns  have  been  affected  by  termites,  and  the 
flooring  tiles  ar&    loose.   More  clay  tiles  have  been  found 
missing  and  new  cracks  and  sinking  have  been  seen.   Certain 
parts  of  the  two-story  pavilion  have  been 

completely  ruined  despite  the  installation  of  protective 
corrugated-iron  covering  after  357.  of  the  damage  was 
estimated  in  1980.   The  sewage  system  and  roof  drain  have 
been  damaged,  and  the  roof  cover  affected  by  dripping  water, 
and  also  the  left  side  of  the  pavilion  has  collapsed 
completely.   The  physical  condition  of  these  buildings  which 
Are    damaged  and  some  of  them  have  collapsed,  was  found 
during  my  field  research  last  summer,  1986,  within  the  study 
of  this  area.   I  intend  to  prepare  a  proposal  for  the 
restoration  of  all  these  monuments. 

"Watu  Gigilang"  and  "Watu  Sinayaksa"  ar&    the  names  of 
the  two  stones,  squared  with  flat  upper  surfaces  about  125 
meters  long  and  60  cm  wide.   One  lies  in  front  of  the 
Surosowan  palace,  and  the  other  further  north  on  the  east 
side  of  the  alun-alun  or  square.   Although  their  appearance 
is  unprepossessing,  they  were   extremely  significant  symbols 
of  royalty  for  Banten  and  Indonesians  in  general.   These  two 
artifacts  may  be  called  "investiture  stones";  they  played  an 


Photo  no.  3 

The  Investiture  stone  "Watu  Gilang" 


99-Al 


photographed 
by  author. 


Photo  no.  4 

The  Investiture  stone  "Sinayaksa" 


photographed 
by  author. 


1 00 

important  symbolic  role  in  Banten's  public  ceremonies 
(photo.  3  and  4).   To  appreciate  the  nature  of  this  role,  we 
must  explore  a  particular  aspect  o-f  the  Indonesian  concept 
o-f  royalty  and  the  connection  between  this  abstraction  and 
the  construction  of  stone  seats  which  were  used  from 
prehistoric  times  until  the  Islamic  period,  from  Sumatra  to 
Moluccas.   According  to  tradition,  one  watu  gigilang  which 
later  on  was  called  "watu  gilang"  was  brought  from  Pakuan 
Pajajaran  to  Banten  by  Hasanuddin  as  a  symbol  of  conquest; 
if  it  was  to  be  moved  again,  the  kingdom  itself  would  be 
overthrown. 1 

"Ki  Amuk"  is  an  enormous  bronze  cannon  which  stands  on 
the  southern  part  of  the  alun-alun  of  Old  Banten,  10  meters 
southwest   of  Watu  gilang  (photo.  5).   The  cannon  has  been 
moved  several  times  in  history.   The  first  citation  Ki  Amuk 
is  found  on  a  map  which  is  thought  to  date  from  between  1636 
and  1651;  it  was  then  located  at  one  end  of  the  road  from 
Paseban  to  the  eastern  city  gate.   It  was  then  in  the  Candi 
Raras  area,  between  the  eastern  Pabean  (Karangantu)  and  Siti 
Luhur  (the  eastern  gate  of  the  palace),  east  of  Made  Bobot, 
in  a  mandapa,  pointing  north.   A  cannon  called  Ki  Jimat,, 
which  may  or  may  not  have  been  the  same  piece,  stood  on  an 
elevation  at  the  same  location  under  some  angsok  trees,,-- 
The  large  cannon  observed  at  Karangantu  by  Hesse  in  1683  was 
probably  Ki  Amuk.   A  Dutch  man,  W outer  Schouten,  who  walked 
around  Karangantu  in  1667,  was  stopped  by  Banten  men  and 


100-A 


Photo  no. 5 

The  Bronze  Cannon  "Ki  Amuk"  photographed  by  Yanto 


Photo  no.  6 

A  Chinese  house 
located  in  China-town 
photographed  by  author. 


101 
told  that  he  could  not  walk  there;  this  may  have  been 
because  he  was  too  close  to  the  sacred  Ki  Amuk.3   One  of  the 
cannons,  called  "Ki  Jagri "  or  "Ki  Yai  Sentama",  was  given  to 
Cirebon.   It  is  now  located  on  the  north  side  o-f  the  square 
in  front  of  the  Jakarta  Kota  museum.   It  bears  a  Latin 
inscription:  Ex  me  ipsa  renata  sum"  ("I  was  born  of 
myself");  it  may  indicate  that  the  metal  used  in  its  casting 
was  obtained  by  melting  down  an  older  cannon.4   Ki  Amuk,  as 
the  holy  cannon,  has  three  high  medallions  on  the  top  of  the 
barrel  with  Arabic  inscriptions.   One,  at  the  touch-hole, 
reads  "la  fata  ilia  'All  rudiya  'alayhi  la  saifa  ilia  Dhu 
'1-fikhor  ilia  huwa  lam  yakun  1 ahu  kufuan  ahad",  meaning 
"There  is  no  hero  but  Al i ,  Allah  is  pleased  to  give  him  no 
sword  but  Dhu  ' 1-fikhor;  its  equal  does  not  exist."   Two 
other  inscriptions  are  found  on  the  trunions  and  at  the 
mouth.   They  contain  an  identical  text:  "Akibatul  Khairi 
salamu  '1-imani"  ("The  best  result,  the  best  outcome")  is 
the  salvation  of  faith. 

Pacinian  Tinggi  was  the  name  of  Chinatown  (Pa-Ci  na-an  or 
Chinese  quarter).   It  was  located  near  the  shore  on  the  west 
side  of  Speelwijk  across  the  canal.   This  Chinatown  is,  for 
the  most  part,  built  of  brick.   Every  house  has  a  square  and 
flat  roof,  some  of  them  having  boards  and  small  timbers  or 
split  canes  over -cross,  on  which  were  laid  bricks  and  sand 
to  defend  them  from  fire.   Over  these  brick  warehouses  were 
set  the  shads  built   up  with  great  canes  and  thatched,  and 


1 02 
some  were  built  up  with  small  timbers  but  the  greatest 
number  with  canes  only.   When  Edmund  Scot  came  to  Ban ten  adn 
saw  the  Chinese?  activities  here  in  Chinatown,  February,  1602 
until  the  first  o-f  October  1605,  he  saw  that  many  men  of 
wealth  had  built  their  houses  to  the  top  all  fire  free,  of 
which  this  sort  of  house  at  the  time  of  his  coming  all 
belonged  to  the  rich  China  merchant  houses.55 

This  Chinatown  had  become  ruins  since  Old  Banten  was 
finally  moved  to  Serang  city  under  the  direct  control  of  the 
Dutch  government.   Only  one  house  with  its  gardens  was  still 
maintained  by  the  owner  Pi-Cis  (photo.  6).   500  meters  to 
the  south  of  Pi-Cis'  house,  across  the  railway  train,  there 
is  a  ruin  of  an  old  mosque  which  is  called  "Pacinan  Tinggi" 
mosque.   In  the  front  yard  on  the  left  of  this  mosque,  one 
of  the  oldest  minarets  is  still  standing,  and  it  has  been 
restored  by  the  Banten  Project  of  archaeological  restoration 
:i.  n  1934  (photo.  7)  . 

The  Kaibon  Palace  is  located  in  the  village  of  Kroya 
about  1  km  to  the  south  of  Surosowan  palace.   This  palace 
was  the  residence  of  Ratu  A'isyah  (queen),  the  mother  of 
Sultan  Syafi'uddin.   The  condition  of  this  palace  now  is  in 
ruins.   The  name  Kaibon  was  derived  from  the  word  "Ka-ibu- 
a  n  "  na  m  e  1  y  R  a  t  u  A '  i  s  y  a  h  ,  b  u  t  u  n  fortunately,,  the  palace  w  h  i  c  h 
was  built  in  1809  was  destroyed  by  the  Dutch  East  Indies 
Government  in  1832  along  with  the  abolishment  of  all 
b u 1 1 a n a t e s  o f  B a n t e n .   The  brie k s  and  o t h er  buildi n g 


103 
materials  still  could  be  used  were  moved  to  the  twon  o-f 
Serang  and  utilized  to  build  the  residential  monuments  and 
other  government  buildings.   This  site  has  been  excavated 
totally  which  is  planned  to  be  restored  by  the  Preservation 
Project  o-f  Old  Banten  (photo  8). 

Speelwijk,  the  old  Dutch  fortress  is  located  in  the 
north  o-f  Surosowan  Palace,  made  of  rock  and  brick  (red  and 
yellow  brick).   It  was  built  by  Hendrick  Lucasz  Kardell  in 
the  17th  century.   The  name  of  Speelwijk  was  related  to  the 
commemoration  of  Governor  General  Speelman  in  Batavia,  in 
1635.   Outside  the  fortress  there  was  a  surrounding  canal, 
and  in  east  side,  there  is  a  grave  yard  for  Europeans, 
including  Dutch,  who  died  in  the  battle  against  the  soldiers 
of  Banten.   This  site  is  only  a  ruin,  partially  excavated 
and  soon  to  be  restored  by  the  Development  Project  of  Old 
Banten  (photo  9). 

The  artificial  lake  "Tasi  karcli  "  is  derived  from  the 
word  Tasik,  which  means  lake,  and  the  Arabic  word  ardi  , 
meaning  earth,  or  kardi  meaning  man-made.   Its  width  is 
approximately  four  hectares,  and  there  is  a  square  formed  as 
an  island  built  in  the   center  of  the  lake  (photo  10).   It 
is  located  in  the  south-west  of  Surosowan,  and  is  fed 
through  terracotta  pipes  and  panqindelan  system  (possibly  a 
filtering  or  pumping  system)  at  three  locations, 
"panqindelan  aban",  "pangi  ridel  an  putih",  and  "pen  j  an  ngan 
emas".   This  lake  was  first,  restored  in  1932,  and 


103-A 


Photo  no.  7. 

"^enara  Lama"  one  of  the 
oldest  towers  which  has 
not  completely  restored, 

photographed  by  author. 


"hoto  no.  8.  "aibon  ">alace,  now  is  in  ruins  (  photographed  by  author  ), 


103-B 


Photo  no. 9 

The  corner  part 
of  Speelwijk 
Fortress  which 
built  by  Hendrik 
Lucasz  Kardeel  in 
1685  AJ). 

Photographed  by 
author. 


Photo  no. 10 

The  i-ake  Tasikardi 
and  there  is  a 
square  formed  as 
an  island  built 
in  the  center  of 
this  artificial 
lake. 

Photographed  by 
author. 


104 
rehabilitated  as  a  recreational  place  in  1952  by  the 
Regional  Government  of  the  Regency  o-f  Serang. 

We  still  -Find  many  monuments  and  sites  which  a.re    in 
good  condition,  such  as  the  Ko j a  settlements,  the  tomb  of 
Sultan  Maul  ana  Yusuf ,  Kenari  Mosque  and  its  grave  yard 
(including  the  tombs  o-f  Sultan  Abdul  Mufakhir  Mahmud  Abdul 
Kadir,  Sultan  Ma'ali  Akhmad,  and  several  other  Moslems  of 
Banten).   All  these  sites  a.re    still  well  maintained. 

Many  artifacts  found  in  the  vicinity  of  ancient  Banten 
city  can  be  dated  to  the  neolithic  and  Hindu  periods.   Odel , 
for  example,  is  a  neolithic  site  located  on  the  bank  of  the 
Ci banten  river,  approximately  one  km  south  of  the  Kaibon 
Palace.   The  stratigraphy  of  this  site  is  clearly 
discernable.   An  upper  layer  20  cm  thick  contains  Chinese 
pottery  dated  to  between  1600-1800  A.D.,  along  with  many 
Bantenese  bronze  and  tin  coins.   The  lower  layer  (about  45 
cm  thick)  contains  a  neolithic  habitation  deposit.   The  main 
classes  of  artifacts  recoverd  from  this  deposits  were 
obsidion  flakes  and  blades,  quadrangular  adzes,  and 
undecorat.ed  potsherds.   Some  of  the  stone  tools  were  made  of 
grey-blue  shale,  and  were  found  in  all  stages  of 
manufacture,  indicating  the  presence  of  a  workshop  site. 
Other  tools  included  long  and  short  single-edged  obsidion 
flakes,,  classifiable  as  knives.   Through  analysis  of  the 
soil,  this  layer  should  prove  to  be  very  young, 
g e o 1 o g  i  c  a 1 1 y ,  p e  r hap  s  n o  older  t  h a n  1 0 00  y  e a  r  s . 


105 

The  site  of  Banten  Girang  i  s  of  interest,  as  it  sheds 
some  light  on  the  early  history  of  Banten.   This  site  is 
located  at  the  bank  of  the  Banten  river  12  km  south  of  Old 
Banten  (500  meters  from  the  road  to  Pandegl ang ) „   It  covers 
approximately  10  hectares  of  land,  extending  to  the  north 
approximately  440  meters,  and  to  the  west,  approximately  330 
meters.   This  site's  cultural  layers  seem   to  have  been 
greatly  disturbed;  there  are    seven  small  houses  within  the 
confines  of  the  settlement,  all  of  which  have  been  built 
within  the  last  15  years. 

A  further  physical  feature  of  the  site  is  the  existence 
of  the  so-called  "guha  Banten"  (photo  11>.   This  is  not  as 
the  name  might  suggest,  a  natural  cave     (guha),  but  a  series 
of  three  rectangular  chambers  cut  into  the  west  bank  of 
Banten  river  at  the  foot  of  the  bank.   It  is  situated 
immediately  to  the  north  of  a  fjord  which  affords  access  to 
the  site  from  the  eastern  bank  of  the  river.   During  my 
surface  survey  of  this  site  last  summer,  1986,  accompanied 
by  John.  N.  Micsik,  we  found  flakes,  stone  adzes,  and 
Chinese  ceramic  (a  range  of  ceramic  material  dating  from 
perhaps  Tang  dynasty  up  to  Ching  period).   On  the  upper  part 
of  guha  Banten,  we  can  see  the  five-steps  of  a  stone 
pyramid,  called  "batu  undak".   We  also  found  near  this 
pyramid,,  the  local   ceramics,  which  ranged  from  prehistoric: 
to  modern  in  date.   The  recent,  discovery  of  no  less  than  15 
broken  quadarangular  stone  adzes,,  recovered  as  surface  finds 


105-^ 


This  photo  is  taken  from  unpublished  manuscript 
"The  introduction  of  the  archaeological  sites  in 

West  Java"  {  Site  Museum, 1985) ,  written  and 

photographed  by  Halwany  ^ichrob. 


Photo  no.  11 

"Guha  Banten"  is 
a  series  of 
three  rectangular 
chambers  cut  into 
the  west  bank  of 
tfanten  river  at 
the  foot  of  the 
bank. 


Photo  no.  12 

Karangantu 
harbour,  one  of 
the  oldest  port 
in  west  Java. 

Photographed 
by  author. 


106 

following  seasonal  cultivation   just  to  the  north  and  to  the 
south  o-f  the  centre  of  the  site  suggests  that  Eanten  Birang 
has  been  inhabited  -for  a  considerable  period,  and  certainly 
well  be-fore  the  advent  o-f  -foreign  trade  ceramics  in  this 


Karangantu  harbour  is  very  close  to  the  beach  o-f  the 
gul-f  o-f  Banten,  and  at  present  is  utilized  as  a  harbour  and 
a  fishing  trade  center  of  the  Regency  of  Serang  (photos  12 
and  13).   The  reconstruction  was  carried  out  by  the  Military 
Resort  Command  064/  Maul  ana  Yusuf  in  cooperation  with  the 
local  Government  of  Serang  Regency.   Karangantu  is  the 
oldest,  harbour  in  Java,  and  during  the  past  it  was  visited 
by  many  ships  from  Persia,  India,  China,  Southeast  Asia,  and 
Europe,  thanks  to  trade  relations  with  the  Sultanates  of 
Banten.   Artifacts  from  this  site  include  not  objects  from 
the  time  of  the  Sultanates,  but  also  some  suggesting  that 
Banten  was  already  well  occupied  during  prehistoric  times  as 
well.   Unfortunately,  these  finds  are    surface  finds,  and  so 
in  an  undateable  context.   Also,  the  previously  mentioned 

"nandi "  of  the  Hindu  period  was  found  at  during  the  1906 
canal  digging  at  Karangantu  harbour.3   This  statue  of  a  bull 

(photo  14),  Siva's  vehicle,  suggests  that  a  Hindu  timple 
s  t  a  o  d  h  ere  before  B  a  n  t.  e  n  '  s  c  o  n  v  ersio  n  t.  o  I  slam  i  n  1 525.   T  h  e 
Portuguese  noted  that  temples  in  West.  Java  or  Sun  da  were 
made  of  wood,  so  no  trace  of  them  has  yet  been  found. 

By  the  archaeological  evidence,  Banten  was  inhabited 


106-A. 


?hoto  no.  13         The  Karan?antu  beach  are  covered  with  mud, 
■photographed  by      the  sediment  causes  at  present  is  a  local 
author.  harbour  and  a  fishing  trade  center  of  the 

region  of  Serang  Regency. 


The  photo  is  taken  from  unpublished  manuscript,  written 

and  photographed  by  Kalwany  Michrob,"The  Introduction 

of  the  archaeological  sites  in  West  Java"  (  Site  ^useum,1985  ) 


Photo  no.  14 

The  statue  of 
a  bull  "nandi" 
which  was  found 
at  Karangantu 
in  1906,  now  is 
preserved  at 
Site  i-iuseum 
Banten. 


1 07 
long  be-fore  it  became  a  city,  as  prehistoric  and  Hindu-type 
artifacts  show.   Previously,  the  center  power  in  the  Banten 
area    was  located  at  Wahanten  Girang  (Banten  Girang),  on  the 
■fringe  o-f  Serang  Town,  ruled  by  Pucuk  Umun . '   The  city  was 
sometimes  called  Surosowan,  with  the  palace  as  its  center 
after  its  conquest  by  Maul  an  Hasanuddin  in  1525-1526. 
Surosowan  reached  the  peaks  of  development  in  shipping, 
agriculture  and  international  trade  under  the  sultanates  of 
Banten . 

3.2   Past  Conditions  of  the  Ancient  City 


The  Banten  site,  is  the  earliest  documented  urban  site 
in  one  of  the  most  densely  populated  parts  of  the  world.   It 
is  one  of  the  oldest  and  of  the  oldest,  one  of  the  most 
famous,  not  only  of  Java,  but  of  all  Southeast  Asia.   But 
historical  sources  do  not  allow  us  to  reconstruct  the  stages 
of  development  in  any  detail.   Archaeology  gives  us 
regrettably  little  data  from  the  pre-Islamic  period  with 
which  to  compare  later  sites.   Banten  Girang  covers  no  more 
than  about  twenty  hectares,  and  is  located  on  a  hillock 
surrounded  on  three  sides  by  a  high  steep  river  bank,  on  the 
fourth  by  an  earth  wall  and  moat..    It  is  the  eariest 
evidence  of  a  second-level  settlement  in  the  Banten  area, 
but  is  sufficiently  differenmt  in  scale,  choice  of  location, 
and  apparently  layout  from  Old  Banten  (Banten  Lama)  to 


108 

demonstrate  that  it  is  not  a  lineal  predecessor  of  Old 
Banten.   No  studies  have  been  performed  on  pre-Islamic 
period  local  pottery;  however  earthenware  sherds,  some  with 
carved  paddle  markings,  were  recovered  during  an  excavation 
at  the  site  o-f  Banten  Girang  (upstream  -from  Banten),  in 
association  with  13th  -  15th  century  Chinese,  Thai,  and 
Vietnamese  ceramics,10  suggesting  that  some  of  the  carved 
paddle-marked  sherds  at  Old  Banten  can  be  tentatively 
assigned  to   the  same  phase.   And  discoveries  on  the  site 
have  included  several  artifacts  dateably  to  the  15th  century 
including  Hindu-Buddhist  statuary  and  Thai  ceramics. 
Further  analysis  of  the  sherds  to  assing  them  to  a  specific 
reign  where  possible,  must  be  carried  out  bewfore  the  data 
can  shed  light  on  the  evolution  of  the  settlement.   No 
architecture  or  local  documentary  sources  date  this  period, 
parti cul ari 1 y  the  site  of  Odel ,  though  a  glance  at  a  map  of 
sailing  routes  quickly  illustrates  the  potentially  strategic 
value  of  a  settlement  at  this  location. 

3.2.1   Survey  of  Written  Documents 


The  earliest  detailed  descriptions  of  Banten  yet 
p  i.i  b  1  i  s  h  e  d  w  e  r  e  w  r  1 1 1  e  n  Id  y  t  h  e  first  Dutc  h  and  E  n  g  1  i  s  h 
v  i  s  i  t  o  r  s  w  hi  o  beg  a  n  t  o  a  r  r  i  v  e  in  1  5  9  6  (ill.  30).   P  o  s  s  l  b  1  y 
archives  i  n  P  o  r  t  u  q  a 1  or  e 1 s e w h  e  r  e  contain  o 1 d  e r  m a  r  i  u  s  c  r i p t  < 
but  if  so  they  still  lie  undiscovered.   When  we  obtain  out 


1D8-A 


Illustration  no.  30 

The  Sketch  map  0f  de  Houtman's  arrival  in  3anten  in  I596  ;.D. 


>^/^-JL-/v..  E%V.-tfiV'0.  •••"•»•>.  i'-VZ-A  -.■••»;••-• 


109 

■first  glimpse  of  the  city,  there-fore,  it  had  already  been 
Moslem  -for  70  years,  and  had  grown  -from  a  secondary  port  of 
the  kingdom  of  Pajajaran  to  a  major  international  market- 
place, an  emporium  where  -foreign  traders  formed  a 
significant  part  of  the  population,  and  where  foreing  trade 
was  the  principal  reason  fro  the  existence  of  the 
sett  1 ement . 

Like  many  Islamic  cities,  Southeast  Asian  and  European 
City  of  the  time,  Old  Banter,  was  surrounded  by  a  wall,  the 
dimensions  of  which  are    not  clear;  it  was  said  to  be  either 
two  or  si>:  feet  thick,  and  made  of  brick.11   The  wall  was 
clearly  for  defense,  for  atop  it  was  perched  a  cannon,  and 
warchtowers  were  ercted  above  it  at  various  points.   To 
enter  the?  city,  therefore,  one  had  to  pass  through  one  of 
the  gates  provided  at  various  points.   These  gates  were 
apparently  not  of  imposing  size  or  construction;  indeed  they 
were  said  to  be  " wretched ...  but  so  vigilantly  guarded  would 
be  hard  to  approach  without  notice".12   There  were  at  least 
three:  one  on  the  south,  one   on  the  west,  called  the 
Mountain  Gate  (facing  Mount  Gede).,  and  one  on  the  north, 
Watergate.   The  walls  were  well  kept  up  in  1596  in 
expectation  of  an  attack  from  Matarm;  by  159S,  however,  when 
that  threat  had  receded,,  the  walls  were  neglected  and  had 
even  begun  to  collapse.'13 

Within  the  walls,  there  were  three  main  roads,  but 
these  were  not  paved  and  therefore  were  usually  muddy. 


110 
However,  all  parts  of  the  city  were  accessible  by  perahu 
(ship),1"*  which  provided  a  very  efficient  means  of  transport 
for  people  and  goods.   This  system  of  internal  water 
transport  was  connected  to  the  rivers  which  flowed  on  both 
the  east  and  west  sides  of  the  city.   Access  to  the  water- 
borne  transport  network  was  also  controlled  via  bamboo  booms 
which  were  lowered  at  night.   There  were  a  few  bridges 
across  the  rivers:  one  at.  Karanguantu,  on  the  east  side  of 
the  city,  and  one  crossing  the  river  near  the  main  mosque, 
called  "jembatan  rante"  (chain  bridge),  with  ends  made  of 
stone.   A  system  of  ferries  for  crossing  the  rivers  also 
existed,  but  these  were  withdrawn  at  night  as  a  security 


The  center  of  the  city  was  devoted  to  a  large  open 
field  called  "alun-alun"   Numerous  activities  were  conducted 
upon  the  alun-alun,  including  meetings  of  the  royal  council, 
sessions  of  the  law  court,  and  various  other  public 
displays.   In  the  morning   the  alun-alun  was  also  used  for  a 
market.   The  royal  palace  lay  directly  on  the  south  side  of 
the  alun-alun.   A  raised  and  roofed  platform  was  usually 
erected  on  the  side  near  the  palace,  to  be  used  by  the  king 
when  giving  audience,  or  those  awaiting  the  king;   it  was 
called  the  "srimanganti " .   On  the  west  stood  the  pre:incipal 
mowque.   The  "shahbandar's  "  residence  occupied  the  eastern 
side,  and  the  northern  fringe  was  bounded  by  a  river.   The 
northeast  corner  of  the  alun-alun,  on  the  bank  of  the  river. 


Ill 

was  occupied  by  protective  atap  roofs,  under  which  were  kept 
many  war  perahu,  some  "fusta".  and  several  large  galleys.1*1 

A  source  of  1680  mentioned  that  Sultan  Agung  Tirtayasa  had 

25  vessels  propelled  by  rowers.17   The  King's  elephant  was 
also  stabled  nearby. 

The  "Serjarah  Banten"  (history  of  B£mten)  contains  a 

description  of  the  alun-alun  which  may  apply  to  this  period: 


Beginning  from  the  main  entrance  to  the  palace  and 
proceeding  outward  the  following  buildings  were  found: 
Made  Bahan,  where  the  troops  stood  guard.  Made  Mundu 
and  Made  Gay am,  next  Siti  Lhur,  with  another  building 
nearby  for  storing  weapons  and  occasionally  the  royal 
horses;  then  Pakombalan,  a  quardpost  for  "wong  gunung", 
people  from  the  hinterland;  northwest  of  there  was  a 
market  and  to  the  west  a  mosque.   Near  there  was  a 
lsirge  bridge  of  teak  crossing  the  river,  from  which  led 
the  road  with  twin  fence  northward  to  the  fort.   The 
inner  fort  was  called  Lawang  Saemi .   To  the  west  was  a 
large  beringin  tree  and  not  far  from  there  was  the  form 
Sampar  Lebu. 

In  the  rainy  season  and  traditional  period,  the 
"manteri"  and  "ponggawa"  were  in  the  sawah.   During 
this  time  audiences  were  seldom  held.   When  audiences 
took  place,  no-one  was  allowed  to  stand  where  the  hot 
sunshine  would  strike  them,  so  they  all  had  to  sit 
close  together.   The  Sultan  would  first  ask  his 
ponggawa  about  their  property,  and  about  commerce  in 
the  markets  and  port.   Next  he  would  ask  about  the  news 
from  areas  beyond  Banten,  including  Makasar,  Jambi , 
Palembang,  Jog or,  Malaka,  Ac eh,  Mat arm,  and  Jaketra. 
Then  they  would  discuss  legal  affairs.   Finally  they 
would  discuss  the  condition  of  the  country  in  general, 
have  a  meal,  talk  informally  a  moment,  after  which  the 
sultan  would  retire  to  his  palace. 

On  one  occasion  the  sultan  went  especially  to  inspect 
the  sawah  (ricefield),  and  had  a  big  rice  storehouse 
built,  on  the  alun-alun,  1Q 


Various  public  entertainments  were  also  held  on  the 


112 
alun-alun.   In  1605,  the  boy  ruler  Abulmaf achir ,  then  ten 
years  old,  was  circumcized.   As  part  of  the  celebrations,  a 
mock  storming  of  a  fort  was  conducted  together  by  Javanese, 
Dutch,  and  English  troops.   Trees  were  hung  with  real  and 
make-believe  birds.   Other  military  amusements  remebling 
jousts  or  tournaments  were  also  held  on  the  alun-alun.  1C? 

Sir  Stamford  Raffles  found  that  tournaments  were  still 
"a  favourite  and  constant  diversion  with  the  Javans"  in  the 
early  nineteenth  century.   They  were  held  in  the  alun-alun 
of  the  Javanese  courts,  also  on  Saturdays,  and  were  also  an 
occasion  for  the  rulers  to  appear  in  public.   The  weapons 
used  consisted  of  long  blunt  spears  held  by  riders  mounted 
on  horses  with  heavy  saddlkes  and  bridles  and  sharp  bits, 
and  rich  trappings.   Seldom  were  men  unhorsed.30 

From  the  alun-alun,  the  jembatan  rante  (chain  bridge) 
led  further  north  to  the  manors  of  Pangeran  Gebang  (officer 
commanding  the  local  garrison),  the  Laksamana  (commander  of 
the  fleet),  and  the  nobility.   The  nature  of  these  manors 
was  described  in  detail  by  Wiilem  Lodewyksz,  one  of  the 
participants  in  the  first  Dutch  voyage  of  1596: 


Each  nobleman  has  ten  or  twelve  men  watching  in  his 
house  throughout  the  night.   When  you  enter  their 
houses,  you  must  first  encounter  a  square  area  they 
c all  P a c e b a m  <  J a v a n e s e  pas e b an) ,  w here  the y  g i  v e 
audience  to  those  who  seek  it,  and  ther  the  above- 
mentioned  guard  is  placed,  under  a  hut  roofed  with 
reeds,  or  palm  leaves,  under  which  they  also  hold 
audience.   In  a  corner  of  this  square  they  also  have 
their  own  mosque,  where  they  perform  thier  mid-day 
prayer,  and  beside  it  a  well,  where  they  wash.   Going 
further  in,  one  comes  to  a  door  with  a  narrow  passage. 


113 

which  is  strengthened  with  many  stores  and  ships,  in 
which  many  of  their  slaves  live  -for  their  protection  so 
that  they  cannot  be  attacked  by  their  enemies  at  night. 
Their  houses  are    built  upon  four,  eight,  or  ten  pillars 
of  wood,  beautifully  carved,  being  covered  with 
pal  ml  eaves  above,  and  left  completely  open  below  to 
enjoy  the  coolness.   They  have  no  upper  rooms  or  attics 
on  which  they  can  lie,  but  only  on  the  warehouse,  which 
is  a  brick  house  one  story  high,  without  windows.21 


This  description  applies  not  only  to  the  residences  of 
the  nobles,  but  in  general  to  the  disposition  of  the  entire 
settlement.   The  northern  area    was  devoted  to  noble 
compounds,  but  there  was  another  large  residential  area    on 
the?  east  side  of  the  city.   Each  section  of  the  city  was 
called  a  "kampung"  or  a  village  and  enclosed  with  wooden  or 
baboo  walls,  and  supervised  by  an  official  whose  duties 
included  directing  the  inhabitants  during  emergencies  such 
as  war  or  fire. 

The  palace,  alun— alun,  and  mosque  formed  a  group  with  a 
fixed  spatial  relationship  here  in  Ban ten  during  the 
sultanate  periods.   Further,  there  was  only  one  market 
within  the  city  walls;  it  was  held  at  Paseban,  on  the 
northern  side  of  the  alun— alun,  near  the  juembat.an  rante, 
until  noon.   A  larger  market  was  held  in  the  eastern 
(moslem)  quarter,  or  Karangantu,  until  9  a.m.   Small  pepper 
buyers  waited  here  for  local  farmers  to  bring  in  their 
p r  o cl u c e .   T h e r e  w ere  also  m a n y  m o n e y -lenders  here  includin g 
rich  Javanese,  Malays,  and  Kelings  (Tamils),  who  made 
contracts  with  Abyssinians  who  hi  ad  no  capital,  through  an 
arrangement  called  "bottomry".    It  involved  a  sort  of  credit 


114 
scheme  whereby  the  Abyssinians  would  be  provided  with  a 
certain  amount  of 

merchandise  which  they  would  then  take  to  other  markets 
outside  Banten  (in  the  "bottoms"  o-F  ships).   After  a  certain 
time  they  would  promise  to  return  to  Banten.   If  the  venture 
had  been  successful,  it  was  usual  to  repay  double  the  amount 
lent;  but  if  the  cargo  was  lost,  through  shipwreck  for 
example,  the  lender  absorbed  the  loss.22   It  was  said  that 
Banten  merchants  themselves  seldom  went  abroad,  instead 
lending  funds  to  merchants  from  other  places  who  would  then 
do  the  retail 
di  stri  buti  on . =3 

Small  stalls  were  also  set  up  in  the  Karangantu  market, 
where  foreigners  could  buy  necessities  such  as  food  ;  and 
weapons  such  as  "keris".   In  addition  to  soap,  butter,  and 
earthenware,  Gujaratis  also  brought  20  different  kinds  of 
cloth.   Bengalis  sold  wheat,  butter,  sugar,  and  rice; 
Burnamese  also  offered  rice,  martavan  jars,  salt,  and  onion; 
and  Thais,  in  addition  to  rice,  provided  tin  and  copper. 
Arabs  and  persians  were  known  for  their  gems  and  medicine; 
one  Persian  was  the  most  famous  doctor  in  the  city.2"-   They 
also  bought  pepper  to  resell  to  the  Chinese.   Other  Indian 
merchants,  mainly  from  Cambay,  had  stalls  selling  glass, 
i  v  o  r  y ,  a  n d  g ems. za 

Many  of  the  local  participants  in  the  trade  at  the 
Karangantu  market  were  women.   According  to  de  Houtman,  they 


Illustration  no.  31     The  market  of  ^anten  in  the  sixteenth  century 


114-A. 


M 1M  ■ 


Jh    fcflE-< 
CD  X      • 


»  >    CD 

co  re  K! 

ON  J-. 
»AO     (D 

h    i  x 

CO  P 


■  03 

cd  -h 

ChX 

ex  to 
a,  n 


v. 

u^  re 
co   re 

ON    c 

r-t 
•  co 

CO  m 
CO  CD  CD 
M   -H   73 

cd  -a  a 
•o  3  re 
n+>H 
t-.cn  h 
p       o 

CM 

•h  re 
re   cd  cd 


T3    C 

cd   re   3 

X    E    CD  «.H 

n  +>  (dx;  a) 

•H    3  X  -P    $_, 

HO  O    O 

X!   K   4->  rH  Cm 

3           O  O 

Ch   CD    C  CD 


o  re  re 
cd  re 
tj  x  > 
c  p  a 
re  D  -h 
o  x 
•rfin   o 

H  =     CO 

re   E 

h0  W    CD 
C  «H  -P 


<D 


to 


•H   -H  Ch  O 

<h    cd  o  re  J-. 
•e   ^  5  5 


O     f-i    O  O  O 

O     CD    CD  O  X 

£    T3     E  X> 

C    O  E  C 

to  re  s 

^  -0  ° 

>>         X 


re    o 


•  ©   .  . 

^-s  .h  X 

CD     C    CD    C  CD 

-p  H    c   re  m 

c    i    o  cd  re 
re    P  tJ  JO 

03     CO  T) 

O    >i     -  C 

•^OH    ^2 

JO    CD  O 

E   m  re   c  u 

re    re  x   o  hi 
o  x 

a-n  o 

C  Ch 

to   re 


cq   re   5-. 

•H    CD 

0)  c:-j 

H    O 
•H  H    CD 
X    O  p 
g  O      • 

O 
-  CD  • 
J)  c.1-: 
to  o    • 

CD  Cm  re 

C  CD  E 

•H  X  CD      • 

X  H<~v 

U  to  i-tVO 

cd   o  r> 

>>-H  S  On 

X   P      «H 

•H  «m 

C  U  O  • 
3  v^Cm 
J-,    C         Ch 

re  X   re 

CO  .H  O  X 
H     CO     S-,  -H 

H  «s  x  -1-; 


c  s 
re 
a    to 


CD 


re 


cd  re 


© 


CD    CO 

T2    >-.  Cm       » 
CD    CO    O    >, 


u  co 

o  u 

X  o 

-P  73 

3  C 

re  o 

> 


X      •  -H 
C'—     M 

co  c*h  re 
o  > 


..    3  £  P 

S     O  r-t    M 

o  co  re  re 

m  =  as  S 

©  T3  t>  CD 

X  -H  X    CV 

P    CD  co 

K  T"  X 

CD  CD   C 
m    >j  P   CD 

re   c  c  > 

O  .h  re 

.  T3   X  m    Sh 

c  p  ao 


fc/  r      to     • 
^    p  -m>- 

X  X     U  H 


ai   co  p   m 


o    «  .H  x    c 


to  co 

3    C 
•r»  X 


•H  Xj~ 
C  H 


T5  C  C  .r-t 

tn  -H  M 

O  £  P  O 

CD  C  Jh  CO     CD 

O  Sh  cd  0     CD 


J*    X     F  -d-  P 


115 

bought  pepper  from  farmers,  sold  fruit,  closves,  nutmeg, 
cinnamon,  and  other  spices,  and  hot  cakes.   In  case  of  fire, 
the  fire  brigades  were  composed  of  women,  without  any 
assistance  from  the  men,  who  were  busy  quarding  their  houses 
against  robbery-   In  fact,  it  was  estimated  that  nine— tenths 
of  the  population  of  Banten  were  female  (ill.  31). as*' 

The  Karangantu  market  was  the  largest,  and  was  in  fact 
the  center  where  most  import,  and  export  trade  was  conducted. 
As  van  Leur  described  it: 


"Here,  then,  was  the  exchange,  the  meeting  place  of 
merchant  gentlemen  and  ships  captians.   The  fair  of  the 
western  European  middle  ages  and  the  exchange  of  the 
western  European  early  cpaitalistic  period  were  as  it 
were  brought  together  on  the  market  fiedl  at  Bantam. 
But... in  Asia,  as  the  staple  port  here  illustrates,  the 
fair  remained  dominant  in  international  trade  as  an 
annual  market  lasting  half  a  year,  and  the  exchange  was 
absorbed  in  it.2"7 


A  third  market  was  held  in  the  Chinese  quarter 
(Pacman)  ,  and  was  open  all  day.   Here  also  were  sold  daily 
necessities:  rice,  imported  from  Makassar  and  Sumbawa, 
together  with  coconuts  and  oil,  and  salt  from  various 
coastal  saltpans,  most  of  them  on  northeast  Java.   The  salt 
was  re-exported  to  Palembang  and  "the  much  more  important 
Pariaman".28   The  Chinese  sold  silk  and  other  fabrics, 
copper  pots,  mercury,  boxes,  paper,  gold,  mirrors,,  combs, 
eyeglasses,  sulphar,  Chinese  swords,  herbs,  fans 
umbrellas,  salt,  porcelain,  and  gold  thread.  =c? 

In  1596  Banten  was  a  rich  city,  linked  to  all  major 


116 

trading  nations  of  Asia  and  Europe,  with  a  heterogeneous 

polyglot  population  and  sophisticated  -financial  activity, 

historians  have  not  been  unanimous  in  ascribing  Banten's 

wealth  to  trade.   Van  Luer  concluded  that  the  nobility's 

power  did  not  derive  -from  commerce,  but  -from  their  revenue 

collected  -from  their  agrarian  possessions  in  the  hinterland, 

worked  by  the  people,  and  taxes  from  villages.   Trade  would 

have  formed  only  a  secondary  source  of  income,  along  with 

rental  of  land  and  houses  in  the  city.30  According  to 

Breughel  in  1787,  the  majority  of  the  houses  in  Banten  were 

then  owned  by  the  Sultan.31 

In  1694,  Valentijn  visited  Banten;  his  account  is  worth 

reproducing  here. 

I  have  seen  the  city  in  1694,  when  I  left  home,  and 
spent  a  day  and  a  night  there,  in  order  to  witness  its 
beauty  and  to  supplement  my  lack  of  knowledge  about  the 
city  concerning  which  I  had  heard  so  much,  although  I 
found  myself  disappointed  in  my  expectations.   I  was 
v<sry    kindly  received  by  the  Director  there,  Mr . 
Wanderpoel ,  who  invited  me  to  his  table  and  house  in 
Fort  Speelwijk,  and  I  also  found  there  D.  Costerus  and 
his  wife  taking  advantage  of  it.   I  had  gone  there 
principally  to  see  whether  there  was  any  opportunity  to 
obtain  audience  with  the  King,  and  to  see  this  ruler; 
but  it  was  impossible  that  day  as  my  Captain  Cuffelen 
said,  who  was  then  staying  in  the  King's  castle,  and 
since  the  fleet  was  to  leave  that  night,  I  could  stay 
no  longer.   I  finally  found,  as  I  went  around  the  city, 
Fort  Speelwijk  lying  at  the  mount  of  river,  which 
although  not  large  is  however  i n  a  position  to  control 
the  whole  city. 

At  first  it  was  but  a  common  sea-point  protecting  the 
boom.   In  1680  it  was  surrounded  with  some  palisades, 
and  then  had  but  the  aspect  of  a  customary  Pagar;  but 
in  1686  it  was  prtected  with  a  stone  wall,  and  later  by 
a  square  each  side  of  which  is  30  rods  long.   It  is  now 
rectangular,  has  a  \'&ry    high  wall,  four  points,  and  two 
half-moons,  which  look  very  fine.   It.  has  a  high  "cat" 


117 

with  -five,  and  a  large  battery  with  ten  pieces,  with 
which  all  our  other  works  in  the  city  can  be 
controlled,  as  also  the  soth  and  east  corners  of  the 
bulwarks  are  also  wel 1 -provi ded  with  cannon.   The 
Director  has  a  -Fine  dwelling  on  the  cat,  with  can  be 
reached  by  some  stairs,  and  from  a  fine  view  of  the  sea 
is  had.   Below  along  the  curtain  of  the  east  side  live 
the  chief  factor,  fiscal,  and  other  servants,  in 
reasonably  good  houses,  and  further   along  a  wide  plain 
around  which  ars    many  storehouses  to  keep  the  goods  of 
the  East  Company.   It  was  named  Speelwijik  (as  men  say) 
after  the  Governor  General  Speelman.32 


So,  the  Dutch  in  1684  constructed  their  own  fort  near 
the  mouth  of  the  river  on  the  northwest  of  the  citt.   It 
rests  directly  on  top  of  the  remains  of  the  city  wall  in 
this  sector,  thereby  preserving  the  only  remains  yet 
discovered.   Dutch  contact  altered  the  city's  form  in 
several  ways.   A  Dutch  renegade,  Hendrik  Lucaszoon  Cardeel , 
a  mason  by  trade,  entered  the  service  of  Sultan  Haj i  in 
1675,  embraced  Islam,  and  was  given  a  concubine  of  the 
Sultan  in  marriage.   It  is  likely  that  he  was  involved  in 
structural  changes  which  took  place  in  the  constructui on  of 
the  wall  surrounding  the  palace  around  this  time,  including 
the  use  of  sand-lime  mortar.   It  seems  that  the  shape  of  the 
palace  compound  also  changed  at  this  time,  from  the  square 
pictured  on  early  maps  to  the  present,  rectangle  with  long 
sides  running  east  and  west.   He  is  also  connected  by 
tradition  with  "Tihamah"  in  European  style  beside  the  Grand 
Mosque. 33 

A  number  of  important  physical  changes  took  place  in 
the  late  1600's,  both  before  and  after  the  civil  war  between 


113 
Sultans  Ha j i  and  Agung  Tirtayasa.   The  Dutch  obtained  a 
house  at  Pabean  barat,  next  to  the  English,  which  had 
■formerly  belonged  to  the  Dutch.3'* 

Valentijn  cited  "Herbert  in  1678,  and  many  other 
reports"  which  gave  Banten's  dimensions  as  "two  English 
miles  long"  be-fore  the  civil  war.   Further  he  states: 


Upon  entering  the  city  I  found  it  very  untidy  and 
without  any  order,  having  on  the  seaside  a  reasonably 
high  and  thick  wall  with  some  bastions  of  which  that  of 
Carangantu  is  the  Principal  one,  also  built  in  a  square 
of  stone,  equipped  with  10  pieces.   The  six  largest  are 
seen  on  the  seaside,  the  three  smallest  on  the  west, 
and  one  to  the  east.   There' is  also  a  large  stone  draw- 
bridge over  a  river  there. 

There  are    three  main  streets  all  of  which  lead  to 
Paseban,  with  many  coconut  and  other  trees  there.   The 
Chinese  district  on  the  west,  side  of  the  city,  and  also 
the  residences  of  the  Europeans  there,  lay  somewhat  to 
the  side,  and  somewhat  separated  from  the  city,  where 
at  midday  a  great  market  is  held.   If  there  were  no 
Chinese  and  their  shops  in  the  city,  it  would  be  very 
dull,  although  there  is  another  market  somewhat  further 
from  paseban,  but  it  only  lasts  three  hours,  and 
another  particularly  for  local  produce.   On  the  seaside 
live  fishermen  in  rude  huts,  and  if  one  calculates  the 
whole  length  of  the  city  on  this  side,  it  covers  no 
■more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile. 

On  the  inland  side  the  whole  city  lies  open,  and 
unprotected.   After  the  fishermen's  dwellings  on  the 
shore  are  also  some  saltpans  where  salt  is  made. 
Chinese,  Guzerattees,  Persians,  Turks,  Armenians, 
Venetians,  English,  Dutch,  and  many  others  which  mainly 
trade  in  gambier,  for  the  pepper  belongs  to  the  compnay 
alone.   There  you  have  the  old  illustrious  city  in  its 
glory,  which  is  not  worthy  of  the  name  although  I 
believe  that  in  1680  when  the  old  King  burnt  it,  it 
lost  much  of  its  old  luster.   This  can  be  seen  further 
in  the  maps  but  most  of  that  no  longer  exists,  being 
only  to  show  how  it  has  been.355 


He  estimated  that.  Banten's  population  at  the  time  of  of  his 


119 
visit,  just  12  years  after  the  war,  was  8,170  families. 
This  must  indicate  a  major  decrease  in  the  city's  population 
from  its  height  under  Sultan  Agung  Tirtayasa.   The 
subsidiary  palace  complex  at  Tirtayasa  (F'ontang)  had  about 
6,000  people.   Batvia  he  estimated  was  more  than  twice  as 
populous  <19,370).3<t' 

A  badly-damaged  manuscript  dating  from  1694,  now  in 
Holland,  contains  the  first  recorded  systematic  enumeration 
of  population  from  Banten.   The  census  was  found  among  the 
archives  of  the  Banten  sultanate,  and  was  performed  at  the 
order  of  Sultan  Abdul  Mahasin  Muhannad  Jenul  Ngabidin.   The 
population  is  divided  up  among  categories  such  as  "Royal 
servants  who  produce  as  regular  tribute  the  King's  food 
(rice)";  "the  headmen  (jaro)";  "the  young  men  (not  fully 
qualified  as  members  of  the  community)";  "the  assimilated, 
originally  belonging  to  another  community";  "the  invalid 
(and  old)",  many  of  whom  ars    listed  by  name.   The 
manuscript  is  said  to  furnish  much  other  information  on 
seventeenth-century  Banten,  and  gives  a  total  of  31,848  "men 
of  Surosowan",  although  in  fact  some?  of  the  people  named  as 
heads  of  families  may  have  been  women.37.   The  female 
population  fo  the  city  may  still  have  been  large;  the  palace 
was  said  to  contain  1200  concubines  in  1692.   In  comparison, 
Surabaya  in  the  early  seventeenth  century  may  have  had 
50,000  to  60,000  total  inhabitants,  and  Jepara,  100, 000. 9m 

Another  census  was  conducted  a  few  years  later.   The 


120 

exact  date  of  the  manuscript  containing  the  record  o-f  this 
enumeration  is  not  known,  but  may  have  been  1708  or  1715. 
The  same  -format  as  the  earlier  report  is  used,  but  the  total 
this  time  is  greater;  36,302  men,39   In  1706  a  walk  through 
the  city  took  two  hours.'*0 

Old  Banter)  went  through  a  number  o-f  physical  changes 
during  the  idghteenth  century  which  altered  its  appearance 
in  different  but  no  less  important  ways  than  after  the  civil 
war  of  1682.   The  water  transport  system  in  the  city  was 
still  important;  a  groom  travelled  to  the  house  of  his  bride 
by  boat.   In  1702  the  river  mouth  was  enclosed  by  a  row  of 
wooden  stakes  extending  out  into  the  bay.   In  1769 
Stavorinus  found  the  stakes  led  all  the  way  up  the  river  to 
Speelwijk,  which  were  not  maintained  although  useful  to 
prevent  silting.   In  1787  ships  (perahus)  with  draughts  of 
five  to  six  feet,  which  had  been  able  to  enter  the  river 
with  ease  five  years  earlier,  could  not  enter  now  unless  the 
passengers  got  out  and  pushed  it  over  muddy  spots.41 

The  process  of  coastal  accretion  may  already  have 
begun;  the  stakes  parallel  to  the  shore  erected  in  the  early 
1600:'s,  if  not  removed  (an  act  of  which  there  is  no  record), 
would  have  altered  te  ocean  currents  along  the  shore  and 
trapped  the  silt  transported  by  the  three  rivers  which 
traversed  Old  Banten.   The  current  of  the  rivers  would  have 
been  slowed  by  the  need  to  travel  a  greater  distance  before 
discharging  their  water  into  the  sea;  this  would  have 


121 
speeded  up  sedimentation  in  the  river  beds  themselves.   By 
1769  Speelwijk  was  already  80  roods  or  1/4  hour's  walk  from 
the  river  mouth."2   The  rivers  may  have  been  purposely 
neglected  during  the  eighteenth  century,  because  their 
navigability  was  becoming  less  important  to  the  city's 
internal  traffic.   In  173?  part  of  a  road  near  the  palace 
was  brick  surfaced  "for  the  comfort  of  the  Raja".   The  city 
wall  which  was  in  good  condition  in  1596  appears  to  have 
been  allowed  to  decay  progressively.   The  section  along  the 
shore  was  kept  up  the  longest,  but  by  1702  had  almost 
disappeared,  and  was  invisible  in  1769.   The  residential 
quarters  of  the  indigenous  inhabitants  of  the  city  do  not 
seem  to  have  changed  very  much.   Only  a  few  houses  had  tile 
roofs  in  1694;  in  1769  visitors  to  Old  Banten  were  still 
said  to  have  felt  themselves  to  be  in  a  coconut  grove  rather 
than  in  a  city.   The  houses  were  still  grouped  in 
compounds  separated  from  those  of  their  neighbors  by  fences 
of  split  bamboo,  and  no  overall  plan  dictated  the 
disposition  of  the  structures.   There  were  however  some  new 
additions  to  the  old  pattern.   By  1739  two  groups  of 
European  houses  had  sprung  up,  one  on  the  left  bank  of  the 
Cipeurey  in  front,  of  Speelwijk,  near   a  Royal  Pepper- 
Warehouse;  and  another  along  a  small  road  in  front  of  the 
suspension  bridge  near  the  fort,  where  there  were  31  houses 
for  Dutch  officials  and  citizens.   At  the  end  of  the  road 
was  a  large  building,  the  yard  of  which  was  the  chief 


122 
administrator's  garden.   Chinese  had  begun  to  settle  at 
Karangantu  during  the  1700'  s,  in  the  district  -formerly 
devoted  to  west  Asian  Moslems.   There  was  still  a  K  amp  Ling 
Arab  (Arabic  Village)  between  Karangantu  and  the  palace  in 
1787.   However,  by  that  time  4/5  o-f  the  Chinese  houses  there 
were  said  to  be  empty.   The  economic  attraction  o-f  Batavia 
was  becoming  strong,  so  the  E-ianten  was  gradually  being 
reduced  to  the  status  of  a  provincial  settlement.'*3 

The  political  and  military  events  of  the  Napoleonic 
wars,  British  occupation,  and  reimposition  of  Dutch  rule 
took  their  course,  so  that  the  settlement  gradually  declined 
to  the  status  of  a  village.   In  1795  the  population  of  the 
Banten  district  was  estimated  at  90,000  out  of  a  total 
population  for  all  Java  of  3.5  million.   This  is  probably  an 
underestimate,  but  nevertheless  reflects  the  decline  in 
Banten's  importance.   Old  Banten' s  population  in  1985 
totalled  13,741  people.4* 

Analyses  of  the  Old  Maps  and  Aerial  Photography 

The  main  objective  of  recording  of  Old  Banten,  is  to 
relate  the  new  finds  to  their  spatial  setting,  to  firstly 
place  the  unknown   within  the  realm  of  the  known.   Usually, 
this  involves  plotting  on  pre-existing  maps  or  aerial 
photographs.   We  should  bear  in  mind,  however,  that 
landscapes  change;  sites  have  been  lost  when  their  verbal 


123 
re-ference  points  were  destroyed.   As  a  general  rule,  the 
more  locational  data  supplied,  the  greater  the  chance  that 
the  site  will  be  -found  again.   Location  is  most  commonly 
recorded  by  plotting  on  a  map  or  aerial  photo,  and  should  be 
compared  to  old  maps  which  were  informed  about  the 
contemporary  situation.   Further,  it  should  be  analyzed  by  a 
magnetic  location  which  is  used  to  -find  buried  features  such 
as  iron  objects,  fird  clay  furnaces,  pottery  kilns,  hearths, 
and  pit  filled  with  rubbish  or  softer  soil.   Magnetic 
deletion  has  been  used  to  record  pits,  walls,  and  other 
features  of  Old  Banten  during  the  geological  exploration  by 
geologists  from  Gajah  Mada  University  led  by  Dr.  Sutikno  in 
1935,  although  it  was  subject  to  some  error  because  of  such 
modern  feature  as  barbed  wire  fences,  electric  trains,  and 
electric  cables  (photos  15  and  16). 

Aerial  photography  is  useful  in  a  number  of  ways,  first 
it  provides  data  for  preliminary  analysis  of  the  local 
environmnet  and  its  resources,  second,  it  yields  information 
on  site  location.   Areas  of  luxuriant  growth  a.re    usually 
darker  than  contrasting  poor  growth  areas;  other 
archaeological  features  retard  the  growth  of  overlying 
vegetation.455   The  primary  objective  is  to  set  a  guide  line 
on  research  methods  on  old  maps  and  aerial  photography,   and 
to  come  up  with  a  definite  plan  of  action  based  on 
archaeological  works.   The  emphasis  of  these  methods  ar&    on 
the  principles  of  the  evaluative  analysis  of  the  conditions 


124 


of  the  Banten  sites  and  monuments  through  documentary 
research . 

The  simplest  maps,  and  the  quickest  ones  to  understand, 
Are    sketch  maps  which  were  -found  in  many  different  kinds  of 
written  descriptions  of  the  Banten  sites.   Further,  we  can 
analyse  the  site  by  using  a  surface  survey  to  a  variety  of 
methods  used  to  acquire  data  from  the  sites  without 
excavation.46  The  next  comprehensive  view  of  Banten  is 
provided  by  an  old  map  of  Banten  made  by  Cornells  de 
Houtman,  who  arrived  in  Banten  on  June  23,  1596  (ill.  32). 
He  was  received  with  due  respect  by  Sultan  Muhammad  Pangeran 
Ratu  ing  Banten.47   This  map  depicts  Banten  in  1598,  which 
show  clearly  the  town's  enclosing  wall  of  brick.   The 
picture  shows  the  palace  and  the  mosque  in  the  center  of 
this  town,  also  the  Banten  river  and  its  canals,  the  busy 
harbour  of  Karangantu  where  ships  and  boats  lay  anchored. 
Further,  also  distinct  is  the  fact  that  the  market  of 
Karangantu  was  little  away  from  the  town's  wall.   It  lay  on 
the  eastern  bank  of  the  Karangantu  canal.   Another  picture 
which  is  presented  by  de  Houtman,  depicts  the  old  market  of 
Karangantu  crowded  with  people's  activities.   The  market  was 
enclosed  by  a  wooden  and  bamboo  wall   (fence).46' 

The  other  map  published  in  172,6  by  Francois  Valentijn 
(ills.  33  and  34),  who  visited  Banten  in  1694.  The  map  is 
believed  to  date  from  1624-1630,  during  the  Dutch  blockade, 


Illustration  no. 32   Bantam  (  Baten  )  in  1596.  12^-A 

The  detail  description  of  this  map  is  informed  by  Rauffaer  that  this  city 
has:  -i.-ultanate  Palace;  3.  Paseban  (  meeting  square  )  ;G.  Mainland  Gate; 
D.  Mountain  Gate;3.  Sea  Gate;  F,  Baluster  Gate;  G.  Tower;  H.The  ^rand  Mosque: 
I.Chinese  quarter;  J.?angeran  Gebang.  house;  M.Banten  River;  N. Harbour-master  s 
house;  0. Commander's  house;  P . Ceti _^aluku ' s  house;  The  house  of  Governor's  brother; 

R.  Senopati's 


A  L  s   house;  S.iV'gabehi 
\   •  \       Panjang  Jiwa's 


house;  T.  Chinese 
fence;  V. Anderaoin { 
house;  Y.Gujarati 
and  Bengal  quarter 
Z. warehouse. 

This  map  is  re- 
printed from  : 
G. P. Rauffaer  en 
Ijzerman,  £e 
^erste  Schirvasrt 
de  1<ederlar.ders 
naar  Oost-Ip.die 
Cnder  Cornells  de 
Houtman  1596-159?: 
i^eerste  book  van 
willem  Lodewijcks, 
(  -Oen  Haag: 
rJartinus 
i»'ijhofft1915 
p.  104 


a 


"t  r; l 


9IL 


■4  4 


J  ha* , 


125 

and  is  perhaps  not  entirely  reliable.'**'   The  extension  of 
the  town  eastwards  reaching  the  shore  of  Banten  occurred 

about  that  time  (Atlas  VOC.  ,  1670).   The  city  wall  is  shown 
in  this  map,  with  a  double  row  of  wooden  stakes  in  the  water 
parallel  to  the  shore;  the  map  labels  it  a  palisade  meant  to 
prevent  ships  from  landing  directly  on  shore.   These  may 
have  been  rected  to  fend  off  Javanese  attacks.   Various 
other  bulwarks  and  cannon  emplacements  are    also  depictyed. 
At  the  Water  Gate  the  wall  has  fallen  down  for  a  distance  of 
four  roods  (  one  rood=about  3.94  meters).   On  the  west  are 
shown  the  "English  Field"  and  the  Chinese  quarter;  the 
latter  seems  to  have  moved  inland  since  1596,  perhaps  after 
its  levelling  by  the  Dutch  bombardment  of  1596.   The  Islamic 
market  at  Karangantu  on  the  east  has  perhaps  expanded 
further  along  the  shore.   The  house  of  the  royal  pepper — 
weigher  is  also  shown,  on  the  east  side  of  the  palace.   The 
settlement  seems  to  have  grown  on  the  south  side  of  the 
palace,  but  this  detail  may  have  been  overly  emphasized  on 
the  map.   The  alun-alun  seems  to  have  shrunk  but  this  too 
may  be  simply  a  result  imprecise  drawing  rather  than  any 
actual  change.   The  elephant's  stall  is  still  in  place,  as 
are    the  sheds  for  the  war  perahu  (ship).   Valentyn's  legend 
of  this  map  include  the  palace,  Grand  Mosque,  market,  king- 
ship building,  loose  box  of  elephant,  meeting  place  for 
king,  and  vice-roy's  place.   Further,  this  map  also  showed 
that  the  Karangantu  market  became  even  more  crowded  by  the 


126 


dwelling  houses  built  on  the  market's  limits  eastwards  to 
the  shore. 

The  sketch  map  which  dated  in  1759  by  J.  W.  Heyclt  (ill. 
35)  published  by  the  group  of  Geographers  named 
"LI  emeuester  Geographisch  und  Topographi sheer ". =°   The 
Surosowan  palace  and  its  -Fortress  are    shown  in  this  map,  the 
palace  is  surrounded  by  the  canal  which  is  connected  with 
another  canal  -from  the  Banten  river  to  the  sea  through 
Speelwijk  (also  surrounded  by  a  canal).   At  present  the 
canal  does  not  have  any  significance,  because  of 
sedimentation,  it.  was  covered  with  mud,  especially  in  north- 
front  of  Surosowan  palace,  from  the  beginning  of  the  20th 
century  by  the  swamps  west  of  Kampung  Kebalen. 

On  the?  other  maps  dating  from  18th  to  the  20th 
centuries,  and  one  map  of  Old  Banten  which  had  been  made 
sometime  after  1879,  was  pulbished  in  1902  by  Serrurier  (ill 
36).   He  was  the  curator  of  the  ethnographic  collection  of 
the  Batavian  Society  of  Arts  and  EBciences  (the  forerunner  of 
the  present  Indonesian  National  Museum)  obtrained  from  the 
Resident  of  Banten  in  1893  to  orient,  himself  during  a  visit 
there.   the  map  divides  the  site  among  33  kampungs  or 
villages,  and  gives  other  landmarks  as  well.   The  Dutch 
scholar  Brandes  found  the  outlines  of  the  map  "unreliable", 
but  agreed  that  the  names  given  to  the  various  divisions  of 
t he  s e 1 1 1 e m e n t  w ere  useful  as  indications  of  which  g r u o p s 
had  inhabited  various  areas.   However  it  must  be  kept  in 


Illustration  no.  33 
Banten  in  1670 


126-A 


o  o 
H  O-. 

o\o  ■ 


'Ml 


-t->    W 
(0   -H 

CO   -C  , 


£fig 


~       C  <? 


Jf  s  fr 


a    £ 


v  rt  .h 

c  >■■"      2 

.E    H     O.  I* 

Q.OJ     rt  O 

<-<  li       a      -c 

a  p 

U    B 

Q.  ~> 

51 


125-JB 


a)    V        «•   >S  rt    rt    h 

O.   C     &£  O  oa     W>   (U 

I    n  c   tr  -O        da 


3 

3  rt  d  *  S  6  _  rt 


'..w;« 


ii/iissm^ii 


BiirK^rSi-liwft 


127 
mind  that  thses  were  names  given  by  the  late  nineteenth- 
century  residents  o-f  the  site,  "and  do  not  necessaritly 
correspond  to  the  earleir  o-f  Old  Banten's  history."551   By 
the  legend  o-f  Serrurier's  map,  we  can  study  the 
comprehensive  view  o-f  Old  Banten.32 

The  houses,  whether  of  the  noble  or  commoner,  were 
built  on  stilts,  with  walls  o-f  such  insubstantial  material 
as  split  bamboo  thatch  (a  typical  trait  of  Sundanese  rather 
than  Javanese  house  architecture).   Some  houses  had  highly- 
carved  pillars,  a  -feature  reminiscent  of  the  description  of 
the  palace  at  Pakuan  Paj aj aran . =3   Even  in  1694  only  a  few 
houses  had  tile  roofs  (though  this  may  have  been  partly  the 
result  of  the  fire  and  warfare  which  destroyed  much  o-f  the 
town  in  1682)  .   The  only  stone  dwelling  in  the  city  was  said 
to  be  that  of  the  "Shahbandar " .   The  warehouses,  on  teh 
other  hand,  were  windowless  structures  built  of  fire-proof 
brick,  with  roofs  of  heavy  beams  covered  with  thick  layers 
of  sand.5"   Although  their  basic  function  was  to  provide 
secure  storage  space  for  valuables  and  goods,  sometimes 
people  took  advantage  of  their  coolness  at  night  to  make 
them  into  sleeping  places. 

If  we  compare  all  those  old  maps  with  the  written 
descriptions,  especially  at  the  eastern  Karangantu  market, 
and  western  part  of  Speelwijk,  we  know  that  most  of  the 
f  o r  e i g n  e  r  s  i n  B  an  t  e n  did  not  live  i  n  s  i  d  e  t  h e  c  i t  y    w a lis. 
I  n stead  t w o  foreig n  q u a r t. er  s  w e r  e  e s t a b  1  i  shed  ,  o n e  on  the 


127-B 


128 
shore  east  of  the  city,  the  other  on  the  west.   The  eastern 
quarter  was  allocated  to  foreign  Moslems:  Gujarat is,  Malays, 
Bengalis,  Turks,  Persians,  Egyptians,  and  Arabs.   The 
western  quarter  was  for  non-Moslems  and  was  called 
"Pecinan".   The  Chinese  were  the  principal  residents  there, 
but  in  1596  there  were  also  six  Portuguese  factors.   About 
four  Portuguese  junks  a  year  were  said  to  come  to  Banten 
from  Malacca, =5=  mainly  to  purchase  food.556   Pecinan  was 
palisaded  with  wooden  stakes  on  three  sides;  the  side  facing 
the  city  on  the  east  was  not  fortified.   Entry  to  Pecinan 
was  by  canal;  a  ship  as  large  as  a  Dutch  sloop  was  able  to 
sail  up  the  river,  past  the  boom,  and  then  into  the  midst  of 
the  "infidel"  quarter.3'7'   There  were  two  booms  at  Banten, 
one  each  on  the  eastern  and  western  rivers.   The  districts 
where  the  booms  were  located,  were  called  "Pabeyan  Timur" 
and  "Pabeyan  Barat"  respectively.   Pabeyan  literally  meant 
"customs"  house",  and  indeed  customs  duties  were  levied 
before  cargoes  were  allowed  to  pass.   According  to  the 
"Sejarah  Banten",  emissaries  from  Cirebon  and  Mataram  were 
sent  to  Banten  while  Mataram  was  scheming  to  use  Cirebon  to 
conquer  Banten;  these  men  wer  lodged  at  Pabeyan  Timur  (in 
some  versions  called  Pabeyan  Karangantu) . =Q   At.  present,  the 
sites  are    only  the  remains  of  brick  foundations  amidst  the 
fishpond  areas   and  the  swamps  west,  of  kampugn  Bug  is 
( li a r  k  assares e  >  .   Fur- 1. h e r  ,  i  f  w e  su r  v e y  a t  K a r  a n g a n t u ,  m e r  e  1  y 
as  a  nondescript  harbour  or  market,  it  would  be  surrounded 


129 
by  -fishponds  and  swamps  (ill.  37).   The  old  maps  are 
designed  to  reflect  the  activities  of  the  populace  of  the 
Banten  urban  areas  during  the  past,  centuries,  and  aerial 
photography  is  regarded  most  suitable  for  archaeological 
research  (photos  17  and  18).   Further  interpretation  of  old 
maps  and  aerial  photos  reveal  differences  in  density  of 
earth  features  caused  by  natural  and  man's  activities  in  the 
past,  such  as  change  of  river  course,  canal  sedimentation 
and  remains  of  building  areas  (photos  20  and  21). 

Using  contemporary  maps  and  modern  aerial  photographic 
data,  we  propose  to  -formulate  a  research  method  leading  up 
to  a  plan  for  the  reconstruction  of  Islamic  Old  Banten.   For 
archaeological  research  in  Banten,  aerial  photography  has 
been  applied  to  a  -few  sites  only,  selected  for  examination 
of  possible  presence  of  patterns  for  a  town  or  settlement. 
We  tried  to  use  surveys  in  the  area    of  the  fishponds  around 
the  Karangantu  harbour,  Speel wi j k ,  Tasikardi,  Surosowan, 
Kaibon  and  the  industrial  sites  of  Panjuinan  and  Pajantran, 
starting  with  geographical  and  ethnographic  data  collection. 

The  soil  consists  of  hydeomorphic  alluvial  sediments  of 
greyish  clay,  it  is  found  along  the  fishponds  between 
K  a  r  a  n  g  a  n  t  u  a  n  d  S  p  e  e  1  w  i  j  k  .   B  u  t  f ■  r  o  m  other-  1  o  c  a  t  i  on  s  a 
reddish-brown  1 atosol  of  very  sticky  clayish  texture  is 
present.    It  was  assumed  that  the  slopes  of  Mount.  Gede  and 
the  southern  mountainous  aa~eei.    of  Serang  are    the  two  possibly 
soureces  for  the  different,  types  of  soil.3'9' 


129-A. 


Skala      1  -•  50.000 
1 


0         12         3        4 


Km. 


Illustration  no.  "*j_ 

TOPOGRAPHY  OF  OLD  BANTEN 

£2)  =  Th®  Site  of  Banten. 

Source  :  Badan  Perancang 

Daerah  Tk.II.Serang,1985 


This  topography  cited  from  :  The  map  of  Topography- 
United  States  Army, IV. 
1962,  p .^-224 


129-J3 


Photo  no.  1? 

Aerial  photo  of  Old  Mosque 
"Pecinan  Tinggi"  . 

By  aerial  photography  has  to 
show  the  location  of 

A.  riosque  of  Pecinan  Tinggi; 

B.  Old  Tower; 

C.  Hichrob  (niche  in  the  mosque- 
wall,  directed  to  Mecca  ). 

Original  photo  is  taken  from 
Sutikno,  Oeologist  of  Oajah 
Mada  University,  1983. 
Cited  from  Bakosurtanal,1985. 


- 


^^t^^-'r- 


Photo  no.  18 

The  ruin  of  hichrob 
at  the  site  of 
Pacinan  Tinggi. 


Photographed  by 
j->edy  ^.Priatna 
.-.ugust  23,  1936 


ase&jfc^ai 


130 

The  above  mentioned  facts  gave  cause  to  conclude  that 
during  that  period  of  Islamic  growth  in  Ban  ten,  soil  was 
obtained  -From  the  mountainous  area    for  use  as  the 
foundations  for  the  settlements,  the  alun-alun,  market, 
dock,  and  harbour.   The  survey  was  organized  by  the 
Develpment  Project  of  Old  Banten,  in  cooperation  with  the 
Geographical  team  of  the  University  of  Gajah  Mada  in 
198401985.   We  found  a  large  number  of  ruins  which  ar&    still 
covered  by  the  grass,  and  most  of  them  are    not  in  a  good 
condition,  because  many  people  excavated  the  sites  to  take 
the  bricks  for  building  their  new  houses  from  the  beginning 
of  1945  up  to  the  present.   We  found  some  of  the  city  wall 
in  the  west  and  east  sides,  also  the  north  and  west  sides  of 
Speelwijk  the  city  wall  was  used  for  the  construction  of 
Speelwijk  Fortress.   The  canal  surrounded  Old  Banten  has 
shallowed,  and  the  estuary  has  in  at  least  four  ages 
(16th- 19th  centuries)  shallowed  to  such  an  extent  that  only 
boats  measuring  smaller  than  1000  tons  are  allowed  and  able 
to  sail  in  this  canal  on  anchor  at  the  harbour,  provided  it 
is  high  tide.  Based  on  observations  of  old  maps  and  aerial 
photographic  interpretation,  we  found  an  arificial  pond, 
Tasifardi,  approximately  square,  200  by  200  m,  lying  1  km 
south  of  the  Surosowan  palace.    It  may  have  been  built  in 
t  h  e  1  a  te  17 1  hi  c:  e  n  t  u  r  y  b  y  S  u  1 1  a  n  A  g  u  n  g  T  i  r  t  a  y  a  s  a ,  along  wit  h 
his  o t h e r  pleasure  pal  a c e ,  T i  r t a y a s a ,  near  Pontang.   Around 
1930  the  banks  of  the  island  were  still  visible.   Mow, 


130-A 


Photo  no.  19, 

The  aerial  photo  of  Speelwijk 

This  photo  shows  the  location 
of  Speelwijk  fortress  A; Canal 
surrounding  the  fortress  B; , 
and  Chinese  temple  C. ; 

Photographed  and  printed  by 
■Badan  Koordinasi  Survey  dan 
Pemetaan  Nasional  (  Bakosurtanal) 
1985,  reprinted  by  Sutikno,  1985 


Photo  no.  20 

Speelwijk  Portress 

Photographed  by 
Eedy  S.Priatna 


131 
however,  little  can   be  seen  except  for  some  stairs  on  the 
east  side,  perhaps  remnants  o-f  a  landing  -for  a  boat. 
Tasikardi  was  not  only  a  pleasant  rural  retreat;  in  -fact  the 
man  stimulus  -for  its  construction  may  have  come  -from  the 
need  for  better  -fresh  water  suuplies  in  the  city.   Thus  lead 
pipe  lines  with  terracotta  were  used  to  bring  water  -from  the 
lake  to  the  palace  (photos  22  and  23).   The  water  passed 
through  three  filtration  stations  during  its  journey;  these 
can  be  seen.   They  are  called  Pangi ndel an  Abang  (red 
filter),  Pangindel an  Putih  (white  filter),  and  Panjaringan 
Emas  (gold  network),  representing  the  increasing  purity  of 
water  as  it  approached  the  palace.   The  pangi ndel an  (filter 
or  pump?)  or  station  of  brick  structure,  thus  it  is  possible 
that  it  was  used  as  some  sort  of  filtration  of  settling 
(pumping)  tank.   According  to  David  De  Long's  observation  in 
this  site  on  August  29,  1936,  he  states: 


Pangi ndel an  water  filtering  installation,  although  I 
did  not  inspect  this  part  of  the  site  at  close  range, 
these  elements  seem  of  particular  importance  in  teh 
sutdy  of  original  water  supply  system,  and  toqether 
with  the  adjacent  Islanede  reservoir,  could  lend 
themselves  in  some  way  to  the  possible  reconstruction 
of  the  water  system.   Their  size  and  placement  also 
suggested  the  possibiblity  of  pumping  stations.**0  (see 
illust.  38) 


Unfortunately,  the  mystery  brick-structure  of  Pangi ndel an 
have  not  excavated  yet  nor  plan  of  special  research  has  yet 
been  performed  to  settle  this  question.   At  Sura sow an  we 
checked  the  two  gateways,  the  sultanate  rooms,  meeting 


131-A 


Photo  no.  21. 

The  canal  at  the  western  part  of  Speelwijk  Fortress 


The  other  canal  which  is  still  flowing  from  Surosowan  to 
Speelwijk 


Photographed  by  £>edy  S.Priatna,1987 


132 
halls,  the  pool  Rara  Denok,  the  -Fountain  Pancuran  Emas,  and 
the  southeast  bastions  (photos  26  and  27).   We  also  were 
concerned  about  the  constructed  and  reconstructed 
■foundations  of  the  palace's  strutures  within  the  sultanate 
periods.   The  most  important  of  our  observations  is  the 
system  of  water  control  and  distribution  in  the  Surosowan 
complex,  and  the  chronology  of  the  various  constructions 
within  the  palace.   The  special  study  of  the  entire  channel 
system  from  Tasikardi  lake  to  the  palace,  including  the 
precise  way  in  which  the  filtration  structures  of 
Pangindel an  operated;  to  stabilize  the  Rara  Denok  pool 
especially  the  western  wall  which  is  being  undermined,  and 
to  attempt  to  minimised  deterioration  of  exposed 
architecture  (photos  28  and  29).   The  room  structures  need 
to  be  given  identifying  marks  in  order  that  we  know  which 
Mas  the  oldest  and  the  newest  structures.   Historically, 
this  palace  was  damaged  by  fire  on  December  4,  1605,  and  on 
June  16,  1607  it  was  completely  consumed  in  another  fire, 
thus  confirming  that  the  concerns  of  Saris,  the  head  British 
factor  in  Banten,  over  fire  were  not  unreasonable.   The 
palace  was  rebuilt  on  the  same  site,  and  in  1661  was 
decorated  by  many  trees.61   About  1680,  it  was  fortified  by 
S  u  J.  t  a  n  H  a  j  i  in  a  n  1 1  c  i  p  a  t  i  o  n  o  f  a  n  a  1 1  a  c  k  b  y  for  m  e  r  Suit  a  n 
A g u n g  T i  r t a y a  s  a ,  his  father,  w h i c h  i  n deed  c a m  to  pass  in 
1682;  the  surrounding  city  was  thoroughly  destroyed  by  fire, 
and  Sultan  Ha j i  was  beseiged  in  his  citadel  until  relieved 


132-A. 


Photo  no.  22 

The  aerial  photo  of  Tasikardi  lake 

This  photo  is  also  showing  two 
filteration  stations,  they  called: 
A.  Pangindelan  Abang;  B.  Pangindelan 
Putih.  Thus  lead  pipes  lines  with 
with  terracotta  were  used  to  bring 
water  from  the  lake  to  the  Royal 
Palace. 

Original  photo  cites  from  : 
Bakosurtanal,  Jakarta,  1985 


Photo  no.  23. 

The  two  filteration 
stations  : 

A.  Pangindelan  -i>ang 
(  red  filter  ); 

B.  Pangindelan  Putih 
(  white  filter  ) . 

Photographed  by  nalwany 
i-iichrob. 


by  Dutch  troops.   The  Dutch  renegade  and  stone  mason 
Cardeel,  is  said  to  have  assisted  in  the  construction  o-f  the 
■forti-fi cations  of  Surosowan.   According  to  Stavorinus  in 
1769  an  inscription  in  Dutch  was  to  be  seen  over  the  main 
portal:  "This  was  built  by  Henrik  Laurentsz  born  in 
Steenwi  j  k " . &= 

The  wall  of  Surosowan  are    about  2  meters  high,  with  an 
east-west  length  of  300  meters  and  a  north-south  length  of 
100  meters,  thus  enclosing  about  3  ha.   At  the  corners  are 
diamond-shaped  bastions,  and  in  the  center  of  the  north  and 
south  walls  are    semi-circular  projections.   The 
fortifications  are    constructed  mainly  in  brick,  but  they  are 
of  at  least  three  different  types,  distinguished  by  size, 
material,  and  technique  of  manufacture.   Several  types  of 
mortar  were  also  used  to  bind  them  together,  including  clay, 
and  mixture  of  sand  with  lime.   The  walls  were  not  solid, 
but  had  an  earthen  fill;  in  the  northern  walls  were  spaces 
for  rooms.   The  outer  face  of  the  wall  has  inner 
reinforcements  ten  prevent  collapsing  inward,  suggesting  it 
was  originally  intended  to  stand  alone. 

There  were  originally  three  gates,  on  the  north,  east, 
arid  south.  At  some  stage  the  southern  entrance  was  blocked 
off.  The  main  entrance  on  the  north,  facing  the  alun-alun, 
and  the  eastern  entrance  were  buiot  in  curved  form,  serving 
to  prevent  shots  being  fired  directly  through  the  portal  if 
the  gate  were  open.   Three  stages  of  construction  can  be 


134 

observed  at  the  north  gate,  which  is  relatively  well 
preserved.   The  east  portal  is  ruined,  but  may  have 
undergone  the  same  modifications.   the  original  wall  may 
have  been  that  of  a  traditional  palace  enclosure,  more 
mteneded  to  shelter  the  inhabitants  -from  view  of  the  lower 
classes  than  to  guard  against  attack.   During  the  first 
stage  it  may  have  been  no  more  than  110-125  cm  wide  without 
bastions,  built  to  large  bricks  with  clay  mortar.   During 
the  second  stage  the  inner  wall  was  built  and  bastions 
added.   these  had  parapets  with  firing  embrasures.   this  was 
followed  by  the  third  phase  in  which  rooms  were  constructed 
along  the  north  wall,  stairs  added  giving  access  to  the 
parapet,  the  north  gate  renovated,  and  the  south  gate 
inserted,  then  closed  up  again. 

The  -Fourth  phase  involved  another  modification  of  the 
north  gate  and  perhaps  the  eastern  one,  at  which  time  brick 
wall  was  completely  faced  with  coral  on  the  outer  side.   The 
fifth  and  final  stage  involved  adding  more  rooms  to  the 
interior  and  improvements  of  the  inner  wall.   The  bricks 
used  during  this  stage  of  work  were  smaller,  and  more  mortar 
was  used.   Thus  between  the  first  and  the  second  stages  the 
function  of  the  wall  was  altered  from  a  traditional  palace 
enclosure  into  a  fortification  with  European  elements.   This 
transformation  probably  occurred  in  1680,  perhaps  with  the 
assistance  of  Cardeel .   After  this  time  Surosowan  wall 
called  Fort  Diamant  by  the  Dutch.   Our  interpretation  during 


134-A 


^.J^iSsK^' 


Photo  no  Zh     The  south  bridge  of  Surosowan  Palace. 

-s?  canal;  B.  abridge ;C  a  terracotta  pipe  (  broken  )  are  archaeological 

evidence  of  old  Banten  during  the  Sultanate  periods. 

Photographed  by  Halwany  Michrob,  1985 


Photographed  by  Halwany  Michrob,  1936 


Photo  no. 2 5 

The  fountain 
"Pancuran  £>ma 
The  important 
of  the  water 
system  is  to 
control  and 
distribute 
one  to  anothe 
part  of  the 
rooms  surrour 
ing  the  palac 


135 
out  observation  here  in  this  site,  for  the  first  stage, 
included  the  laying  out  of  the  outer  walls  dating  from  the 
reign  of  Maulana  Hasanuddin  between  1552-1570;  the  Sejarah 
Banten  attributes  the  construction  of  the  north  and  east 
gates  of  Maul  ana  Yusuf ,  the  second  Sultan  of  Banten, 
1570-1580. 

Surosowan,  like  other  fortified  positions  in  Old 
Banten,  was  equipt  with  various  aritllery  pieces.   the  use 
of  cannon  has  a  long  history  in  west  Java.   According  to  de 
Barros,  when  the  Portuguese  first  visited  Java,  good  cannons 
were  already  being  made  there.   A  later  Portuguese  account 
which  may  date  from  teh  sixteenth  century  mentions  that  at 
Banten,  on  one  side  of  the  town  is  a  strong  bulwark  of  wood 
equipt  with  a  cannon.   In  1596  the  records  of  the  first 
Dutch  voyage  mentioned  that  a  redoubt  with  one  cannon 
mounted  at  each  corner,  and  one  large  cannon  as  well  as 
several  small  ones  standing  in  front  of  the  palace.63   Mo 
further  excavation  should  be  undertaken  at  present;  exposing 
more  parts  of  the  site  will  only  cause  problems  of 
preserving  the  excavated  remains.   Restoration  should  be 
greatly  decreased  until  more  can  be  seen  and  known  about,  the 
different  phases  of  evolution  of  Surosowan.   For  this 
purpose,  a  thorough  study  should  be  made  of  the  foundations 
so  far  exposed,  in  order  to  identify  characteristics  of 
different  building  methods  and  lay  out  pattern  from  the 
specific  t  i  rne-p er  i  ods .  *"* 


136 

Systematical  and  methodological  interpretation  were 
applied  to  the  Banten  observation  to  update  and  intensi-fy 
the  development  of  Banten  archaeology  in  -finding  an 
indicator  for  the  technological  development  of  local 
ceramics  and  metal  mdustury  during  the  Banten' s  past 
centuries.   We  have  checked  among  the  names  of  Banten- s 
various  quarters  such  as  Kapandean,  Kagongan, 

Kemaranggen ,  and  Kamasan  (gold  industry).   Tools  and  traces 
of  metal  works  have  been  found  at  those  sites.   Probably  the 
craftsmen  of  Banten  also  made  the  sultanate  coins,  house- 
hold untensils,  and  weapons  during  that  time.   By  attempting 
to  assemble  the  various  data,  a  plausible  explanation  of  the 
artifacts  which  were  found  in  the  sites  during  the 
archaeological  excavations  in  the  form  of  a  hypothesis  which 
will  later  be  tested  to  further  field  resreach  on  how  to 
melt  the  bronze,  silver,  and  gold  for  gilding  and  other 
requisites.   The  aerial  photography  gives  us  a  knowledge  - 
to  identify  the  industrial  site  of  Panjunan  (about  750  m. 
southwest  of  Kaibon  palace).   It  has  received  a  lot  of 
attention  and  is  becoming  a  popular  method   in  archaeology. 
By  this  aerial  photo,  the  study  of  the  site  and  present  days 
material  deposition  was  conducted  to  help  in 

understanding  how  certain  physical  regularities  of  material 
affect  human  behavior  in  a  given  environment. 

Random  and  systematic:  test  pits  of  the  site  will  be  put 
t h r o u g h o li t  P a n  j  u nan  i  n  1  o o k  i  n g  f  o r  p o s s i  b  1  e  d w e  1 1  i  n g  areas 


136-A 


Photo  no.  26      Aerial  Photo  of  Surosowan  Palace 

This  nhoto  shows:  A,  Southern  and  western  canal  surrounding  the 

Royal  palace.  The  photo  is  taken  from  Sutikno  (cf.Bakosurtanal,1985) 


m  +.  _-p  cn^n-r--To  'n^tr^ss  which  shows  the  canal  and 

£  ^SS^LS^S^^^n   Palace  and  Tasikardi. 
Dhotof?rat>hed  b-"-  Dins  Darrnayanti,  1935 


137 

and  pottery  kilns.   These  test  pits  can  be  informed  about 
the  other  kind  of  areal  activites  and  the  extent  of 
materials  scattered  or  distributed  on  the  site.   A 
microscopic  study  on  lithic  artifacts  will  be  carried  out. 
This  study  goes  together  with  an  experiment  on  striations  by 
making  and  using  a  tool  similar  to  the  one  under 
observation.   The  research  can  help  us  in  understanding  the 
technology  employed  by  the  ancient  makers.   With  evidence 
provided  from  finds  such  as  these,  the  character  of  several 
sites  could  by  determined. 

3.3.  Banten  and  Javanese-Islamic  Urbanization 


It  is  not  enough  to  compare  old  maps  and  aerial 
photographic  analyses,  to  answer  the  question  "is  Banten  an 
example  of  a  Javanese  or  an  Arab  city  pattern?",  but  we  have 
attempted  to  establish  the  shifting  pattern,  space,  and 
usage  of  the  sites  in  the  Islamic  history  of  Banten. 

Old  Banten  was  almost,  certainly  the  largest  city  in 
northern  coastal  Java,  and  in  all  probability,  in  the  whole 
of  Southeast  Asia  in  1596.   Banten  shared  a  number  of  basic 
characteristics  with  other  large  Javanese  ports;  indeed 
there  aref    enough  similarities  to  suggest  that  they  were 
built  according  to  an  abstract  plan  of  what  a  settlement 
should  be.   Moreover,  Old  Banten  possessed  some  attributes 
commonly  found  in  contemporary  Islamic  cities  in  other  parts 


138 
of  the  world.   In  consideration  of   the  hypothesis  that  Old 
Banten  developed  as  an  Islamic  city,  we  have  already  known 
by  our  study  to  explore  the  prototype  -for  Old  Banten.   The 
Islamic  city  of  Banten  as  a  part  of  Southeast  Asian   cities, 
many  models  have  been  used  to  characterized  a  general  city- 
type  of  the  Islamic  world  and  non-Islamic  cities  of  Souteast 
Asia.   We  have  said  that  Old  Banten  also  has  the  similar 
pattern  of  the  world  Islamic  cities.   Palace,  citadel, 
fortifications,  mosques,  gates,  market  and  square  which  Are 
found  here  in  Old  Banten,  are  the  most  obvious  and  most 
important  aspects  of  the  state's  visibility  in  the  city  as 
characteristic  forms  of  the  Islamic  world.   The  most 
prominent  centers  of  activity,  as  in  Moslem  India  and  Africa 
as  well  as  the  Arab  countries  seem  to  have  been  the  palace, 
market  and  mosques.   The  settlement  was  divided  into 
quarters  according  to  occupation  and  ethnicity,  as  were  late 
mediaeval  cities  in  other  Isl  rnaici  zed  parts  of  the  world. 
Even  Banten' s  position  as  the  largest  city  in  Indonesia,  not 
only  at  that  time  but  possibly  in  all  history  up  to  that 
point,  is  a  characteristic  which  it  held  in  common  with 
other  moslem  cities  of  the  late  sixteenth  century. 

If  the  origin  cities  in  Java  coincided  with  the  spread 
of  Islam,  and  the  component  elements  of  the  cities  were 
c  o  m m  o  n  t  o  m u c  h  o  f  t  h e  I s 1  a  m  i  c  w  or 1 d ,  o  n e  might  predict  t  h a  t 
the  pattern  of  settlement  within  the  new  Javanese  cities 
also  would  have  imitated  a  standard  Islamic  form. 


138-A 


Photo  no.   28 


Rock    upstairs    of    the    Surosowan    fortress, 


Photographed  by  Halwany  Michrob,  1984 


Photo  no.   29 

The  pool  "ara 
Denok. 

Photographed 
by  Kalwany 
Michrob,  1983 


The    excavation 
frayment     (       br: 


re  su 
ck    u, 


ted 
ill    c 


to    find    the 
f  iiara    Dcnok 


ar 
). 


:hitectursl 


139 
Historical  information  however  shows  that  this  assumption 
would  be  unclear  or  -False.   If  we  have  understood  that 
nowhere  is  the  synthesis  between  Islamic  culture  and  Hindu 
India  more  clearly  achieved  than  in  Akbar's  ceremonial  city, 
known  as  the  town  of  Victory  (Fatehpur  Sikri),  here 
light  and  airy  structures,  reminiscent  of  Moslem  pavilions 
and  tents,  combine  with  the  flate  stone  beams  and 
massiveness  of  traditional  Hindu  buildings.   The  natural 
accompaniement  of  such  reliance  on  Hindus  was  the  policy  of 
religious  toleration  which  Akbar  adopted,  as  had  other 
Moslem  rulers  of  Hindu  people  before.   Various  methods  of 
the  sultanates'  activities  in  Banten  from  the  beginning  of 
Islamic  growth,  until  the  physical  distribution  of  public 
and  private  places  in  Old  Banten  and  elsewhere  continues  the 
traditional  layout  of  the  Javanese  court  complexes  of 
pre- Islamic  times.   Java  can  therefore  be  said  to  possess  an 
indegenous  pattern  of  urbanization,  with  some  elements 
common  to  contemporary  cities  evolved  from  the  acts  of  many 
individuals,  then  we  can  conclude  that  the  introduction  of 
Islam  did  not  result  in  a  revolutionary  change  in  the 
Javanese  way  of  life,  but  rather  underwent  a  process  of 
gradual  evolution  by  stages  (a  policy  of  religious 
tol erati on ) . 

Banten  was  not  unique  in  possessing  a  defensive 
enclosure.   Cirebon,  Dernak,  and  Tuban  also  had  brick  walls 
in  1596.   Other  ports,  including  Jayakarta,  Jepara,  and 


140 

Blambangan  had  stockades  of  wood  or  bamboo.  *■* 

Old  Banten's  layout  was  not  unique  among  Javanese 

settlements,  nor  was  it  an  innovation  which  appeared  in  Java 
in  the  fifteenth  or  early  sixteenth  century  simultaneously 
with  the  introduction  of  Islam.   According  to  the 
nagarakrtagam,  Majapahit's  capital  was  divided  into  manors, 
or  Kuwu,  each  belonging  to  a  nobleman.   Pajuan  Pajajaran, 
the  capital  of  the  last  pre-Islamic  kingdom  of  Sunda,  seems 
to  have  shared  the  same  sort  of  structure.   The  kampun 
(village)  of  Old  Banten,  therefore,  can  be  traced  back  to 
pre-Islamic  times  both  in  Sunda  and  east  Java.   Some  reliefs 
carved  on  the  temple  of  Brobudur,  central  Java,  around  AD 
300,  seem  to  represent  royal  residences  also  surrounded  by 
wooden  pal i  sades. 

The  custom  according  to  which  foreigners  were  allotted 
separate  quarters  also  existed  in  Java  in  pre-Islamic  times. 
The  Moslem  burial  ground  at  Troloyo,  near  Trowulan,  east 
Java,  perhaps  indiciates  the  location  of  the  Islamic  quarter 
during  the  Majapahit  era.        Inscriptions  from  east  Java 
frequently  mention  "juru  Cina"  and  "juru  Keling",  heads  of 
these  foreign  communities.   Indeed  such  an  arrangement  seems 
to  have  existed  throughout  the  ancient  world,  at  least  from 
the  time  of  the  Akkadian  period  in  Mesopotamia,  when  the 
Assyrian  merchants  in  Cappadochia  were  allocated  a 
residential  are a  at  K a r u m  K a n e s h  ( K a r u m  pro b a b 1 y  meaning 
"foreigners1'  quarters").   Such  quarters  certainly  existed  in 


141 
all  ports  in  Java  where  foreign  merchants  resided  in  the 
sixteenth  century,  and  in  all  probability  since  the  first 
foreign  merchants  appeared  in  Indonesia.   Even  the 
construction  of  a  stone  vault  for  storage  was  already 
customary  in  fourteenth  century  Majapahit.   The  alun-alun, 
palace,  and  mosque  formed  a  group  with  a  fixed  spatial 
relationship.   The  palace  in  the  later  courts  of  Surakarta 
and  Yogyakarta  also  faced  an  alun-alun;  in  both  cases,  the 
palaces  were  also  located  towards  the  south.   In  Cirebon, 
however,  the  palace  lay  on  the  north.   In  all  cases,  the 
great  mosque  was  erected  in  front  of  and  to  the  left  of  the 
palace,  on  one  side  of  the  alun-alun.   Until  1650,  it  was  a 
custom  common  to  Javanese  courts  to  keep  large  perahus 
(ships)  on  the  north  side  of  the  alun-alun. AA 

A  drawing  of  Tuban,  made  during  the  second  Dutch 
expedition  of  1599,  shows  the  king  of  Tuban  seated  on  a  flat 
square  platform  with  subjects  listening  to  him  while  seated 
on  three  sides;  this  takes  place  on  the  alun-alun,  and 
perhaps  represents  a  council  meeting.   The  royal  elephants 
each  have  their  own  roof  to  shield  them  from  the  sun;  here 
the  elephant's  stables  are,     however,  on  the  west  side  of  the 
alun-alun,  between  the  palace  and  mosque.   The  greatest 
elephant,  however,  was  given  a  separate  stall  on  the  north 
5:i.de.fo7 

At  Sunda  Kalapa,  in  1522,  a  Portuguese  description 
in  e  n  1 1  o  n  s  t  h  a  t  t  h  e  p  a  1  a  c  e ,  m  o  s  q  u  e ,  a  n  d  a  1  u  n  -  a  1  u  n  were  1  o  c  a  t  e  d 


142 

on  the  Cisadane's  west  bank.**   A  Dutch  description  of  the 
same  place,  then  called  Jayakarta,  in  1618,  at  the  inception 

of  the  war  against  the  Bantenese  and  the  British,  indicates 

that  its  layout  very  closely  resembled  that  of  Banter..   The 

custom  office  (also  fortified  with  cannon)  lay  on  the  west 

bank  of  the  Ciliwung  river's  mouth.   The  center  of  the  town 

lay  further  south.   The  Chinese  quarter  (here  on  the  east, 

not  west  bank  as  at  Banter,)  included  some  fortifications, 

after  which  the  main  settlement  appeared.6' 

Chinese  estimates  of  population  for  the  main  ports  of 

north  east  Java  such  as  Tuban  and  Gresi k  in  about  1430 

indicated  that  the  average  population  of  a  large  coastal 

settlement  then  was  only  about  5000.   In  1523  there  were 

about  30,000  people  in  Gresi  k.™   Demak  and  Palembang  were 

estimated  to  contain  8,000  to  10,000  families.   If  one 

family  is  reckoned  to  have  averaged  five  individuals,  this 

would  correspond  to  a  total  of  40,000  to  50,000.   The  palace 

complex  at  Pasai  alone  was  estimated  to  contain  3,000 

inhabitants,  with  the  whole  city  containing  20,000 

i  nhabi  tants.  -71 

We  do  not  know  enough  about  the  sizes  of  settlements  in 

the  hinterland  to  compare  them  with  the  ports;  perhaps  in 

the  fourteenth  century  the  largest  cities  were  in  fact  in 

t  h  e  h  i  n  t:  e  r  1  a  n  d  ,  a  b  o  u  t  w  h  i  c  h  t  h  e  C  h  i  n  e  s  e  k  new  less,  a  n  d  the 

growth  of  the  ports  simply  reflected  a  shift  in  population 

from  the  Agrarian     interior  to  the  coast.   The  first 


143 
descriptions  of  the  settlement  patterns  of  the  interior  of 
Java,  admittedly  of  a  later  time,  do  not  support  this 
hypothesis,  however.   The  dense  population  of  the  valleys  of 
central  and  east  Java  were  dispersed  among  villages,  among 
which  the  royal  centers  were  notable  mainly  because  of  the 
different  occupations  of  the  inhabitants  rather  than  greater 
size.   Thus  the  appearance  of  cities  in  Java  seems  to 
coincide  with  the  introduction  of  Islam. 

The  phenomenon  of  urbanisation  was  widespread  in  the 
Islamic  countries  of  the  same  period.   At  a  time  when  most 
Europeans  still  lived  in  agrarian  villages  and  only  a  few 
cities  included  as  many  as  100,000  people,  Cairo  and 
Constantinople  each  had  several  hundred  thousand.   If  we 
accept  the  estimate  that  there  were  already  100  million 
Europeans  by  1600,  and  8  million  Indonesians,  "in  relation 
to  its  total  population,  then,  Southeast.  Asia  in  this  period 
must  have  been  one  of  the  most  urbanized  areas  in  the 
wor 1 d " . ^^ 

The  rulers  of  Banten  perhaps  differed  among  themselves 
in  terms  of  the  dgree  to  which  they  intended  to  claim  the 
right  to  all  profits  from  foreign  trade  for  themselves;  in 
other  Indonesian  kingdoms  of  the  early  Islamic  period,  the 
king  was  often  the  main  or  even  the  only  commercial  party 
allowed  to  do  business  with  foreigners.   In  other  instances, 
relatively  free  trade  was  allowed.   This  relationship 
between  the?  ruler  and  the  nobility  may  have  fluctuated  from 


144 

one  reign  to  another;  very  little  was  pre-determi ned  by 
precedent  in  Indonesian  courts,  aside  from  ceremony.   All 
else  depended  upon  the  strength  of  personality  o-f  the 
individual  rulers  and  nobles-   In  Banten,  there  seems  to 
have  been  of  Javanese  descent,  other  Sundanese.   Perhaps  the 
Sundanese  were  more  agriculturally  oriented  than  the 
Javanese. 

It  i s  at  least  possible  to  be  relatively  certain  that 
there  was  no  mercantile  or  middle  class  as  such  in  Banten. 
The  city's  population  within  the  walls  seems  to  have 
consisted  only  of  nobles  and  servants,  with  possibly  some 
free  craftsmen  such  metal  workers  associated  with  the 
households.   Foreigners  were  allowed  into  the  walled  city, 
but  not  into  the  palace;  hence  we  possess  no  description  of 
it  from  this  date. 

During  the  sixteenth  century  Banten  rose  to  the  peak  of 
the  settlement  heirarchy  in  Southeast  Asia,  with  a 
population  estimated  by  the  first  Dutch  visitors  in  1596  as 
equalling  that  of  Amsterdam,  and  Banten  experiences  a 
revival  under  Sultan  Agung  Tirtayasa  from  1651  to  1682.   But 
after  the  civil  war,  Sultan  Ha j i  offered  concessions  to  the 
Dutch  in  return  for  reinforcements.   Because  of  that,  Banten 
city  remained  a  seat  of  royalty  and  a  trading  center  under 
Dutch  supervision  until  1810.   The  last  Sultan  voluntarily 
abdicated  in  1815,  by  which  time  Banten  had  declined  to  a 
collection  of  fishing  and  farming  villages  as  a  post— urban 


145 
period  until  the  present.   John  N.  Miksic,  during  his 
seminar  to  the  85th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  "American 
Anthropological  Association"  Philadelphia,  3  December  1986, 
states: 

Historical  data  suggest  that  Bantam's  history  can  be 
divided  into  -five  phases: 

1.  a  pre-Islamic  Sundanese  period,  1400-1525; 

2.  an  early  Islamic  flourescence  under  Javanese 
political  control,  1525-1619; 

3.  a  period  of  fluctuating  fortunes,  1619-1682, 
when   Banten,  the  Dutch,  and  the  central 
Javanese  Kingdom  flataram  were  roughtly 

bal anced ; 

4.  a  period  of  Dutch  vassaldom,  1682-1815; 

5.  a  post-urban  period,  1815  until  the 
present .  "7'3 

The  mosque,  which  was  called  Mesj i d  Agung  Banten  is  a  living 

monument.   This  building  was  erected  in  the  center  of  the 

city  and  has  a  tiled  roof  with  five  tiers,  looks  like  a 

temple  style.   If  we  refer  to  Akbar's  policy  who  combined 

Islamic  and  traditional  Hindu  buildings  in  India  during  that 

time,  probably  Sultan  Banten  made  this  mosque  containing 

architectural  and  architectonic  elements  derived  from  an 

earlier  Hindu-Javanese  or  Sundanese  style  (ill.  39).   Its 

settlement  patterns  and  general  plan  appear  to  conform  to  a 

pattern  common  to  Islamic  cities  both  in  Java  and  throughout 

1 1- 1  e  M  o s  1  em  w o r  1  d  . 

Remains  of  ancient  structures  enable  us  to  visualise 

the  ability  of  Banten  to  erect  mosques,  palaces, 


146 

fortifications,  alun-alun,  suspensions  bridges,  markets, 
wharfs,  canals,  and  city  walls.   Building  styles  indicate  a 
blend  of  foreign  and  indigenous  elements,  the  five  tiered 
roof  of  the  mosque  at  Banten  preserves  a  characteristic  of 
Indonesian  trait.   Thus  Old  Banten  displays  some  features 
common  to  other  Islamic  cities  of  the  period,  but  few  links 
with  local  Sundanese  sites.   Archaeology  gives  us  little 
data  from  the  pre-Islamic  period  with  which  to  compare  later 
si  tes. 

Possibly,  Old  Banten  could  be  divided  into  five  phases 
of  city  development: 


=t  prehistoric  settlement,  from  prehistory  until 
the  kingdom  activities  of  Tarumanagara  in  the  5th 
century; 

a  pre-Islamic  Sundanese  town,  during  the  Hindu- 
Sundanese  period,  600-1525; 

an  early  Islamic  city,  from  the  beginning  of 
Islamic  growth  until  the  rise  of  the  Sultanate 
period,  1526-1580  (as  a  capital  of  Banten  Islamic 
ki ngdom) ; 

an  Islamic  port-city,  from  Sultan  Muhammad  Ratu 
ing  banten  till  the  end  of  Sultan  Agung 
Tirtayasa's  period,  1580-1682; 

a  declining  Islamic  city,  the  period  of  Dutch 
vassaldom, 1683-1809;  thus  in  1817,  Banten  was 
finally  placed  under  direct  control  of  the  Dutch 
government,  with  an  administrator  residing  in 
Serang  (see  Brief  chronology  of  Banten). 


At  present,  the  Old  Banten  is  only  a  village  of  about 
4,000  inhabitants,  the  old  glory  of  the  Islamic  city  of 
Banten  is  gone  forever. 


END  NOTES 


Dam  Ten  H.  ,  op.  cit..  pp.  306—307 

Miksic,  John,  Hasan  ti.  Ambary,  Halwany  Michrob.  "The 
Archaeological  remains  of  Old  Banten".  unpublished 
manuscript  (Site  Museum,  Banten  1985)  p.  31 

Ibid,  p.  32 

Ibid,  p.  33 

Lombard,  Salmon  Dennys,  "A  Propos  de  Quel ques  Steles 
Chi  noises  Recemment  Retrouves  a  Banten  (Java  Oust)", 
unpublished  manuscript  (Site  Museum  Banten,  19S2)  p. 
105 

Sutikno  (ed.),  op.  ci t. .  p.  Ill  15 

McKinnon,  E.  Edwards,  "West  Java's  Increasing 
Involvement  in  Overseas  Trade  in  the  13th  and  14th 
Centuries",  SPAFA  Digest,  Vol.  VI,  No.  1,  19S5,  pp. 


S. 

9. 

1 0 . 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 
15. 

1 6 . 

17. 
IS. 


Ibid,  p .  32 

Rosy i an,  Tubagus,  op.  cit.,  p.  76 

Mudardj i to,  ed . ,  op.  ci t . .  p.  55 

Mollema,  J.  C.  ,  op .  c  i  t .  .  p.  221 

Reid,  Anthony,  op.  ci  t .  ,  p.  243 

Miksic,  John,  Hasan  M.  Ambary,  Halwany  Michrob, 
c:  i  t .  ,  p .  3 


Mol 1 ema, 


cit, 


PP. 


van  der  Chijs,  J.  A.,  "Oud  Bantam"  Tijdschrift  van  het 
Batavi aasch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wettneschappen , 
1881,  p. 53 

Michrob,  Halwany,  Progress  Report  o-f  Restoration 
andPreservati on  of  Urban  Sites  ot  Banten ,  Jakarta;  D  i  t , 
Sejarah  dan  Purbakala,  1983  p.  36,  cited  from  van  der 
Chijs,  J.  A.,  1881,  p. 44 


bchr  i  eke,, 


cit, 


II.:  127 


Dj aj adi ni ngrat ,  Hoesain,  op  ■ cit. .  pp. 

147 


148 


19. 


:l  . 


34. 


Miksic,  John  N,  Hasan  M.  Ambary,  Halwany  Michrob,  op. 
ci  t . ,  p . 5 


20.   Fruin-Mees,  W. ,  op.  ci  t .  ,  p.  II.:  69 


de  Eerste  Schriffvaart  I.  107-188,  quoted  in  Anthonly 
Reid,  1980,  p.  249 


van  Leur,  op.  ci  t .  .  p.  114 
Fruin-Mees,  W. ,  op.  ci t . .  p.  II 
van  Leur ,  op.  cit.,  p .  113 


40 


Tj andrasasmi ta,  Uka,  Sejarah  Nasional  Indonesia  Jilid 
III,  " Jaman  Pertumbuhan  dan  Perkembangan  Kerajaan  Islam 
di  Indonesia",  Jakarta:  Departemen  Pendidikan  dan 
Kebudayaan ,  1975,  pp.  225-227 

Mollema,  J.  C,  op .  ci  t .  ,  p.  225 

Tj andrasasmi ta,  Uka,  op.  ci  t . .  p.  223 

van  Leur,  op .  ci  t .  .  p.  113 

van  der  Chijs,  F.  A.,  op.  ci  t .  ,  p.  33 

Valentijn,  Francois,  op.  ci  t .  ,  pp.  IV  :  115-214 

Tj andrasasmi ta,  Uka,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  171-173 

Pigeaud,  T.  G.  Th . ,  Java  in  the  Fourteenth  Century,  The 
Hague:  M.  Nijhoff  1960-1962,  pp.  64-65;  1970,111,:  68 

Sen  eke,  B.  ,  op .  cit.,  pp.  I.:  25-26 

Pigeaud,  T.  G. ,  op.  cit.,  p.  II. s  65 

Ambary,  Hasa  Muarif,  "L'Art  funeraire  Musulman  en 
Indonesia  des  Origines  aux  XIX  erne  Siecle", 
Dissertasi , EHESS-Paris,  1984,  pp.  467-470 

van  der  Chijs,  J.  A. , op.  cit.,  p.  17 

Miksic,  John,  Hasan  M.  Ambary,  Halwany  Michrob.  op . 
ci t . ,  p. 20 

Sanjadireja,  Llki  "The  Information  of  Tourist  Places  in 
Serang  Regency"  unpublished  manuscript  (Dinas 
Pariwisata  Daerah  Lab. Serang,  1985)  p.  6 


149 

38.  Sharer,  Robert  J.  and  Wendy  Ashmore,  op.  cit.  pp. 
158-160 

39.  Fagan,  Brian  M. ,  In  the  Beginning:  an  Introduction  to 
Archaeology,  Boston  :  Little,  Brown  Company,  1985,  pp. 
203-205 

40.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M.  op.  ci t. .  p.  107 

41.  Mollema,  J.  C.  ,  op.  ci  t .  ,  p.  252 

42.  Valentijn,  Francois,  op.  ci  t ■  ,  (En  Nieuw  Oost-Indi en ) 
1975,  III. 

43.  Heydt,  J.  W. ,  " Al 1 erneuester  Geographisch  und 
Topographi scher " ,  Schau-platz  von  Africa  und 
Oost-Indien, 1759 

44.  Dipodjojo,  Sidya  N. ,  " Interpretasi  Foto  Udara  Sebagai 
Alat  Penentu  Situs  Arkeologi  (Studi  Kasus  Situs  Ikan 
Pari,  Banten)",  Yogyakarta"  IAAI,  1986,  p.  4 

45.  Serrurier,  L.  S.  H.,  Kaart  van  Oud-Banten  (Bantam)  in 
gereedheid  gebracht  door  1900 

46.  van  der  Chijs,  J.  A.,  op.  ci  t .  ,  p.  31 

47.  Fruin-Mees,  W. ,  op.  cit. .  p.  II.:  42 

48.  Mollema,  J.  C. ,  op ■  cit.,  p.  226 

49.  Mei 1 l nk-Roel of sz ,  M.  A.  P.,  Asian  Trade  and  European 
Influence  in  the  Indonesian  Archipelago  Between  1500 
and  about  1630  The  Hague:  M.  Nijhoff,  1962,  p.  242 

50.  Mollema,  J.  C. ,  op.  cit. ,  pp.  223-224 

51.  Dj aj adi ni ngrat ,  Hoesain,  op.  cit.,  p.  621 

52.  Sutikno  (ed. )  op.  cit.,  p.  I.:  10;  III.:  15 

53.  De  Long,  David  G. ,  "Historic  Preservation  for  the  site 
and  monuments  in  Banten",  Final  Reposrt  "  Seminar  on 
Preservation  of  Historic  Sites  of  Banten,  August  29, 
September  6,  1986,  Jakarta  :  Directorate  of  Protection 
and  Development  of  Historical  and  Archaeological 
Heritage,  1986,  p.  83 

54.  Miksic,  John  N.,  ,  op  ■  cit..,  p.  22;  cited  from  van  der 
Chijs,  J.  A. ,  1881 ,  p.  36 

55.  van  der  Chijs,  J.  A.,  op.  cit.,  p.  40 


150 


57. 


61  . 
62. 
63. 
64. 

65. 
66. 


Michrob,  Halwany,  op.  ci  t . .  p.  39;  cited  from  Cruck, 
TBS.  1938,  p.  363 

The  result  of  discussion  between  David  G.  De  Long, 
Hasan  M.Ambary  and  John  N.  Miksic  during  their  visit  to 
Surosowan  palace  on  August  29,  1936,  recorded  by  the 
team  and  written  in  the  Final  Report:  Seminar  on 
Preservation  of  Historic  Sites  of  Banten,  Jakarta  1986, 
p.  3 

Tj anrasasmi ta,  Uka,  op.  ci  t .  .  p.  165 

Fruin-Mees,  W. ,  op.  ci t ■ .  pp.  41-43 

Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  ci t . .  p.  10 

Dam  Ten  H.  ,  op.  ci  t .  .  p.  295 

Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  ci  t ■  ,  p 


Tj andrasami ta,  Uka,  op.  cit. 


11 

p.  17J 


Cortesao,  Armando,  The  Suma  Oriental  of  Tome  Fires], 
London:  Hakluyt  Society  1944,  p.  143;  155;  184 

Reid,  Anthony,  op.  cit.,  p.  239 

Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  cit..  pp.  6-7 


Chapter  Four: 
A  Master  Plan  for  the  Preservation  of  Banten 

4.1.  Philosophy  o-f  Urban  Historic  Site  Preservation 

Urban  sites  have  special  -features  compared  to  other 
types  of  sites.   They  have  a  large  area,  they  are    the  center 
o-f  many  different  activities,  they  undergo  many  rapid 
changes  over  time  and  thus  undergo  frequent  site 
disturbance,  and  they  are    comprised  o-f  a  combination  of  many 
types  of  remains.  All  these  features  create  special  problems 
for  preservationists  and  restorers.   The  goal  o-f 
preservation  is  still  the  same  as  at  other  sites:  to  arrest 
as  -far  as  possible  the  forces  which  can  change  the  condition 
of  a  particular  object,  structure  or  landscape.   When  the 
object  of  preservation  work  is  straightforward,  and  requires 
little  or  no  research  or  interpretation  to  determine  the 
actions  which  need  to  be  taken,  we  know  that  we  must  simply 
seek  to  stop  the  processes  of  physical  decay:  rotting  of 
wood,  rusting  of  iron,  and  so  forth.  The  problem  becomes 
more?  complicated  if  some  restoration  is  judged  necessary. 
In  the  case  of  a  single  artifact,  the  restorer  should  not  do 
more  than  clean  the  object,  including  removing  those  parts 
of  the  piece  being  restored  which  endanger  the  preservation 
of  the  rest  of  object.   Restorers  are    often  tempted  to 
"recreate",  to  add  new  color  or  other  material  to  the  object 
in  order  to  make  the  object  look  just  as  it  did  when  it  was 


1 5 1 


152 

new.   However,  this  practice,  which  was  once  so  common  as  to 
be  almost  universal,  is  now  judged  to  be  wrong  and  to  be 
avoided   at  all  costs. 

When  the  thing  to  be  preserved  is  a  building,  the 
problem  is  more  complicated.  Buildings  can  be  used  for  long 
periods  of  time,  during  which  they  are  remodeled  and 
otherwise  changed.   They  may   be  made  from  a  large  variety 
of  different  materials,  each  requiring  different  techniques 
to  preserve  them.   The  most  difficult  problem  to  solve  is  in 
deciding  what  should  be  preserved.   If  a  building  has  been 
remodelled  several  times,  different  parts  of  it  will  date 
from  different  periods.   If  old  walls  have  simply  been 
covered  by  a  new  layer  of  plaster  or  brick,  it  will  be  easy 
to  strip  away  the  newer  exterior.   If  old  walls  have  been 
removed,  however,  it  is  impossible  to  preserve  them,  and  we 
are  again  faced  with  the  dilemma  of  restoring  as  imitation, 
or  leaving  in  place  a  newer  wall.   These  problems  are 
multiplied  in  the  example  of  a  city.   In  such  a  complex 
site,  not  only  are    the  artifacts  and  structures 
important  and  worthy  of  preservation,  but  also  the  spatial 
relationships  between  them.   How  far  was  the  mosque  from  the 
palace?   How  far  was  the  market?   What  did  the  Sultan  see 
w h e n  I i e  s a t  i n  h i  s  p a v i 1 1 i  o n  g i v i n g  p u b 1 i c  audi  e nee  in  the 
square?   All  these  things  are    much  more  important  than  the 
mere  artifacts  and  structures  themselves.   We  can  only 
obtain  as  close  an  image  as  possible  of  the  past  from 


153 
visiting  a  preserved  site,  individual  objects  in  a  museum 
are  more  remotely  connected  with  their  functions  in  human 
life,  and  even  individual  buildings  provide  a  restricted 
impression  of  the  conditions  under  which  people  lived  at 
earlier  times.   But  a  complete  site  can  create  an 
environment  which  effects  a  broad  range  of  the  human  senses, 
so  that  contemporary  people  ar&    enabled  to  experience  much 
the  same  sensations  as  their  ancestors. 

The  great  potential  of  urban  sites  to  inspire  and 
educate  the  public  is,  however,  equaled  by  the  enormous 
difficulty  involved  in  exploiting  this  potential.   Let  us 
consider  the  problems  faced  at  Banten: 

1 ■    Area:   The  exact  boundaries  of  the  city  have  not 
been  determined,  but  it  they  include  hundreds  of 
hectares.   Much  of  it  now  belongs  to  private 
individuals  or  organizations,  such  as  the  Maul  ana 
Hasanuddin  Foundation.   It  is  not  yet  possible  to 
incorporate  the  whole  site  into  a  single 
preservation  district,  although  such  a  goal  has 
been  set.   This  will  involve  delineating  red, 
yellow,  and  green  zones  (see  below). 


Different  Activities:   The  site  was  used  for  the 
entire  range  of  human  endeavour.   Some  of  these 
activities  can  be  identified  from  written  records, 
others  from  archaeology..  Further  research  will 


154 
reveal  more,  but  some  will  never  be  known. 

3.  Rapid  Change:   During  its  300-year  history, 
Banten's  population  rose  and  fell,  and  buildings 
were  built  and  destroyed.  Crises  and  war-fare  were 
frequent.   We  must  decide  whether  to  restore  the 
city  as  it  appeared  in  the  16th,  17th  or  18th 
century,  or  some  combination  thereof. 

4.  Frequent  Disturbance:   Some  parts  of  the  site, 
especially  the  palace  and  residential  area^     have 
been  dug  up,  built  over,,  and  so  on,  so  that  not 
all  areas  can  be  preserved. 

5.  Variety  of  Remains:   Most  activity  at  Banten  has 
been  devoted  to  the  restoration  of  the  mosque  and 
Surosowan  palace,  rather  than  preservation.   In 
the  future,  as  more  areas  of  the  site  come  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  project,  the  focus  will 
shift  to  preservation.   The  first  priority  will  be 
to  preserve  rather  than  to  recreate.   However, 
certain  parts  of  the  site?  require  special 
attention.   The  various)  parts  of  the  site  were 
linked  by  water  works.   However,  in  many  cases  the 
canals  are    silted  up,  the  rivers"  courses  changed, 
and  the  sluice  gates  for  controlling  the  water 


di sappeared .  To  what  extent  are  we  allowed  to 
alter  the  face  of  the  site  in  order  to  restore 
that  aspect  of  life  in  the  old  city? 


No  old  houses  remain  on  the  site.   Can  old  houses  be 
recreated,  or  is  this  contrary  to  the  principles  of 
preservation?   Numerousquandari es  such  as  this  present 
themselves.   If  we  are    guided  bythe  rule  that  our  first  duty 
is  to  preserve  and  protect  without  any  changes,  except  where 
absolutely  necessary,  then  our  philosophy  will  guide  us  in 
the  proper  direction.     In  deciding  what  is  proper 
preservation  and  what  is  not,  perhaps  we  can  use  the 
following  criterion:   what  will  our  children  say?   By  this 
is  meant,  will  they  say  that  a  certain  preservation  project 
has  helped  them  to  understand  their  ancestors,  or  will  they 
say  that  we  have  destroyed  a  piece  of  evidence  which  could 
have  been  useful  to  them?   Preservation  should  not  be  aimed 
at  the  present,  but  towards   future  ones.   It  is  for  our 
children  and  grandchildren  and  their  children  that  we  work. 
We  do  not  hesitate  to  criticise  our  predecessors  in 
preservation  for  their  mistakes;  certainly  those  who  fallow 
us  will  be  no  less  critical  of  us. 

The  most  important  element  in  a  philosophy  of 
preservation  is  that  nothing  should  be  destroyed  by  it. 
Impatience  is  perhaps  the  greatest  5in  for  the 
preservationist.   If  he  attempts  to  create  a  preservation 


156 
project  in  a  short  time  by  sacrificing  detail,  he  will 
certainly  be  condemned  by  his  successors.   While 
ignorant  people  may  scoff  at  the  slow,  painstaking  progress 
of  a  well-planned  project  as  laziness  or  lack  of  skill, 
future  generations  will  praise  us.   We  only  live  for  a  short 
itme.   Lack  of  praise  now  will  be  more  than  amply 
compensated  for  the  recognition  of  many  future  generations. 

Thus  to  return  to  the  question  of  the  canal,  the 
original  character  of  the  city  will  not  be  visible  until  the 
canals  are    restored  to  use.   However,  if  the  rapid 
excavation  techniques  are    used,  tremendous  amounts  of  data 
will  be  lost  forever.   We  must  resign  ourselves  to  the  fact 
that  the  restoration  of  the  canal  network  will  take  many 
years,  and  that  we  ourselves  may  not  live  to  see  it 
completed.   We  can  however  take  satisfaction  in  the 
fact  that  when  it  is  completed,  we  will  be  praised  for  our 
work  rather  than  blamed  for  it.    It  would  be  better  to  do 
nothing  than  to  do  work  which  will  give  us  a  bad  reputation 
in  the  future.    In  essence,  then,  a  philosophy  of 
preservation  is  based  on  the  attribute  of  patience,  a 
quality  for  which  Indonesians  have  long  been  famous. 

4.2   Master  Plan  for  the  Restoration  of  Banten 


With  a  great  deal  of  study  of  Banten 's  historic  sit< 
tnd  its  surroundings,  one  is  continually  drawn  to  the 


157 

monumental  remains   as  prominent  signs  of  Banten's  past. 
While  the  restoration  problems  are,  of  course,  complex,  the 
project  should  try  to  make  decisions  that  will  enable  people 
to  see  clearly  what  original  -forms  were  like,  at.  the  same 
time  without  adding  too  many  new  elements.   In  the  case  of 
the  palace  structures,  this  might  mean   that  one  section  of 
the  remains  would  be  restored  intensively,  in  order  to  get 
as  complete  a  rebuilding  as  possible,  at  the  same  time 
leaving  the  rest  of  the  area    in  an  unrestored  state.   This 
might,  provide  a  more  attractive  setting  than  trying  to 
restore  the  entire  palace  compund  in  an  incomplete  or 
unclear  (false)  way. 

The  kind  of  restoration  involved  might  include  adding 
some  materials,  for  example  floor-tiles,  but  only  if  the 
materials  were  convincing  enough  to  really  fit  into  the 
site.   Surosowan  palace,  where  there  are    two  or  more  bulding 
phases  evident  (see  historical  background  of  this  site),  the 
older  and  newer  remains  should  be  clearly  marked,  with  dates 
and  general  information.   To  as  great  an  extent  as  possible, 
printed  signs  should  be  placed  to  give  the  viewer 
historical,  archaeological,  and  functional  details  of  the 
structure  in  view,  at.  all  of  the  important  sites.   The 
extent  to  which  the  ancient  city  of  E<anten  should  become  a 
focus  of  the  historical  site  (rebuilding  processes), 
surrounding  settlements  and  buildings  may  be  naturally  hard 
to  estimate.   The  archaeol oqi cal  research  of  Banten  in  1976 


158 
was  the  first  step  towards  investigation  in  urban 
archaeology  and  settlement  archaeology.   This  is  to  be 
expected,  however,  as  the  research  was  only  undertaken  in  a 
small  part  of  the  whole  research  area    which  is  very 
extnesive,  and  in  a  relatively  short  period  o-f  time. 
Therefore  it  was  necessary  to  continue  year  by  year  (up  to 
this  year)  to  expand  the  research  in  the  Ban ten  area.1       This 
case,  as  stated  by  David  De  Long: 


The  hypothetical  plan  should  indicate  the  extent  of 
urbanization,  the  system  of  major  canals  and  roadways, 
and  assumed  as  well  as  known  major  buildings.   To  be  of 
real  use,  such  a  plan  would  clearly  depend  on  thorough 
research  of  all  available  documents  relating  to  Banten 
as  well  as  to  similar  sites  elsewhere.   The 
identification  of  similar  sites  providing  significant 
parallels  would  be  important.   To  test  hypotheses 
relating  components  of  the  plan,  limited  archaeological 
explorations  could  be  undertaken  at  designated  spots  ot 
check  for  expected  evidence.  For  instance,  if  a 
specific  intersection  of  roads  were  posited,  a 
short-term,  focused  archaeological  dig  at  that  spot 
could  confirm  if  an  actual  intersection  of  roads  had 
indeed  existed.   Such  techniques  have  been  successfully 
applied  at  Sardis.   By  its  very  nature,  the 
hypothetical  plan  would  be  the  sort  of  documents  that 
are    constantly  being  updated  based  on  newly  discovered 
evidence.2  (see  photo  no.  30) 


Another  impact  on  Banten  is  the  maritime  heritage. 
There  are    traditions  of  boat-building,  the  activity  of  the 
harbour  and  trade  center  at  Karangantu.   These  could  be 
p r  e s e r  v e d  ad  m :i  g I ~i  t.  b e  p r  e s e n t  e d  t  h r  o u g h  <  i  m a g  i  n a t.  i  v e ) 
recreations.   Like  numerous  historic:  sites  in  America  and 
Canada,  one  promising  idea  in  this  line  is  a  master  plan  tc 
use  the  old  river-way  for  boat  transport  from  one 


158-A 


"'hoto  no.  30  The  city-wall  is  found  during  the  archaeological 
investigation  in  1985 


iiundardjito,  one  of  Indonesian  archaeologists  is  busy  to  control 
his  students  during  their  excavation  at  the  southern  part  of 
Speelwijk.  In  this  site,  we  are  discussing  some  of  the  city- 
walls  which  could  not  be  detected  without  total  excavation.  This 
photo  shows  a  part  of  city-wall  which  has  been  found  during  their 
archaeological  excavation  in  1985.  Photographed  by  Dedy  S.Priatna. 


159 

archaeological  site  to  another  within  the  Banter,  area. 
Unfortunately,  it  will  not  be  possible  to  realize  the  master 
plan  for  the  restoration  of  Banten  which  includes  old  Banter, 
becoming  an  Archaeological  or  Historical  Park,  unless 
significant  funding  becomes  available   According  to  Uka 
Tjandrasasmita,  Burosowan  Palace,  Kaibon,  and  Fort  Speelwijk 
are    the  targets  of  study  being  carried  out  by  a  Team  of  The 
Directorate  of  History  and  Traditional  Values.   Further,  he 
states; 


The  biggest  part  of  old  Banten  has  not  been  restored 
because  of  lack  of  funds.   Besides  the  inclusion  of 
parts  of  the  work  which  have  been  finished  in  the 
preliminary  concept  of  the  master  plan,  it  is 
imperative  to  include  the  following  study: 

1.  The  socio-economic  life  of  the  people  in  the 
surrounding  areas  both  for  permanent  and  odd 
j  obs. 

2.  The  socio-cultural  life  of  the  people 
surrounding  areas;  the  living  arts,  such  as 
dance,  self-defense  art,  "debus",  and 
handi  crafts. 

3.  The  attitudes  of  the  society  towards  the 
restored  objects,  whether  they  support  or 
condemn  them. 

4„    The  future  prospects  of  the  result  of  the 

restoration.   The  use  of  the  local  manpower 
and  the  management  of  the  Archaeological  Park 
among  the  central  government,  local 
government  community,  and  non-governmental 
bodi  es. 

5.  The  study  of  getting  sources  of  income  for 
the  maintenance  of  the  archaeological  Park. 

6.  Education  for  the  people  in  surrounding  areas 
so  t hat  t h ey  c ou 1 d  sup p or t  an d  participate 
actively  in  its  further  development. 

7.  Electricity,  clean  water,,  sanitation  of  the 


160 

public  facitities,  etc. 

3.    Mechanisms  of  the  implementation  of  the 

projects  among  institutions  involved  in  the 
work  and  mechanisms  o-f  management  a-fter  the 
completion  o-f  the  projects. 

It  is  expected  that  old  Banten  could  become  an 
archaeological  or  historic  Park  which  has  historical, 
archaeological  and  cultural  value.3 

The  above  study,  as  mentioned  by  Uka  Tj andrasasmi ta, 
contains  the  most  important  points  o-f  the  "integrated 
project"  between  the  Central  Government  (numerous 
departments,  such  as  the  Department  of  Education  and 
Culture,  Public  Work,  Agriculture,  Religion,  etc.),  local 
community  government,  and  non— governmental  bodies.  These 
departments  would  integrate  to  csrry    out  Banten's 
master  plan  which  will  be  organized  by  the  directorate 
General  of  Culture,  Ministry  of  Education  and  Culture.   For 
the  socio— cul tural  life  of  the  people  in  surrounding  areas, 
the  living  arts  and  handicrafts,  the  Directorate  General  of 
Tourism  will   pay  particular  attention  to  the  public 
facilities  surrounding  the  archaeological  park  of  Banten. 

4.2.1   Proposal  for  Preservation 

Successful  preservation  of  historic  buildings  should 
be  always  based  on  the  preservation  method.   Inadequate 
techniques  used  by   restorers  aiming  to  reconstruct  the 
building  in  the  field  have  caused  serious  damage  to  the 


161 

artifacts.   The  principle  of  conservation  involves  the 

control  o-f  atmospheric  conditions  to  save  all  archaeological 

remains,  starting  at  the  time  they  are    discovered,  whether 

under  ground  or  underwater.   For  the  Banten  site,  the  only 

hope  to  alleviate  this  difficulty  is   to  hire  a  chemist 

trained  or  knowledgeable  both  excavation  and  restoration. 

The  study  and  the  role  of  conservation  is,  as  stated  by 

Caroline  K.  Keck, 

"...  (For  many  of  us,  the  word  restorati  on  is  synonymous 
with  alteration  and  is  a  term  that  has  acquired  a 
derogatory  flavor.   It  is  fool -hardy  to  take  offense  to 
a  word  that  we  happily  claim  for  our  personal  state 
after  the  benefits  of  a  fine  vacation.   Discredit 
associated  with  the  title  or  restorer  stems  from  our 
20th-century  concept  that  what  is  preserved  should 
serve  as  a  historic  witness.   It  is  as  unfair  for  us  to 
refute  the  labors  of  our  predecessors  in  restoration  as 
it  will  be  for  our  descendants  to  damn  ours  for 
prolonging  images  that  they  may  interpret  offensively. 
We  think  of  ourselves  as  the  medical  end  of  the  art 
world.   The  analogy  is  valid.   When  medicine  emerged 
from  its  cloaks  of  secrecy  and  myth  to  become  a 
profession,  it  commenced  to  amass  a  body  of  shared 
knowledge  founded  on  experience,  experiments  and 
observation.   With  persistent  research  came  innovations 
that  honed  the  application  of  skill..."'* 


It  will  be  found  in  some  cases  that  the  importance  of 
the  architecture  will  outweigh  political  or  personal  history 
and  the  tentative  date  will  be  selected  accordingly. 
Conversely  in  some  buildings  the  preservation  should  be 
directed  to  unusual  or  significant  architectural  features  of 
a  different  period.   A  careful  reconstruction  may  be  as 
valuable  as  a  setting  for  the  presentation  of  history  as  a 


162 
restoration  even  though  the  patina  of  age  (that 
indescribable  atmosphere)  is  removed  and  replaced  by  a 
modern  finish.   Thus,  the  architect  awarded  a  commission  to 
restore  an  ancient  building  should  be  one  who  has  a  careful 
and  inquiring  mind.   He  must  be  able  to  subordinate  his  own 
design  ideas  to  the  taste  of  past  generations.   When  the 
research  work  is  complete  the  architect  must  prepare  a 
detailed  report  which  will  correlate  the  results  or    research 
by  the  historian,  the  archaeologist,  and  the  architectural 
investigators.   The  architect  for  a  restoration  of  any 
monument  should  be  responsible  for  the  entire  operation 
including  historical,  archaeological,  and  special  research 
as  well  as  the  architectural  work.   In  any  event,  every  step 
of  the  restoration  project  must  be  under  the  close  and 
meticulous  supervision  of  the  architect  in  charge.       In 
restoration  work,  the  historian's  research  recovers  the 
story  of  the  site,  informing  about  building,  the  people  who 
built  and  those  who  used  it,  their  lives,  property,  and 
personal 

possessions.   It  is  the  rare    historical  report,  however, 
which  includes  an  accurate  physical  description  of  the 
building.   The  extent  of  documentary  source  material 
available  for  historical  research  is  literally  endless  and 
the  accumulation  of  evidence  related  to  a  building  and  its 
uses  can  never  be  said  to  be  absolutely  complete.   Without 
such  a  detailed  record  the  same  ground  may  be  covered  by 


163 
subsequent  researchers  and  even  the  original  worker  will  be 
handicapped  in  attempting  to  prove,  review  or  check  his 
work.   Techniques  -for  historical  research  must  depend  on  the 
scope  of  a  project.   Archaeological  exploration,  produces 
two  direct  results,  physical  remains  o-f  a  building,  and 
articles  related  to  the  bulding's  occupants,  especially 
their  local  activities.   Base  maps,  the  grid   system, 
photographs,  and  excavation  of  the  site  Bre    the  field 
activities  of  archaeological  role  and  practice.   Through 
study  of  such  reports  of  digs  at  various  sites, 
archaeologists  become  increasingly  efficient  in  the 
interpretation  and  dating  of  evidence  recovered  in  their  own 
investigations.   The  problems  of  the  restoration  in  Old 
Banten,  arise  when  objects  or  structures  that  have  been 
excavated  from  the  damp  soil  ^re    dried  quickly  instead  of 
being  allowed  to  adapt  themselves  gradually  to  the  new 
environment  above  ground.   In  order  to  prevent  such 
deterioration,  it  is  essential  on  excavations  which  will  be 
restored  after  finishing  the  reports,  the  materials  or 
objects  must  be  kept  in  a  cool  place  out  of  the  sun,  where 
they  can  give  their  moisture  slowly.   The  decision  to 
restore  the  old  building  in  the  ancient  city  of  Banten  is 
likely  to  amount  to  deciding  whether  to  arrest  the  life 
process,  to  reverse  it  under  conditions  that  encourage 
ongoing  contributions  of  worthy  character. 

According  to  my  experience  working  in  the 


164 
archaeological  site  of  Banten,  I  know  that  archaeologists 
are    not  always  concerned  with   what  happens  to  the  materials 
they  excavate,  once  they  have  rung  -from  the  bones  every 
scrap  of  relevant  i  n -for  mat  ion.   Neither  the  resultant  rubble 
at  some  digs  nor  the  preservation  of  the  uncovered  finds  is 
necessarily  important  to  archaeological  research. 
Historians  and  Museol ogi sts  would  be  better  served  if  every 
archaeological  expedition  included  in  its  membership  at 
least  one  well-trained  conservator.   In  addition  to  the 
responsibility  for  discovering  and  interpretation  of  the 
archaeological  data,  and  for  insisting  upon  accuracy  in 
preservation  projects,  the  archaeologist  must  often  also  be 
a  scientist-conservator.   While  in  the  field,  he  may  have  to 
face  the  same  conservation-restoration  problems  regarding 
archaeol ogi cal  1  y  recovered  artifacts  as  does  the  conservator 
working  in  the  laboratory.   And,  when  the  archaeological 
program  does  not  include  the  services  of  a  staff 
conservator,  the  field  archaeologist  is  required  to  perform 
necessary  treatment  or  to  stabilize  the  object  so  that  it 
can  be  examined  and  treated  later.3 

Generally  speaking,  preservationists  agree  that  it  is 
better  to  preserve  than  repair,  better  to  repair  than 
restore,  and  better  to  restore  than  to  reconstruct.   A 
period  reconstruction  if  well  done  will  not  be 
distinguishable  on  the  surface  to  even  a  practiced  eye.   In 
this  event  the  record  and  interpretation  must  clearly  report 


165 
where  the  new  work  was  done  and  the  basis  for  its 
design.  *> 

4.2.2   Building  by  Building  Application  -for  Preservation 

The  preservation  o-f  Old  Banten  buildings  and  monuments, 
should  always  be  based  on  the  restoration  and  preservation 
methods  -for  application,  in  order  to  facillitate  the  study 
of  not  only  a  single  building,  but  the  relationships  between 
contemporaneous  ancient  buildings.   Rapid  growth  and  renewal 
have  resulted  in  tragic  losses  of  old  buildings,  creating  an 
increasing  demand  to  conserve  significant   examples  of  the 
Banten  architectural  heritage.  While  it  is  clearly  beyond 
the  scope  of  this  thesis  to  discuss  all  the  major  buildings 
that  could  be  restored  in  Banten  I  will  discuss  the  issues 
involved  in  the  restoration  of  three  significant  buildings- 
Surosowan  Palace,  Kaibon  palace  and  the  Great  Mosque-  and 
the  development  of  the  Banten  Museum.   Surosowan  Palace  is 
one  of  the  restoration  plans  for  which  the  project  should 
try  and  make  decisions  that  will  enable  people  clearly  to 
see  what  the  original  forms  were  like,  while  at  the  In  the 
case  of  the  palace  structures,  this  might  mean  that  one 
section  of  the  remains  be  restored  intensively,  in  order  to 
get  as  complete  a  rebuilding  as  possible,  at  the  same  time 
leaving  the  rest  of  the  area  in  an  unrestored  state.   This 
might  provide  a  more  attractive  setting  than  trying  to 


166 
restore  the  entire  palace  compound  in  an  incomplete  or 
unclear  way. 

As  we  know  that  Surosowan  Palace  was  built  and  rebuilt 
many  times,  so  that  the  restoration  between  the  older  and 
newer  remains  should  be  clearly  marked  with  date  and  general 
information,  as  in  places  where  there  are    two  or  more 
buildings  and  structure  phases  evident.   In  order  to  ensure 
that  the  result  of  structural  restoration  will  not  be 
misunderstood,  the  architects  and  the  archaeologists  must  be 
responsible  not  only  -for  the  discovery  and  interpretation  o-f 
archaeological  data,  and  the  insistence  on  accuracy    in  the 
restoration  project,  but  also  act  as  scientific 
conservators.   It  is  no  longer  expected,  however,  that  a 
single  individual  will  handle  all  these  aspects.   Rather, 
the  archaeologist,  architect,  and  restoration  specialist 
will  work  together  in  this  project  to  ahcieve  the  same  goal, 
to  preserve  the  physical  remains  o-f  the  past  and  to  employ 
them  in  perpetuating  the  Banten  historical  heritage.    Also, 
Hugh  Braun  describes  a  -fungus,  spread  by  spores,  whose  long 
tendrils  creep  considerable  distances  to  find  wood, 
penetrating  mortar  joints  of  brick  walls  with  such 
determination  that  a  whole  wall  may  become  filled  with  a 
mass  of  threadlike  tendrils.   The  way  to  cope  with  this 
situation  is  to  cut  horizontal  chases  every  two  or  three 
feet  in  the  wall,  each  chase  penetrating  nearly  to  the 
center  of  its  thickness,  make  a  temporary  dam  of  clay  at  the 


167 

edge  of  each  chase,  and  completely  fill  the  trough  thus 
created  with  -fungicide,  allowing  it  ot  seep  down  through  the 
wall  by  gravity.  Care    must  be  taken  to  employ  a  solution 
which  will  not  subsequently  stain  the  plaster.7" 

Kaibon  Palace 

Kaibon  palace  was  built  in  the  19th  century  during  the 
reign  of  Sultan  Syafiuddin  1809.   It  was  the  residence  of 
ratu,  (Queen)  Aisyah,  his  mother,  but  unfortunately,  the 
building  was  destroyed  by  the  Dutch  East  Indies  Government 
in  Batavia  (now  Jakarta)  in  1S32  (see  background  history  of 
Kaibon  Palace).   The  structures,  including  foundations, 
walls,  floors  and  basements,  were  of  brick  and  rock.   This 
site  has  been  excavated,  but  will  not  be  restored  until  all 
of  the  original  structures  are    known,  and  the  total 
excavations  are    complete.   The  variety  of  brick  bonds  found 
during  the  1934  excavation,  such  as  Flemish  bonds   found 
along  the  walls  of  main  buildings,  and  also  British  bonds  in 
the  parts  of  the  arch  forms  of  doors  in  every  system  of 
construction,  might  be  limited  only  by  the  imagination  of 
the  architect  or  artisan  during  the  time  they  were  made. 

The  great  burst  of  archaeological  activity  in  the  ruins 
of  this  palace,  must  be  admirably  aimed  at  the  exploration 
and  interpretation  of  the  past.   The  impact  of  such 
activities  has  been  immeasurable;  it  has  altered  the 


163 
conceptual  picture  of  Ancient  Javanese  history.  The  logic 
of  the  procedure  is,  so  -far  as  it  goes,  is  strong:  most  o-f 
the  artifacts  discovered  in  any  dig  could  not  long  survive 
naked  exposure  to  the  climate  of  the  site-let  alone  to  the 
attentions  of  honest  tourists.3  Before  excavating  this 
site,  recent  advances  in  photography  and  other 

techniques  of  documentation  have  served  to  somewhat  mitigate 
the  negative  aspects  of  archaeological  investigation,  data 
lost  through  removal  from  context.  Though  materials  are 
carefully  recorded,  and  small  artifacts,  and  movable 
fragments  discovered  on  site  are    saved  and  moved  to  the  Site 
Museum,  the  Site  Museum  of  Banten  is  rather  far  removed  from 
the  Kaibon  site,  so  that  the  artifacts  will  never  again  be 
seen  in  their  proper  contextual  setting.   The  technique  of 
conserving  this  site  focuses  on  the  controlling  of  the 
efflorescence  which  originates  in  the  mortar.   Salts, 
principally  sodium  carbonate,  potash  and  magnesium,  in  the 
brick  is  dissolved  by  water  absorbed  by  the  mortar  and  later 
precipitated  to  the  surface,  leaving  a  white  deposit  as  the 
water  evaporates.   When  dry,  the  deposit  can  usually  be 
brushed  off,  but  the  brick  may  have  to  be  washed  and 
rewashed  until  the  offending  salts  have  been  leached  out. 
To  eliminate  efflorescence  permanently,  the  brick  must  be 
protected  from  water  and  dampness. 

Important  for  the  preservation  of  the  site,  is  the 
relationship  of  the  archaeologist  to  other  professionals  as 


169 
they  try  to  solve  the  problems  of  preserving  the  site.   One 
o-f  the  greatest  pleasures  o-f  a  building  is  the  appreciation 
of  the   observation  of  the  relationships  involved  in 
restoration.   The  preservation  activities  must  be 
responsible  for  the  conservation,  especially  the  preparation 
of  working  drawings,  must  constantly  bear  in  mind  that  the 
architect  is  not  a  designer  in  the  normal  sense  of  the  word. 
He  must  be  a  detective,  finding  and  interpreting  clues,  and 
the  drawings  for  the  work  to  be  done  under  his  direction 
must  be  documented  and  authenticated  in  every  detail.   He 
must  not  only  indicate  what  changes  he  proposes  to  make  in 
the  structure,  but  also  include  working  drawings  for  a 
conservation  showing  the  precise  lication  based  on 
conservation  techniques.** 

It  is  wrong  to  think  deterioration  caused  by  spalling 
or  dust  can  be  stopped  only  by  replacing  any  unsound  brick; 
there  seems  to  be  no  way  to  stop  disintegration  of  soft 
brick  once  it  has  started.  The  failure  of  some  structural 
deficiencies  may  be  corrected  following  normal  building 
practices,  such  as  underpinning,  replacement  or  resetting  of 
lintels  and  arches  and  replacement  of  cracked  brick.10   A 
coat  of  a  solution  gives  good  protection  against  damage  by 
moisture  if  carefully  applied  to  brick  wall,  but  to  be 
effective  it  must  be  reapplied  every  few  years.   A 
pentrating  water-repellent  coating  sold  under  the  trade  name 
"hydrozo"  has  a  claimed  life  of  35  years  and  has  given 


170 

apparent  satisfaction  in  many  applications. 

Practically  all  old  buildings  share  one  major 
maintenance  problem,  -floors  are    subject  to  the  most 
conspicuous  deterioration  through  the  wear  of  the  feet  of 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  visitors  and  the  impact  of  spiked 
heels.   This  must  be  anticipated  and  given  special 
attention.   If  the  floor  is  original  work  and  hence  has 
intrinsic  value  it  should  be  protected  from  damage  with  a 
surface  covering  or  it  will  be  slowly  worn  away. 
Architectural  photogrammetry  also  makes  it  possible  to 
discover,  draw,  and  measure  surface  indications  of  change  in 
a  historic  building  such  as  the  palace,  for  instance,  the 
interruption  of  brick  bonding  patterns  where  an  opening  has 
been  bricked  in,  a  lintel  replaced,  a  sill  or  threshold 
raised,  or  where  wall  notches  for  bearing  joints  have  been 
filled.    The  preservation  of  architectural  brick  elements 
depends  largely  on  the  recongition  of  their  cultural  and 
architectural  values.   It  is  to  be  hoped  that  before  it  is 
too  late,  some  of  the  better  examples  of  its  many  uses  may 
be  preserved. 

The  Compound  of  the  Great  Mosque 

Most  of  the  building  stock  in  the  study  area  is 
homogeneous,  consisting  of  two  story  brick  rows  which  were 
built  within  a  hundred  years  of  one  another.   Differences  in 


171 
architectural  style  among  the  buildings  of  Old  Banten, 
especially  the  Great  Mosque  are    primarily  attributable  to 
differences  in  the  style  of  their  various  components,  such 
as  porches,  windows,  doors,  cornices  and  roofs.   By 
examining  the  various  elements  of  the  old  bulding  in  the 
historic  site  in  Banten,  judgments  may  be  made  as  to  which 
style  they  most  approximate,  but,  however,  this  additional 
bulding  which  was  called  "Tiyamah"  is  an  instance  where  a 
building's  style  within  the  study  area  can  be  described  as 
"mixed".   The  survey  of  categories  of  style  of  architecture 
is,  of  course,  far  from  complete.   It  is  intended  in  part  to 
indicate  the  service  ability  of  the  popular  categories  for 
the  analysis  of  style.  ll   The  application  of  this 
architecture,  even  more  striking  than  pertinence  of  the 
terminology  is  the  application  of  precisely  the  same 
terminology  of  stylistic  analysis  to  the 

non-representational  forms  in  architecture.   The  Tiyamah 
building  was  formally  used  as  a  meeting  place,  particul ari 1 y 
to  discuss  religious  matters.   The  minaret   stands  in  the 
front  yard  of  the  compound  of  the  mosque.   In  the  "Journal 
van  de  Aeyse"  (de  Eerste  Schipvaart  der  Nederlanders  naar 
Oost-Indie  onder  Cernelis  de  Houtman  1595-1597)  we  found  a 
map  of  Banten  which  showed  this  tower.   In  the  history  of 
Banten  it  is  mentioned  that  this  tower  was  built  when 
"Kanjeng  Maul  ana   Yusuf "  was  married.   On  the  basis  of  the 
report  and  documentation,  it  was  the  opinion  of  K.C.  Crucp 


172 
that,  the  minaret  had  already  existed  before  1569-1570. 
Moreover,  on  architectural  grounds,  it  is  historically  known 
that  at  the  beginning  of  his  reign,  Sultan  Hasanuddin  had 
planned  the  Islamic  city  of  Banten  which  the  Surosowan 
palace  and  the  great  mosque  was  created  to  be  built.  They 
were  to  be  in  the  center  of  the  town,  the  minaret  having  two 
functions,  that  of  the  moslem  activities  (call  to  prayers), 
and  that  of  a  look-out  station  for  ships  from  the  top, 
especially  in  the  second  half  of  the  16th  century,  between 
1560-1570  A.D.13   On  the  northern  yard  side  of  the  great 
mosque  compound,  there  are    several  old  and  new  graves  in  the 
cemetery.   The  Mosque  is  still  preserved  up  to   this  day, 
and  it  is  a  life  monument  for  the  moslem  activities.   But 
research  of  the  building  is  very  important  because  mud 
masonry  remains  environmentally  the  optimal  material  for 
hot,  dry  climates  and  requires  no  cash  outlay  for  raw 
materials.    The  wood  part  of  the  mosque  element  can  be 
destroyed  by  decay  fungi,  insect,  or  ultraviolet  radiation. 
As  we  know  that,  the  wood  is  a  porous  material,  possessing 
excellent  insulation  and  working  qualities.   However, 
because  of  the  highly  variable  communication  capabilities 
between  cells,  the  permeability  of  wood  varies  greatly.   The 
weathering  of  wood  is  caused  by  rapid  wetting  and  drying, 
which  are    accompanied  by  destructive  stresses.   Rapid 
wetting  of  wood  can  be  prevented  by  applying  coating  or 
finishes,  which  also  protect  the  wood  against  ultraviolet 


173 

radiation.13  Coatings  slow  the  penetration  o-F  water  vapor 
and  liquid  water  (that  is,  rain)  into  the  wood.   As  Moisture 

enters  the  wood  which  has  been  coated,  swelling  occurs 

slowly,  and  stresses  are    easily  accommodated  by  plastic 

adjustments.   However,  i -f  the  coating  weathers  badly,  it  may 

cease  to  protect  the  wood  against  penetration  by  water, 

making  the  wood  susceptible  to  -fungal  attack.  The  importance 

of  proper  selection  and  maintenance  of  coatings  cannot  by 

overstated. 

Water  repellents  are    another  means  o-f  protecting  wood 

against  penetration  by  water.   Joints  where  wooden  elements 

meet  are    extrememly  vulnerable  because  they  readily  trap 

liquid  water,  which,  of  course  leads  to  the  development  of 

the  stresses  previously  mentioned  and  the  creation  of 

conditions  conducive  to  decay.   Ideally,  vulnerable  areas  of 

wooden  elements  should  be  dipped  in  a  solution  of  a 

water-repellent  fungacidal  preservative,  such  as  penta,  and 

a  water  repellent,  such  as  wax,   which  prevents  liquid  water 

from  penetrating  the  joint.   Capillary  action  carries  the 

treatment  solution  to  surface  areas.     Preservationists  are 

generally  concerned  with  arresting  destructive  action  under 

way  in  historically  interesting  and  important  structures, 

rather  than  with  protecting  newly  assembled  structures. 

Damage  to  historic  structures  may  be  caused  by  continuous 

out-door  exposure  with  inadequate  protection  or  by  insect 

damage . 


174 

4.2.3   Site  Museum  Development 

The  Site  Museum  is  a  new  building  situated  in  -front  of 
Surosowan  Palace.   It  was  began  on  September  1984  and 
completed  on  January  30,  1985,  with  the  official  celebration 
by  Professor  Haryati  Subadio,  the  Director  General  of 
Culture,  Department  of  Education  and  Culture,  Republic  of 
Indonesia.   The  site  Museum  building  consists  of  three 
components,  a  main  hall  for  exhibition  of  archaeological 
displays,  an  auditorium,  and  a  conservation 

laboratory  with  quarters  for  watchmen.   The  presentation  is 
designed  to  reflect  the  activities  of  the  populace  of  the 
Banten  urban  ar&a    during  the  past  centuries.   Now  this 
museum  is  able  to  present  the  fruits  of  the  archaeological 
field  research  on  the  Banten  site  in  a  scholarly  fashion. 
An  archaeol ogci al  approach  is  applied  to  the  style  of  this 
presentation.   The  primary  objective  of  this  museum  is  to 
set  guidelines  on  research  methods  on  documentation  and 
conservation  of  the  artifacts,  and  to  come  up  with  a 
definite  plan  of  action  based  on  the  documentation  and 
conservation  works  engaged  in  by  the  museum  staff.   The 
emphasis  of  the  course  is  on  the  principle  of  chemistry. 
The  evaluative  analysis  of  the  conditions  of  documentation 
materials  such  as  papers,  photos,  maps  textiles,  and  other 
monumental  documentations  is  important.   Environment  plays  a 
major  role  in  conservation,  and  for  this  reason  any  study  of 


175 
the  innumerable  aspects  of  documentation  and  conservation 
objects  in  the  site  museum,  which  must  be  preceded  by  a 
general  consideration  o-f  the  effects  of  environmental  change 
in  particular,  change  o-f  temperature  and  relative 
humidity.1-*   The  problems  related  both  to  effect  of  change 
of  environment  on  the  objects  immediately,  therefore  all 
finds  in  the  site  museum  of  Banten,  and  many  artifacts  which 
are    still  in  the  storage,  can  not  be  carried  out  with  the 
purpose  to  answer  certain  questions,  how  to  solve  the 
problems  of  all  historic  materials  from  their 
deterioration.13   Our  daily  life  is  always  related  to 
organic  chemistry.   It  is  a  field  of  immense  importance 
totechnology.   Paper,  ink,  dyes,  paint,  plastic  are    all 
products  derived  from  the  study  of  organic  chemistry. 
Chemical  compounds  from  organic  sources  contain  the  element 
carbon,  and  each  compound  has  its  own  characteristic  of 
chemical  and  physical  properties.   So  that,  chemical 
analysis  is  very  important  and  it  is  a  basic  framework  on 
which  any  argument  for  preservation  of  documentation, 
especially  organic  materials  which  are    still  in  the  storage. 

More  than  500,000  objects  now  in  the  Site  Museum  have 
so  far  been  labelled,  registered  and  catalogued.   The 
laboratory  activities  should  be  continuously  conducted  to 
study  the  artifacts,  not  only  organic  material  but  also 
stones,  brick,  ceramic,  etc.   The  similar  kind  of  problems 
arise,  when  the  objects  those  have  been  excavated  from  the 


176 
damp  soil  are    quickly  instead  of  being  allowed  to  adapt 
themselves  gradually  to  the  new  environment  above  ground. 
In  order  to  prevent  such  deterioration  it  is  essential  on  an 
excavation  to  keep  objects  in  cool  place  out  of  the 
sun, where  they  can  give  their  moisture  slowly.13   Pottery, 
earthen-ware,  tiles,  and  such  like  are    all  porous, and  if 
they  require  strengthening,  this  can  be  done  by  impregnation 
using  dilute  synthetic  laquers  containing  polyvinyl  acetate 
or  polymethyl  methacryl ate.   It  is  not  possible  to  repair 
dusty  joints,  therefore,  for  making  permanent  joints  very 
strong  and  for  water-proofing,  an  epoxy  resin  adhesive  or 
araldite  is  recommended.1'7 

The  most  relevant  role  of  chemical  analysis  lies  in  the 
attribution  of  cultural  affinities  to  a  series  of  artifacts. 
Old  techiques  and  sources  of  each  material  can  be  deduced  by 
chemical  analysis.   Chemistry  performs  an  indespensible 
function  for  archaeologists  and  historians  in  developing  the 
picture  of  early  man's  life,  style  and  culture.   The 
principles  have  already  been  understood  clearly  but 
incorporating  them  to  actual  practice  is  yet  to  be  achieved. 
Continuity  between  the  scientific  knowledge  and  the  working 
solutions  to  the  practical  problems  of  the  conservator  is 
very  difficult  since  every  case  is  particular  in  its  own 
way.   There  are    no  general  procedures  to  be  implemented, 
the  solution  lies  in  the  present  state  of  deterioration  of 
the  object  and  has  to  be  assessed  carefully.  The  main  issues 


177 
in  conservation  problems  can  be  solved  more  easily  i -f  the 
conservator  can  discuss  with  other  skilled  professionals 
regarding  the  conservation  schemes. 

4.3  Banten  and  Tourism 

The  goal  of  devloping  tourism,  as  formulated  in  the 
guidelines  of  the  Indonesian  government's  policy,  is  to 
support  and  expand  employment  opportunities,  as  well  as  to 
promote  the  culture  of  Indonesia.   As  a  matter  of  fact, 
tourism  involves  many  aspects  of  living.   It  has  a  cultural 
element  that  deals  with  a  possible  increase  of  the  source  of 
the  Government's  income  as  well  as  local  people's,  and  Old 
Banten  is  one  of  the  historical  sites  in  Indonesia  which  is 
still  being  restored  to  preserve  its  cultural  heritage.   It 
is  necessary  to  integrate  and  coordinate  all  sectors,  namely 
government,  private  and  social,  in  order  to  improve  the 
provision  of  related  facilities,  and  the  quality  of 
services,  and  to  promote  touristic  activities. 

Banten  is  one  region  in  west  Java  which  has  the  largest 
number  of  ancient  treasures,  and  historical  buildings  and 
sites.   The  Directorate  of  Protection  and  Development  of 
Historical  and  Archaeological  Heritage,  and  also  the 
national  Research  Centre  of  Archaeology,  have  undertaken 
programs  to  excavate,  restore  and  to  preserve  the  sites  of 
Old  Banten.   The  Directorate  General  of  Tourism  and  Local 


178 

Government's  support  of  those  activities  and  to  promote 

tourism  programs  is  quite  conspicuous.   Old  Banten  has  many 

building  with  different  styles  of  architecture  with  symbolic 

functions.   According  to  John  Miksic,  these  buildings  need 

not  be  elaborated  here.   Further,  he  says: 

"Architecture  is,  at  one  level,  an  artifact,  albeit  a 
complex  one,  in  view  of  the  number  of  parts  which 
comprise  most  buildings.   Architecture  may  have  many 
diverse  purposes,  and  at  Banten  we  have  examples  of 
several.   Overtly,  Speelwijk  was  built  for  defense,  the 
Great  Mosque  for  worship,  the  Kaibon  as  a  residence. ie 

The  display  of  individual  structure  can  be  studied, 

especially  the  stages  of  construction  and  alteration  which 

are    recovered  from  information  regarding  the  chronology  of 

the  site.   Regarding  a  tour  through  Java,  De  Long  said: 

"Along  the  road  near  Banten,  the  temporary  bamboo 
shelters  erected  as  part  of  the  brick  industry  struck 
me  as  interesting  from  the  point  of  view  of  providing  a 
possible  technique  for  temporary  shelters  over  tourist 
kiosks,  and  for  providing  temporary  screens  around 
other  facilities.   There  is  a  sense  of  impermenence 
about  such  structures  which  is  reassuring  on  an 
archaeological  site.   They  are    never  mistaken  as 
ancient,  and  they  will  eventually  fall  down  when  no 
longer  wanted  rather  than  remaining  as  unused  ruins  in 
their  own  right.   I  have  seen  too  many  archaeological 
sites  where  permanent  new  structures  were  erected  with 
the  best  of  intentions,  only  to  be  later  abandoned  and 
remain  as  ugly,  empty  shells,  detracting  from  the  site 
itself.  "  "•*» 

Study  of  nature,  materials,  workmanship,  and  traditional 
techniques  of  construction  in  the  entire  area    of  Banten  can 
provide  some  information  regarding  skill  and  education  of 
the  people  who  built  the  edifices  which  we  are    now  seeking 
to  restore  and  preserve. 


179 

The  essential  elements  o-f  exhibit  policies  and 
procedures  may,  because  o-f  the  comples  subject,  seem 
discouraging  to  the  very  large  site  struggling  with  a 
minimum  of  -Facilities  and  small  sta-Ff.   The  intention  at  the 
archaeological  site  o-f  Banten  is  to  experiment  with  the  Bite 
Museum  exhibit  in  an  effort  to  approximate  the  policies 
discussed.   For  Old  Banten,  expert  advice  and  assistance 
stand  by  in  the  site  and  can  usually  be  had  -for  the  asking. 
"A  surprising  wealth  o-f  specialized  information  may  be  found 
even  in  a  small  town."20   The  museum  has  come  to  light  as 
the  result  of  work  aimed  at  discovering  details  of 
structures;  its  display  of  artifacts  can  be  studied  by 
scientists,  but  among  the  most  rewarding  museum  activities 
are    those  designed  for  children.   The  benefits  the  children 
receive  from  their  museum  and  site  experiences  are 
recognized  and  appreciated  by  the  parents,  parent  teacher 
associations,  school  authorities,  and  child  welfare 
organizations.   An  organized  program  of  children's 
activities  is  on  of  the  best  ways  of  winning  community 
support.   Therefore,  analysis  of  these  artifacts  has  been 
given  priority  as  the  main  focus  of  a  plan  to  document  the 
life  of  Banten *  s  population  through  material  culture.   All 
restoration  activities  of  Old  Banten  have  the  goal  of 
producing  material  which  will  exhibit  one  aspect  of  the 
Islamic  city's  cultural  identity  in  Indonesia  during  the 
sultanate  period;  it  will  serve  as  an  object  for  cultural 


180 
tour i  sm. 


"From  an  early  stage  of  the  project,  the  Directorate 
has  done  its  best  to  maintain  some  balance  between  the 
presentation  o-f  information  on  Banten's  past  via 
exhibition  o-f  small  objects  as  well  as  restoration  o-f 

the  impressive  monuments These  arti -facts  and  others 

have  been  housed  in  the  Site  Museum  which  was  opened  in 
1984.   this  museum  adds  a  significant  new  dimension  to 
the  infrastructure  now  available  to  make  the  Banten 
project  an  effective  instrument  with  which  to 
communicate  historical  and  cultural  information  to  both 
the  general  public  and  scholars."21 


As  is  true  of  Site  Museum  activities,  success  depends  upon 

ingenuity  and  perseverence.   The  integration  of  Site  Museum 

services  with  school  instruction  is  widely  practiced;  museum 

visits  are    school  assignments,  not  sightseeing  excursions. 

The  field  lecture  during  their  visit  can  be  given  at  the 

Site   Museum's  auditorium.   Follow-up  discussion  and 

assignment  in  the  class-room  will  increase  the  instructional 

value  of  the  visits. 

"Unfortunately,  many  teachers  are    not  aware  of  the 
valuable  instructional  aids  which  may  be  found  in 
museums.   The  class  tour  may  be  directed  by  a  museum 
staff  member  familiar  with  the  class  needs  and  its 
background  in  the  subject  discussed."22 

Old  Banten  hopes  to  become  a  respected  and  popular 
institution,  recognized  as  one  of  the  important  agencies 
devoted  to  furthering  the  cultural  and  educational  interests 
of  its  community  and  tourism.   It  has  the  unique  opportunity 
of  presenting  through  the  use  of  site  and  material 
collections  an  intimate  and  authentic  survey  of  the  origins, 
growth  and  nature  of  the  environment  and  cultural  factors 


181 
that  characterize  the  individuality  of  its  community.   To 
approximate  these  goals  a  number  of  differing  obligations, 
procedures  and  responsibilities  must  be  welded  together  into 
one  active  and  effective  organization.   Old  Banten 
has  not  yet  been  an  example  of  an  endeavor  to  preserve  and 
restore  such  a  large  and  complex  collection  of  architectural 
and  non-architectural  remains.   But  such  conservation 
activities  can  be  presented  to  the  public  as  an  educational 
topic  just  as  derving  of  understanding  as  the  message  of  the 
exhibits,  despite  the  fact  that  they  seem  to  partake  of  a 
different  nature.   One  should  not  attempt  to  design  a  museum 
visit  as  a  history  book,  to  be  read  from  cover  to  cover  in  a 
straight  line,  for  no  visitor  will  sit  still  for  such  a 
structured  experience  of  his  or  her  own  free  will.   Field 
research  or  archaeological  excavation  is  another  side  of 
historic  site  preservation  which  can  become  a  means  to 
attract  and  study  visitors  to  a  site  once  they  ar&    there. 
Furthermore,  John  Miksic  explained  during  the  Seminar  on 
preservation  o-f  historic  sites  of  Banten  that  if  at  all 
possible,  provisions  should  be  made  to  allow  and  encourage 
visitors  to  view  excavations  in  progress,  with  suitable 
security  measures.33   Old  Banten  should  serve  as  a  cultural 
center  of  the  ancient  city,  and  should  combine  visual  and 
performing  arts,  and  art,  history,  and  archaeological 
subject  matter,  in  order  to  reach  a  regional  audience. 
Perhaps  the  way  to  make  this  kind  of  broadened  function 


182 
clear  is  to  examine  some  actual  cases.   We  believe  that 
objects  are    important  and  evocative  survivals  of  human 
civilization  worthy  of  careful  study  and  with  powerful 
educational  impact.   Whether  aesthetic,  documentary,  or 
scientific,  object  tell  much  about  human  condition  and  human 
heri  tage. 


END  NOTES: 


1.  Mundardjito,  Hasan  M.  Ambary,  Hasan  Djafar,  op.  ci  t .  . 
p.  56 

2.  De  Long,  David  G. ,  op.  ci  t ■  .  p.  80 

3.  Tj andrasasmi ta,  Uka  "Preliminary  Report  of  the 
Masterplan  on  Archaeological  Park  of  Banten"  in  Final 
Report,  Seminar  on  Preservation  of  Historic  Sites  of 
Banten,  Jakarta: DPDHAH. ,  1986,  pp.  52-53 

4.  Timon,  Sharon  (ed.),  Preservation  and  Conservation: 
Principle  and  Practices,  Washington  D.C.,  1976,  p. 27 

5.  South,  Stanley,  The  Role  of  the  Archaeologist  in 
Conservation  and  Preservation  Process.  Washington), 
1976,  pp.  35-44 

6.  Bullock,  Orin  M.  Jr.  The  Restoration  Manual.  An 
Illustrated  Guide  to  the  Preservation  and  Restoration 
of  Old  Buildings,  New  York,  1983  p.  12 

7.  Braun,  Hugh,  The  Restoration  of  the  Old  Houses.  London, 
1954  p.  100 

8.  Fitch,  James  Marston,  Historic  Preservation. 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  New  York  1982,  pp.  293-294 

9.  Bullock,  Orin  M.  Jr.  op.  ci t. .  pp.  83-84 

10.  Insall,  Donald  W.  The  Csrs    of  Old  Buildings,  A 
Practical  Guide  for  Architects  and  Owners,  London,  1958 
pp.  28-32 

11.  Rothschild,  Lingcoln,  Style  in  Art,  London  1960,  p.  61 

12.  Day,  Clive,  The  Policy  and  Administration  of  the  Dutch 
in  Java,  London,  1904  p.  69 

13.  Timmons,  Sharon,  op .  ci  t . ,  p.  109 

14.  de  Guichen,  Gael,  The  Documentation  and  Conservation 
Probl ems,  ICCR0M,  Rome,  1981  p.  25  (recopy  in  Bangkok: 
SPFAFA  training,  1982) 

15.  Agrawal  ,  0.  P.  ,  National  Research  Laboratory  for 

183 


184 

Conservation  of  Cultural  Property.  New  Delhi,  1982,  p. 
15 

16.  Janposri,  Kul  panthada,  Conservation  o-f  Ethnographic 
Material .  Bangkok,  1982,  p.  32 

17.  Aranyanak,  Ch.,  Handling  o-f  Museum  Objects.  Bangkok, 
1982  p.  32 

18.  Miksic,  John  N.  ,  "Artifact,  Museum,  and  Urban  Site 
Restoration"  in  Final  Report,  Seminar  on  Preservation 
o-f  Historic  Sites  o-f  Banten.  Jakarta:  DPDHAH.,pp.  55-56 

19.  De  Long,  David  8.,  "Travel  Report"  in  Ibid. .  p.  24 

20.  Buthe,  Carl  E.  So  You  Want  a  Good  Museum.  A  Guide  to 
the  Management  o-f  Small  Museums.  (Research  Associate  to 
the  American  Association  of  Museums,  Publications,  New 
Series  No.  17  1957,  p.  29) 

21.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  ci  t .  .  pp.  57-58 

22.  Guthe,  Carl  E. ,  op.  ci t . .  p. 30 

23.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  op.  ci  t . .  pp.  59 


CHAPTER  F I VE : CONCLUS I DN 
5.1  The  Chronology  of  Banten' s  Evolution 

According  to  chronicles,  on  October  S,  1526,  the  city 
was  moved  -from  Banten  Girang  to  Banten  Lor  (13  km  to  the 
north)  initially  on  the  orders  of  Maulana  Hasanuddin's 
father  Syarif  Hi  day at ul 1  ah  (Sunan  Gunung  Jati ) .   Building 
was  supervised  first  by  Sultan  Maulana  Hasanuddin 
(1552-1570)  and  his  son  Maulana  Yusuf  (1570-1585),  who 
commanded  the  city  and  its  walls  be  "bata  Kalawan  kawis" 
(Javanese),  this  means  "built  of  brick  and  stone".   The 
classic  configuration  of  mosque,  palace,  square,  market,  and 
harbour  a.re    already  present.   Tasikardi  lake  has  been 
erected  by  Maulana  Yusuf.1 

Between  1570—1596,  Banten  has  been  encircled  by  a 
masonry  wall  and  is  internally  divided  into  fenced 
compounds.   A  canal  has  been  cut  bringing  the  Banten  River 
into  the  city.   During  this  period,  the  city  has  continued 
to  grow.   According  to  Cornells  de  Houtman,  (who  arrived 
here  in  Banten  on  June  23,  1596),  "this  city  looks  like 
Amsterdan".2  (see  ill.  40a)    The  city  has  grown  between 
1596  and  1659,  requiring  the  extension  of  canals  and  walls. 
The  city— wall  facing  the  sea  has  been  strengthened  with 
bastions  and  bulwarks.   The  market— place  of  Krangantu 
located  (still  outside  of  the  city-wall)  to  the  east 
mouth  of  Banten  River  has  been  given  a  wall  of  its  own.   To 

185 


Illustration  no»**0  a. 


185-A 


BANTEN 


A  HYPOTHETICAL 
RECONSTRUCTION   OF 
THE   ISLAMIC  CITY 
OF   BANTEN      " 
INDONESIA 

HALWANY  MICHROB 


HISTORIC   PRESERVATION 

UNIVERSITY    OF 

PENNSYLVANIA     1987 


BANTEN,  1596 


'.  reiver/  Canals 


TXity-walT 


:   Coast-line 


Harbour/Bazar 


SCALE 


NORTH 


LEGEND 


15S6 


165S 


1S70 


1725 


175S 


1S02 


1S87 


REGIONAL   CONTEXT! 


|  Bar>tc-i 


SOURCES 


186 
the  west  a  walled  compound  for  -Foreigners  has  been  built. 
According  to  Cortemunde,  to  the  west  of  this  city  are    "de 
Europaeiske  loger  og  Ki neserkvarter "  (Danish).   In  English, 
this  means  "the  European  lodgings  and  the  Chinese  quarter". 
Some  canals,  city-walls  and  roads  are    shifting.3  (see  ill. 
40  b)    After  two  centuries,  between  1659-1725,  the  city  has 
continued  to  grow.   Now  the  canals  have  been  added,  older 
ones  filled  in  both  the  foreigner's  compound  (to  be  "a  new 
town")  and  the  eastern  market  have  grown  considerably.   The 
encircling  fortress  wall  has  now  been  completed.   Although 
not  portrayed  in  Valentijn's  map,  the  Dutch  have  added  a 
stronghold  fortress  (Speelwijk)  in  the  northwest  corner 
facing  the  sea.   The  city-walls  and  canals  are    shifting.* 

Between  1725-1759,  the  extensions  of  the  road  and  the 
canal  systems  now  have  been  made  to  create  moats  around  the 
Burosowan  Palace  and  the  Dutch  fortress.   The  canal  which 
curves  towards  the  suspension  bridge  ( jembatan-rante)  has 
been  straightened  to  the  east  through  the  south  part  of 
Karangantu  market.   According  to  Heydt's  map,  it  portrays 
the  process  of  shifting  of  the  city  planning  (the  aspect  of 
architecture,  canals,  roads,  and  city-walls).   Through 
analysis  of  ancient  maps  and  remote  sensing,  we  try  to 
detect  a  shift  in  stylistic  orientations,  for  Old  Banten. 
The  extension  of  the  Dutch  buildings,  accomplished  in  1751 
when  the  revolt  was  quelled,  served  mainly  to  solidify  the 
poition  of  the  Dutch  company  and  reaffirm  Banterrs 


BANTEN 


186-A 


A  HYPOTHETICAL 
RECONSTRUCTION   OF 
THE   ISLAMIC   CITY 
■     OF   BANTEN 
INDONESIA 

HALWANY  MICHROB 


HISTORIC   PRESERVATION 

UNIVERSITY   OP 

PENNSYLVANIA     1987 


BaNTEN,  1659 

r^ld/  new  Canal  j 


:  City-walls 


Coast-lino 


:  Market-jblace 


SCALE 


NORTH 


LEGEND 


15S6 


165S 


1670 


1725     ! 


175S 


LS02 


1SS7 


_    .  185-B 

BANTEN 


187 

weakness.3  (se  ill.  40d  and  40e) 

After  Stavorinus'  visit  of  1769,  no  other  sources 

mention  the  development  of  this  city.   According  to 

Breughel,  who  wrote  in  1787,  there  were  some  warehouses  and 

a  jail,  also  a  pendopo  with  a  platform  ten  to  twelve  feet 

high  crowded  onto  the  alun-alun.   The  residential  quarters 

of  the  indigenous  inhabitants  of  the  city  do  not  seem  to 

have  changed  very  much,  only  a  few  houses  had  tile  roofs  at 

this  time.   In  1795  thepopul ati on  of  the  Banten  distict  was 

estimated  at  90,000  out  of  a  total  populaiton  for  all  Java 

of  3.5  million.   There  was  still  a  kampung  Arab  between 

Karangantu  and  Surosowan  Palace,  but  by  this  time  4/5  of  the 

Chinese  houses  were  said  to  be  empty.   The  economic 

attraction  of  Batavia  was  too  strong,  Banten  was  being 

reduced  to  the  status  of  a  provincial  settlement.   The 

political  and  military  events  of  the  Napoleonic  wars, 

British  occupation,  and  also  reimposition  of  Dutch  rule  took 

their  course,  so  that  the  settlement  gradually  declined  to 

the  status  of  a  village,  and  burned  in  1808-1809.   The  city 

of  Banten  is  gone  for  ever,  except  to  mention  that  Kaibon 

was  built  as  a  kraton  in  1815  for  Sultan  Rafiuddin's  mother, 

and  again,  destroyed  in  1832  by  the  Dutch,  and  its  bricks 

and  other  materials  robbed  for  construction  in  Serang.   In 

1893  Serrurier  visited  and  sketch  Banten,  and  published 

these  sketches  in  1902. *  (see  ill.  40f ) 


BANTEN 


A   HYPOTHETICAL 

RECONSTRUCTION   OR 

THE   ISLAMIC   CITY  ' 

OF   BANTEN 

INDONESIA 

HALWANY  MICHROB 


BANTEN ' 


A  HYPOTHETICAL 

RECONSTRUCTION   OF1 

THE  ISLAMIC  CITY 

■    OF  "BANTEN    "" 

INDONESIA 

HALWANY  MICHROB 


HISTORIC  PRESERVATION 

UNIVERSITY   OF 

PENNSYLVANIA      IS87 


HI.    no.   hCim 


BANTEN, 1759 


&V  :   New  Canals 


,:  Fortresses 


:   Old  fioad 


New  -tioad 


SCALE 


NORTH 


LEGEND 


15S6 


165S 


1670 


1725 


175S 


LS02 


1S87 


REGIONAL   CONTEXT' 


SOURCES 


187-C 


BANTEN 


A   HYPOTHETICAL 
RECONSTRUCTION    OF1 
THE   ISLAMIC   CITY 
"    OF   BANTEN 
INDONESIA 

HALWANY   MICHROB 


HISTORIC  PRESERVATION 

UNIVERSITY   OF 

PENNSYLVANIA     H87 


BANTEN,   1902 

■m  :   Coast-line 

:~E£dns  of  City- 
Mall  , 
:  New  Roads 


NORTH 


188 
5.2   The  Present  Site  of  Old  Banten 

The  present  site  is  known  by  "Banten  Lama"  or  Old 
Banten  (10  km  north  of  Serang).   Banten  is  now  an  abandoned 
ruin.   Only  the  canal  system,  palace  walls,  kraton  Kaibon, 
Speelwijk,  and  some  meagre  port  facilities  are    left 
standing,  (see  ill.  40g)   According  to  Serrurier,  a  map  of 
Old  Banten  which  was  published  in  1902  had  been  made  some 
time  after  1879.   Serrurier,  the  curator  of  the  ethnographic 
collection  of  the  Batavian  Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences  (the 
forerunner  of  the  present  Indonesian  National  Museum) 
obtained  it  from  the  Resident  of  Banten  in  1893  to  orient 
himself  during  a  visit  to  this  site.   It  divides  the  site 
into  33  kampunqs  and  gives  other  landmarks  as  well.   The 
Dutch  scholar,  Brandes,  found  the  outline  of  the  map 
"unreliable",  but  agreed  that  the  names  given  to  the  various 
divisions  of  the  settlement  were  useful  as  indications  of 
which  groups  had  inhabited  various  areas.   The  first 
restoration  of  Banten  began  in  1915  and  lasted  until  1930, 
and  was  initiated  by  the  Dutch  government,  but  did  not 
mention  any  shifting  of  the  site  chronologically,  especially 
the  canals  and  city-walls.   The  restoration  and  preservation 
of  Old  Banten  continued  by  the  Indonesian  government  began 
in  1945,  and  carries  on  today.   Themain  problem  is  that  some 
ruins  and  sites  are    scattered,  but  still,  we  try  to  plan  to 
develop  this  site  as  an  "Archaeological  Park  of  Old 


i— >  i — i  I  Ni    I    CI  M 

■     1884-   | 

A  HYPOTHETICAL   | 
RECONSTRUCTION   OF 
THE   ISLAMIC  CITY 
""  "    OF'BANTEN    "~ 
INDONESIA 

HALWANY  MICHROB 


HISTORIC  PRESERVATION 

UNIVERSITY   OP 

PENNSYLVANIA     RB7 


BAN'MJ,  I987  . 


New  Canals 


:  Fortresses 


Coast-line 


,:  New  Villages 


SCALE 


NORTH 


3B0  METRES 


LEGEND 


15SS 


165S 


. 1S70 


1725 


175S 


LS02 


1S87 


REGIONAL   CONTEXT; 


SOURCES 


189 
Banten" . T 

5.3  A  Master  Plan  of  Old  Banten 

According  to  the  geological  map,  the  present  site  is 
between  1-25  meters  above  sea-level,  with  a  27.  slope.   The 
land  rises  to  25  to  100  meters  in  elevation  at  Banten 
Girang,  to  the  south,  with  slopes  of  2  to  57..   Banten 
experiences  heavy  rain-fall,  averaging  1840  mm  (72  inches  per 
year  and  its  average  temperature  is  26-27C.   The  site  has 
been  subjected  to  repeated  flooding  and  the  deposition  of 
silt  since  the  time  of  the  sultanate.   In  1883, 
Krakatoa  exploded  and  deposited  as  much  as  two  inches  of 
volcanic  dust.° 

A  masterplan  of  the  archaeological  park  of  Banten  is  a 
must,  if  successful  restoration  is  to  be  achieved. 
Hyupothetical  formulations  of  the  urban  plan  at  various 
periods;  seeking  parallels  in  other  cities;  revising  it  as 
new  information  becomes  available,  thus  this  plan  ccan  help 
identify  areas  to  be  held  in  open  reserve.   This  sites, 
generally  is  still  preserved,  with  some  of  architectural 
foundations  buried  under-ground.   A  masterplan  will  help 
plan  for  excavation  in  the  long-term  future,  with  some  areas 
he?ld  in  reserve  for  the  use  of  specific  villages,  with 
permission  of  the  Directorate  of  Protection  and  Development 
of  Historical  and  Archaeological  Remains. 


END  NOTES 


Djajadiningrat ,  Critische  beschouwi nqen  over  de 
Sadjarah  Banten.  A  dissertation.  Haarlem,  1913  (also 
Babad  Banten.  pupuh  XXII) 

Mollema,  J.  C.  ,  De  Eerste  Schipvaart  der  Hollanders 
Naar  Qost-Indie  1595-1597's  Gravenhage:  M.  Nijhoff , 
1936  (see  also  Rouf aer,  G.  P.De  Eerste  Schipvaart  der 
Nederlanders  Naar  Post  Indiender  Cornells  de  Houtman 
1595-1597'  s  Gravenhage:  Martinus  Nijho-f-f,  1915) 

Cortemunde,  A-f .  J.  P.  Daqboq  Fra  en  Qstindi  e-f  art 
1672-75. ved  Hinning  Hinningsen,  Handels  Og 
Sof artsmuseet,  Pa  Kronborg,  1953  (Danish,  day-book  -from 
East  Indies,  between  1672-1675)  pp.  90-129 

Valentijn,  Francois,  Pud  en  Niew  Post  Indien.  III. 
Uitgegeven  door  Dr.  Keyser 7 s  Gravengage,  fl858  (cf. 
Laurens  van  der  Hem  1621-78.   See  also  Anthony  Reid, 
"Southeast  Asian  Cities  be-fore  Col  on  i  al  i  sm  "  ,  JSAS .  1985, 
pp.  144-149) 

Heydt,  J.  W. ,  "Al 1 ernuester  Geographisch  und 
Topographer  Schau-platz  van  Africa  Und  Cost  Indien", 
1759 

Serrurier  S.  H.  L.  "Kaart  van  Oud  Bantam  (Banten)  in 
greedheid  gebracht  door  1900"  (a  map  o-f  Pld  Banten 
which  was  made  sometime  after  1879,  and  published  by 
Serrurier  in  1902).   See  also  John  Miksic,  "The 
Archaeological  Site  o-f  Pld  Banten"  unpublished 
manuscript  (c-f.  Breughel,  1787),  Site  Museum,  Banten 
1985. 

Ambary,  Hasan  M.  ,  "A  Preliminary  Report  o-f  the  Urban 
Site  of  Banten"  SPAFA  workshop  on  Archaeology.  Bangkok, 
1977.   See  also,  Nundardjito  (ed.)  Laporan  Penelitian 
Arkeol ogi .  no.  18,  1978 

Sutikno  (ed. ) ,  Pengi nderaan  Jauh  untuk  Pemetaan 
Terinteqrasi  Kepurbakal aan  Banten  dan  Jepara, 
Yogyakarta:  Fakultas  Geografi  Universitas  Gad  j  ah  flada, 
1984 


190 


BRIEF  CHRONOLOGY  OF  OLD  BANTEN 

A-  Chronology  of  Kings  and  Kingdoms 

No.   Name  o-f  King         Name  o-f  Kingdom      Location/ 

Time-period  Site 

1.  Devavarman  (Sr.)     Tiao-pien  (Ch.)      South 

(Argabinta)  Banten 

130-168  A.D. 

2.  Purnawarman  (Sr.)    Tarumanagara         Bogor  and 

395-434  A.D.  Banten 

3.  Rajaputara  <Sr.)     Salakanagara  (?)     Pandeglang 

4.  (?)  Kosala  (?)  Lebak 

5.  (?)  Legon  (?)  Serang 

6.  Wisnuwarman  (Sr.)    Taruma,  437  A.D.      (?) 

7.  Sili(h)wangi  (Sr.)   Pajajaran  Bogor  and 

(Mundingwangi  or     1482-1579  A.D.       Banten 
Prabu  Sepuh) 

8.  Sunan  Gunungjati  Pioneer  o-f  the  Old  Banten 
(Jr.)  or  Syari-f  Banten's  Islamic  and  Banten 
Hiadayat  'ullah  Kingdom,  1525  A.D.  Girang 
(Ar.  ) 

9.  Sultan  Maul  ana       (Islamic  kingdom     Old  Banten 
Hasanuddin  (Ar.)     o-f  Banten 

or  Panembahan         (Surosowan) ) 
Surosowan  (Kr.)       1552-1570  A.D. 

10.  Sultan  Maulana       Banten  Old  Banten 
Yusu-f  (Ar.)           1570-1580 

Pakalangan  Gede 
(Kr.  ) 

11.  haul  ana  Muhammad     Banten  Old  Banten 
(Ar.)  Pangeran       1580-1596 

Ratu  ing  Banten 
( Kr .  ) 

12.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Old  Banten 
Ma-fachir              1596-1640 

Mahmud  Abdul - 
Kadir  Kenari  (Ar.) 


191 


192 

13.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Old  Banten 
Ma'ali  Achmad        1640-1651 

Kenari  ( Ar . ) 

14.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Old  Banten 
Fathi  Abdul          1651-1672 

Fattah  <Ar.) 
or  Sultan 
Agung  Tirtayasa 
( Kr .  ) 

15.  Sultan  Abun  Banten  Old  Banten 
'Nasr  Abdul           1672-1687 

Kohar  (Ar. ) 
or  Sultan 
Haji 

16.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Old  Banten 
Fadal  (Ar.)           1687-1733 

Pangeran  Ratu 
( Kr .  ) 

17.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Old  Banten 
Mahasin  Zainul       1733-1750 

Abidin  (Ar. ) 
or  Pangeran 
Dipati  (Kr. ) 

18.  Sultan  Syari-fuddin   Banten  Old  Banten 
Ratu  Wakil            1750-1752 

(Ar.  and  Kr. ) 

19.  Sultan  Muhammad      Banten  Old  Banten 
Wasi '  Zainul          1752-1753 

• Alimin  (Ar . ) 

20.  Sultan  Muhammad      Banten  Old  Banten 
•'Ari-f  Zainul          1752-1773 

Asyikin  (Ar. ) 

21.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Old  Banten 
Ma-Fachir              1773-1801 

Muhammad  7  Al i  u 
'ddin  (Ar.) 

22.  Sultan  Abun  Banten  Old  Banten 
'Nasr  Muhammad        1801 

Muchyiddin  (Ar.) 
Zainul  Soldi  chin 

23.  Sultan  Muhammad      Banten  Old  Banten 
Ishak  Zainul          1801-1803 


19; 


Muttaqin  (Ar. ) 


24.  Sultan  Wakil  Banten  Old  Banten 
Pangeran  1803 

Natawijaya  (Kr.or 
Ar.  ) 

25.  Sultan  Abul  Banten  Did  Banten 
Mafachir  1803-1808 

Muhammad 

Aqi 1 uddin  (Ar . ) 

26.  Sultan  Wakil  Banten  Old  Banten 
Pangeran  1808-1809 

Suramanggala  <Kr.) 

27.  Sultan  Muhammad  Banten  Old  Banten 
Sya-fiu  'ddin  (Ar.)  1809-1813 

28.  Sultan  Muhammad  Banten  Old  Banten 
Ra-Fiu  'ddin  (Ar.)  1813-1815 


(Ar.)  =Arabic  name 

(J. )  =Javanese  name 

(Kr.)  =Krama;  high  Javanese  title 

<S. )  =Sundanese  nick— name 

(Sr.)  =Sanskrit  nick=name 

SOURCES  TO  KINGS 

1.  Chatter jee,  Bijan  Ray,  India  and  Java.  Calcutta  Greater 
Indian  Society  Bulletin,  1933,  p.  1  (no.  5,  cited  -from 
Chinese  Chronicle) 

2.  Stone  inscription,  Munjul,  Banten 

3.  Sundanese  chronicles  (West  Java  Museum),  Bandung,  1985, 
no.  e.  15 

4.  Ibid,  collected  by  Atja,  p.  e.  17 

5.  Ibid,  collected  by  Atja,  p.  e.  25 

6.  Ibid,  collected  by  Atja,  p.  e.  29 

7.  Atja,  Ratu  Pakuan.  Bandung.  1970,  pp.  15-16 

8.  Ambary  Hasan  M. ,   (ed.)  Hari  Jadi  Kabupaten  Serang, 
1985,  p. 11 

9.  Mundardjito  (ed.)  Berita  Penelitian  ArkeoloQi.  Jakarta, 


194 
1978,  no.  IB  (cf.  A j i p  Ismail). 
10.   Ibid,  (from  no.  10  until  no.  28) 

Guide  to  Further  Reading 

1.  "Final  Report,  Seminar  on  Preservation  of  Historic 
Sites  of  Banten"  The  Ford  Foundation  Project  for  the 
Conservation  and  Development  of  Site  Museum  of  Banten, 
August  29-September  6,  1986,  Jakarta:  Directorate  of 
Protection  and  Development  of  Historical  and 
Archaeological  Heritage,  Directorate  General  of 
Culture,  1986 

2.  Moertono,  Soemarsaid,  State  and  Statecraft  in  Old  Java. 
Monograph  Series  (Publication  No.  42,  Revised  Edition), 
Ithaca,  New  York:  Southeast  Asia  Program,  Cornell 
University,  1981 

3.  Tj andrasasmi ta,  Uka,  Sultan  Aqunq  Tirtayasa  Musuh  Besar 
Kompeni  Belanda,  Jakarta;  Nusalarang,  1974 


B.   Dutch  Residents  o-f  the  Banten  Residency 

City  o-f 
Name  o-f  Resident  Year       Residency 


1.  J.  de  Bruijen  wi  1817-1818  Serang 

2.  Vas  Wit  1818-1819  Serang 

3.  J.  de  Puij  1819  Serang 

4.  J.  H.  Pobias  1819-1921  Serang 

5.  P.  Van  de  Poel                 .  1821-1822  Serang 

6.  A.  A.  de  Malurda  1822-1827  Serang 

7.  F.  H.  Sinulders  1827-1835  Serang 

8.  T.  L.  Hora  Siecama  1835-1839  Serang 

9.  C.  F.  Coldinan  1839-1843  Serang 

10.  D.  A.  Bruijn  1843-1851  Serang 

11.  C.  A.  E.  Wiger  1851-1855  Serang 

12.  C.  F.  Brest  van  Kemper  1855-1857  Serang 

13.  C.  F.  de  Lanoy  1857-1862  Serang 

14.  0.  van  Polanen  Petel  1862-1865  Serang 

15.  J.  H.  vander  Palm  1865-1872  Serang 

16.  B.  van  Baak  1872-1874  Serang 

17.  F.  E.  P.  van  der  Boasch  1874-1877  Serang 

18.  W.  F.  van  Andel  1877-1878  Serang 

19.  J.  P.  Metman  1878-1881  Serang 

20.  A.  J.  Span  1881-1884  Serang 

21.  E.  A.  Engerbrecht  1884-1888  Serang 

22.  J.  A.  Velders  1888-1892  Serang 

23.  B.  H.  H.  Reven  Waay  1892-1893  Serang 

195 


196 


24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 


34. 


36. 
37. 


J.  A.  Velders 

J.  A.  Herdeman 

F.  R.  Svenduyn 

C.  W.  A.  van  Rinsum 

H.  L.  C.  B.  Vlenten 

Byl evel d 

W.  C.  Time 

C.  Caune 

J.  C.  Bedding 

de  Vries 

F.  G.  Put man  Cramer 

J.  S.  de  Kanter 

A.  M.  van  der  Els 

Coert 


1893-1895 

1895-1906 

1906-1911 

1911-1913 

1913-1916 

1916-1918 

1918-1920 

1920-1921 

1921-1915 

1925 

1925-1931 

1931-1933 

1933-1939 

1939-1942 


Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 
Serang 


Guide  to  Further  Reading 

1.  Tubasus,  A.  Sastrasuganda,  "Tjatan  Desdjarah 
Perdjoangan  Rakjat  Banten"  unpublished  manuscript, 
Serang:   Kantor  Kebudajaan,  1964,  p.  64 

2.  Kartodirjo,  Sartono,  The  Peasants'  Revolt  o-f  Banten  in 
1888,  the  Hague:  Nijhof-f,  1966 

3.  Hatta,  Mohammad,  Past  and  Future,  Ithaca,  New  York: 
Cornell  Modern  Indonesian  Project  Publications,  No.  22, 
1960  (out  o-f  print) 

4.  Williams,  Michael  C. ,  Sickle  and  Crescent:  The 
Communist  Revolt  of  1926  in  Banten,  Ithaca,  New  York: 
Cornell  Modern  Indonesian  Project  Southeast  Asia 
Program  1982. 


GLOSSARY 


adipati   —   high  title,  rank 

agus   —   title  for  Jong,  one  of  the  two  Bantenses  Moslems 

duri  ng 

the  period  of  Sultan  Hasanuddin  (see  also  Mas) 
agama   —   religion 
ageng   —   big 
alun-alun   —   open  square  before  the  residence  of  a  high 

di  gni tary 
asra,a   —   hermitage 

babad   —   to  clear  (woods);  history;  chronicle 

baluwarti   —   city  wall 

bandar   —   tol 1  stop 

Bantam   —   see  Banten 

Banten   —   name  of  Islamic  kingdom  or  capital  city 

of  Banten,  from  the  word  (hypothetical  system  of 

terminology)  wahanten  meaning  river,  or 
katiban-i nten  meaning  to  have  an  inten- 
(diamond)  fall,  another  word  is  from  bantahan 
meaning  protest  or  contri di cti on;  some  people 
especially  foreigners  since  the  16th 

century  qualify  "Bantam"  as  meaning  strong 
bata   —   brick 
Batavia   —   name  of  a  city  during  Dutch  period  (now  it  is 

Jakarta,  capital  of  Indonesian  Republic) 
batawi   —   local  expression  for  Batavia 
bazar   —   or  pasar  means  market 

belaraja   —   or  balaraja  means  Banten  borders  on  Batavia 
during  past  century;  king's  army 

desa   —   Javanese  or  Sundanese  village 

dewa   —   deity 

dipati   —   see  adipati 

firasat   —   physiognomy 
fitrah   —   clean 

gamelan   —   Javanese  or  Sundanese  orchestra 

fawe   —   to  build 

gede   —   big 

gusti   —   master,  lord 

hadist   —   Moslem  tradition,  theological  interpretation; 

Prophet  Muhammad's  speech 
hyang   —   title  of  a  deity 

islam   —   religion;  Mohammedan 
istana   —   palace;  castle 

197 


198 


Jakarta   —   capital  city  since  Pangeran  Jayakarta  led  there 
Jayakarta   —   name  of  Pangeran  during  sultanate  period 

kadigdayan   —   immunity  to  weapons  or  magic  spells 
kadipaten   —   adipati's  territory 

kafekihan   —   or  kapekihan  means  "Priests'  quarter" 
kagongan   —   quarter  where  the  gamelan  might  be  played; 
industrial  quarter  or  musical  (gong  means 
musical  instrument)  -factory;  quarter  of  smiths 
Kaibon   —   name  o-f  palace  or  castle  in  which  Sultan 

Mohammad  Rafiuddin's  mother  (Ratu  Aisyah)  lived 
kaloran   —   named  after  Pangeran  Lor  who  once  lived  there 
kamandalikan   —   named  after  Pangeran  Mandal i ka  who  once 

1 i  ved  there 
kapandean   —   quarter  of  smiths 

kapuban   —   named  after  Pangeran  Puba  who  once  lived  there 
karadenan   —   quarter  for  high  society 
karangantu   —   name  of  harbour,  karang  means  coral  or  rock; 

antu  means  ghost 
kasantrian   —   Santri's  quarter  (santri  means  religious 

student ) 
kasemen   —   field  for  plantation  of  tamarind  trees;  quarter 

of  farmers 
kasunyatan   —   quarter  of  the  Saints 
kawangsan   —   named  after  Pangeran  Wangsa  who  once  lived 

there 
kebalen   —   quarter  of  officers  (bale  means  office) 
kenari   —   name  of  tree  or  fruit;  name  of  Sultan;  named 
after  sultans  (Sultan  Abul  Mafakhir  Abdul  Kadir 
and  Sultan  Abul  Ma'ali  Akhmad)  who  once  lived 
there 
kraton   —   or  keraton  means  the  palace  of  Ratu  or  Sultan 
kuta   —   city  (kota) 

langengmaita   —   concubines'  settlements 

1 °r   —   north;  name  of  Pangeran  during  sultanate  period 
lorodenok   —   or  laradenok  means  beautiful  woman;  name  of 
fountain  or  courtyard  in  the  center  of 
Surosowan  palace, 
lurah   —   master,  lord 

madrasah   —   (arabic)  chool ;  religious-teaching  place 
maidan   —   (arabic)  open  square 

mandala   —   territorial  circle  of  political  influence 
mandal ika   —   name  of  Pangeran  during  sultanate  period 
mas   —   or  premas  is  the  title  of  high  society  in  Banten. 
According  to  tradition  (babad),  Jong  and  Ju  were 
matris  of  Pucuk  Umum  who  led  Banten  during  the 
Hindu-Pajajaran  period,  Jong  andJu  became  moslems, 
and  Sultan  Hasanuddin  gave  them  titles,  "agas"  for 
Jong,  and  "mas"  for  Ju. 


:  =  = 

michrob   —   nich  in  mosque-wall  (directed  to  Mecca) 

mi  mbar  —   plat-form 

muadsin   —   larabic)  means  one  who  calls  -for  praying 

munara  —   or  menara,  means  minaret  or  tower 

natawijava   —   name  o-f  Pangeran  who  once  became  Sultan 
nur   —   light,  divine  light 

pabean   —   quarter  o-f  export  and  import  duties  o-f-fice 

zaz£bangan   —   named  a-fter  Fangeran  Gebang  who  once  lived 

c~£^£ 

pajajars-   —   name  o-f  Sundanese  kingdom  during  Hindu  period 

pakalanga~   —   Ls^ze  ::=--5:.s-5 

pakoewon   —   or  pakwan  means  palace  (-from  the  word  "paku", 

-ame  o-f  a  tree) 
pakojan   —   Quarter  of  the  Ko  j  as  and  other  -foreign  Asians 
pa»a-:zs_   —   quarter  o-f  the  marica  (pepper)  warehouses 

(other  types  o-f  warehouses  were  also  there) 
pancanit:   —   -five— path;  main  plat-form  used  -for  playing 

;fi! =- 
pangeran   —   prince:  lord 
pawilahan   —   quarter  o-f  the  craftsmen  who  made  small 

articles  o-f  bamboo  -for  -z-5£hold 
pekarungan   —   quarter  o-f  the  craftsmen  who  made  pepper— bag 
peseban   —   or  paseban  means  a  meeting  place;  square  in 

■front  of  palace 
penembahan   —   or  panembahan  means  veneration 
z~~  ;  a^  :  -  ;  =  "   —   *:=-£--£-"=  z-s-~z°^ 

pesantren   —   institution  for  Moslem  religious  institution 
:.£■!  =  -   --   :-=':  =  ',  :e:r=e 
pondc'.   —   boaring  house  (of  pesantren) 
prabu   —   title  of  the  king 

Z -  5 J  =    --    Z  ~  £   =  Z  a  Z  £ 

:'  =  ::•   --   :.;  :e  z -     zzzz-_z-=~£lL  .%  z  -  •  e  -  =   •-•  ~  z  -  =  z e 
:-;-.-.  .  Little  zups,  with  or  without  feet,  froa 
.-.  -  :  z  -  -  =  z:z:_=  .s  a  =  z  a  •  a  -    a  -  z  ~  -  :  z  ~     a  •-  =  a  z :  1  1 
found  az  z_.=_  -b-;b~z       an  island  5  mile  north 

z-  Zlz  :-a-:=- 

z  •"  i  •.  a  .  :   —   z  ~  =  -  :  _  z  "  =  z--iz:aL=.  -  z  —  :  "  z    ~.~  a  r;_:e-s5e 


pulau       —       island     (many    islands    which    are    situated 

surrounding    Bant en    bay,     such    as    Pulau    Panjang, 
Pulau    Dua,     Pulau    Lima,     etc) 

Z.-11&-&       —       :--::: =1 =    _zz     z-    ~zz1e    zlzzz 
z  _  •■  z  =       --        .  £  -  .     z'.  z       a  -  z~  a :  =  -     :     -  a  -  e    z  -     =r-;a--5- 
z_-za-.  ala       —       :  -     z 1 zaaz    z:  ~~ ,     a^z~  ai z 
;  _  a  a     a        —       -  z  1  .     :--£•■  :z  =  z     z  z  _•  £  z  z  s 


200 

ratu   —   king  or  queen 

ratu  ing  Banten   —   king  o-f  Banten 

sabil   —   war  to  propogate 
sabrang   —   -foreign  country 

sahbandar   —   or  syahbandar  means  harbourmaster 
seba   —   come  to  audience 
sejarah   —   history 
senapati   —   commander-in-chief 

speelwijk   —   Dutch  fortress  made  by  Hendrick  Lukasz 
Kardeel ;  named  during  Governor  General 
Speelman  time  o-f  o-f-fice  at  Batavia 
sukadiri   —   own  pleasure;  new  settlements  near  (southern 

part  o-f)  Surosowan  palace 
sultan   —   (arabic)  king 

sunan   —   title  o-f  a  king  or  that  o-f  wal  i 
surosowan   —   palace  used  -for  21  sultans  during  Islamic 

period  (see  brief  chronology  of  Old  Banten) 
susuhunan   —   family's  formation 
svadarma   —   (Sanskrit)  destination 

tapa   —   ascetic  practice 

tatu   —   from  ratu,  name  given  to  Sultan's  daughters 

tiyamah   —   (arabic)  from  tihamah,  the  building  annex  south 
of  the  Grand  Mosque  made  by  Hendrick  Lukasz 
Kardeel;  name  of  town  outside  Mecca  during 
Prophet  Muhammad  period 

tirtayasa   —   title  for  Sultan  Abul  Fathi  Abdul  Fattah 
(tirta  means  water,  yasa  is  artificial, 
tirtayasa  means  irrigation) 

tuan   —   sir,  mister 

tubagus   —   title  for  Sultan's  sons 

turunan   —   descendant  (raja)  of  kings 

wahyu   —   divine  token  of  greatest  and  honor 
wedana   —   district  officer 
wong   —   man 

ziarah   —   visit  to  grave,  pilgrimage 

zikir   —   recitation 

zulhijjah   —   twelfth  month  (of  Moslem  year) 

zulqoidah   —   eleventh  month  (of  Moslem  year) 

zulvikar   —   (arabic)   written  on  "Ki  Amuk"  holy  cannon. 

The  high  medallion  on  the  top  of  the  barrel, 
with  Arabic  inscriptions.   One,  at  the 
touch-hole,  reads:  "la  fata  ilia  "Ali  rudya 
'alaihi  la  saifa  ilia  Zul vi  kar  ilia  huwa  lam 
yakun  lahu  kufuan  ahad."  which  means  "there 
is  no  hero  but  Ali,  Allah  is  pleased  to  give 
him  no  sword  but  Zul vi  kar;  its  equal  does  not 
exist.";  zulvikar  =  two  sided-branch 
of  klewang  (a  short  sword)  possessed  by 


201 


Sayidina 
peri  od. 


Ali  during  the  Prophet  Muhammad1 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


A.  HISTORY 

1.  Arya  Cirebon,  Pangeran,  "Purwaka  Caruban  Nagari  (MS, 
1720)";  unpublished  manuscript,  (Cirebon  Museum,  1982). 

2.  Ambary,  Hasan  Muari-f,  The  Establishment  o-f  Islamic  Rule 
in  Jayakarta.  Jakarta:  Percetakan  Endang,  1975 

3.  Atja,  Tjarita  Purwaka  Tjaruban  Nagari.  Jakarta:  Ikaran 
Keryawan  Museum,  1972 

4.  Berg,  C.  C.  ,  "The  Islamization  o-f  Java",  Studi  a 
Islamica.  Vol.  IV.  1955 

5.  Bosch,  F.  D.  K. ,  "C.  C.  Berg  and  Ancient  Javanese 
History",  Bijdraqen  tot  de  Taal -Land-en  Volkenkunde. 
Vol.  112,  1956 

6.  Brandes,  J.  L.  A.,  and  Rinkes,  D.  A.,  "Babad  Tjerbon", 
TBG. .  LIX  Batavia,  1911 

7.  Cortesao,  Armando,  The  Suma  Oriental  of  Tome  Pires, 
London  :  The  Hakluyt  Society,  1944 

8.  Coulborn,  Rushton,  Feudalism  in  History.  Princeton, 
1956 

9.  De  Graa-ft,  H.  J.,  "Later  Javanese  Sources  and 
Indonesian  Historiography",  An  Introduction  to 
Indonesian  Historiography,  (ed.  Sudjatmoko),  Ithica, 
New  York,  1965 

10.  De  Haarn,  F.  ,  Pri  anqan ,  Batavia  :  Derde  deel  ,  Kol-f  and 
Co.,   1911 

11.  Djafar,  Hasan,  Giri ndrawardhana  Beberapa  Masalah 
Majapahit  Akhir.  Jakarta  :  Yayasan  Dana  Pendidikan 
Buddis  Nalanda,  1978 

12.  Dewantara,  Ki  Hadjar,  Beoe-fening  van  Lettern  en  Kunst 
in  het  Pakoe  Alamsche  geslancht,  Jogakarata,  1931 

13.  Djaj adiningrat ,  Hoesein,  Critische  beschouwi ngen  over 
de  Sadjarah  Banten.  a  dissertation,  Haarlem,  1913 


202 


14.  Ekadjati,  E.  S. ,  "Penyebaran  Agama  Islam  di  Jawa 
Barat",  Sejarah  Jawa  Barat.  Bandung:  Proyek  Penunjang 
Peningkatan  Kebudayaan  Nasional  Propinsi  Jawa  Barat, 
1975 

15.  Geertz,  Clifford,  The  Religion  of  Java.  Glencoe,  III., 
1960 

16.  Gonda,  J. ,  Sanskrit  in  Indonesia.  Nagpur,  1952 

17.  Goven,  Herbert  H.  ,  D.  D.  F.  R.  Assoc,  Asia.  A  Short 
History  from  Earliest  times  to  the  Present  Day.  Boston: 
L.  B.  and  Company,  1936 

IS.  Gunning,  J.  G.  H. ,  Een  Javaansch  qeschrift  uit  de  16e 
eeuw,  Leiden,  1881 

19.  Hageman,  J.,  "Geschi edeni s  der  Soendal anden" ,  TBG. . 
XVI.,  Batavia,  1866 

20.  Haar,  B.  ter . ,  Adat  Law  in  Indonesia.  New  York,  1948 

21.  Hall,  D.  G.  E. ,   (ed),  History  of  Southeast  Asia. 
London,  1955 

22.  Heine-Geldern,  R. ,  "Conceptions  of  State  and  Kingship 
in  Southeast  Asia",  The  Far  Eastern  Quarterly.  Vol.  2 
Nov.  1943 

23.  Hidding,  K.  A.  H. ,  A  Gebruiken  en  Godsdienst  der 
Soendaneezen.  Batavia  1930 

24.  Hooykaas,  Jacoba, "The  Rainbow  in  Ancient  Indonesian 
Religion",  Bijdraqen  tot  de  Tal 1 -Land-en  Vol kenkunde. 
Vol.  112  1956 

25.  Haykal ,  Mohammad  Husayn,  The  Life  of  Muhammad.  (English 
translation  by  Isma'il  Ragi  A.  al  Faruqi ) ,  New  Delhi: 
Zia  Press,  1976 

26.  Iqbal,  Sir  Mohammad,  The  Reconstruction  of  Religious 
Thought  in  Islam.  London,  1954 

27.  James,  William,  The  Varieties  of  Religious  Experience, 
New  York,  1961 

28.  Jansz,  P.,  Javaansch-Neder 1 andsch  Woordenboek. 
Bandoeng,  1906 

29.  Johns,  A.  H. ,  "Sufism  as  a  Category  in  Indonesian 
Literature  and  History",  Journal  of  Southeast  Asian 
History.  Vol.  II.,  July  1961 


204 


SO.   Juynboll,  A.  W.  T. ,  "Kleine  Bijdragen  over  den  Islam  op 
Java"'  Bijdraoen  tot  de  Taal -, Land-en  Volkenkunde  van 
Nederlansch  Indie.  Series  4,  Vol.  VI  (30),  1SS2 

31.  Kern,  R.  A.,  "Het  Javaanse  Rijk  Tjerbon  in  de  eerste 
eeuwen  van  zijn  bestaan",  BK I . 1 1 3 ■  pp.  191-200,  1957 

32.  Lasker,  Bruno,  Human  Bondage  in  Southeast  Asia.  Chanel 
Hill,  1961  ~~ 

33.  Leur,  J.  C.  van,  Indonesian  Trade  and  Society.  The 
Hague,  1955 

34.  Lombard,  Dennys,  De  Sultanat  a  ' At i eh  temps  de' Iskandar 
Muda  1607-1636.  Publication  de  I  Ecole  Francaise 

d' Extreme  Orient,  LXI. 

35.  Marindo,  Hasan  Ambaray,  Halwany  Michrob,  Sejarah 
tentanq  berdinrinya  Taman  Sunyaracii-.  Bandung:  Proyek 
Pemugran  dan  Pemeliharaan  Penenggalan  Sejarah  dan 
Purbakala,  19S1 

36.  Meilink-Roelo-fsz,  M.  A.  P.,  Asian  Trade  and  European 
Influence.  The  Hague 

37.  Meisma,  J.  J.,  "Eene  proklamatie  van  een  Soeltan  van 
Banten",  Bijdraoen  tot  de  Taal-.  Land-en  Volkenkunde 
van  Nederlandsch  Indie.  Series  3,  Vol.  Vi i i ,  1873 

38.  flollema,  J.  C.  ,  De  Eerste  Schipvaart  der  Hollanders 
naar  Oost-Indie  1595-1597.  ' s-Gravenhage:  M.  Nijhoff. 
1936 

39.  Oudemans,  G.  J.,  Javaansch  Wetten.  Jogjakarta,  1897 


40. 


Pereaud,  Th.  G.  TH. ,  Java  in  the  14th  Century.  Tht 
Hague,  Vol.  I-V.  1960-1963 


41.  Ra-f-fles,  Thomas  S.  ,  The  History  o-f  Java.  Vol.1  ?/  II, 
London  1817 

42.  Rinkes,  D.  A.,  "Babad  Tjirebon"  VBG.  Vol  LIX 

43.  Roorda,  T. ,  Javaansch-Nederl andsch  Handwoordenboek. 
Amsterdam,  1901 

44.  Rosenthatl,  E.  I.  J.,  Political  Thought  in  Medieval 
Islam.  Cambridge,  1962 

45.  Rouf-faer,  G.  P.,  De  Eerste  Schipvaart  der  Nederlanders 
N^ar    Post  Indiender  Cornells  de  Houtman  1595-1597' s. 


46. 


205 

Bravenhage:  Martinus  Nijhof-f,  1915 

Sartono,  K.  <ed. )  ,  The  Indonesian  History.  (Sejarah 
Nasional   Indonesia),  Vol.  III.,  Jakarta,  1975 


47.  Sidi  Ibrahim,  B.,Kerajaan  Banten.  Jakarta:  IKIP. ,  1974 

48.  Setiawati,  "A  Mission  of  Two  Ambassadors  -from  Banten  to 
London  1682  A.D."  Jakarta:  Yayasan  Kanisus,  1975 

49.  Soebadio,  Haryati ,  Dynamics  o-f  Indonesian  History. 
Amsterdam,  1978 

50.  Setterheim,  W.  F.  ,  "The  Meaning  o-f  Hindu-Javanese 
Candi",.  Journal  o-f  the  American  Oriental  Society,  vol. 
51  No.  1  March,  1931 

51.  Uka  Tjandrasasmita,  Sultan  Aqun  Tirtavasa  musuh  besar 
Kompeni  Belanda.  Jakarta:  Yayasan  Nusalarang,  1974 

52.  Valentijn,  Francois,  Pud  en  Nieuw  Post  Indiend.  III. 
Uitgegeven  door  Dr.  Keyser ' s  Gravenhage,  1858 

53.  Veth,  PI  J.,  Java,  Haarlem,  1875-1907  Vols  II  and  III 

54.  Vlekke,  Bernard  H.  M.  ,  Nusantara,  a  History  o-f 
Indonesia.  Chicago,  1960 

55.  Vogel  ,  J.  Ph.,  "The  Earliest  Inscription  o-f  Java", 
Publication  Pud  Heidekundiqe  Kienst  Nederl andsch-Indi e. 
1925 

56.  Wertheim,  W.  F. ,  Indonesian  Society  in  Transition.  The 
Hague,  1956 

57.  Wolter,  P.  W.  ,  Early  Indonesian  Commerce.  A  Study  o-f 
the  Priqin  of  Sri  wid.ia  ia.  Ithaca,  New  York,  1967 

58.  Wulfften  Palthe,  P.  M.  van,  Pver  het  bendewezen  op 
Java.  Amsterdam,  1948 


B.  ANCIENT  CITY  AND  ARCHITECTURE 


Alonso,  W. ,  Location  and  Land  Use.  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts,  1964 

Anrooy,  F.  van,  Between  People  and  Statistic  o-f  Banten. 
the  Hague:  Martinus  Nijhoff,  1979 

Antoniou,  Jim,  Islamic  Cities  and  Conservation.  Geneva: 
UNESCO.,  1981 

Batley,  C. ,  Bombay's  Houses  and  Homes.  Bombay,  1949 

Bayd,  Andrew,  Chinese  Architecture  and  Town  Planning. 
London,  1962 

Basu,  Dilip  K.  ,  The  Rise  and  Growth  o-f  the  Colonial 
Port  Cities  in  Asia.  Berkeley,  California:  Center  for 
South  and  Southeast  Asia  Studies,  1985 

Breese,  Gerald  <ed.),  The  City  in  Newly  Devi  oping 
Countries.  New  Jersey  :Englewood  Cliffs,  1969 

Creswell,  K.  A.  C.  CBE.  ,  Early  Muslim  Architecture.  New 
York  :  Hacker  Art  Book,  1979 

Dobbin,  Christine,  Urban  Leadership  in  Western  India. 
London,  1972 


10. 


Dwyer,  D.  J.,  The  City  as  a  Centre  of  Change  in  Asia. 
Hongkong,  1972 


11.   Dyetz,  Albert,  Dwelling  House  Construction.  Boston, 
1977 

12  Furber,  Hoi  den,  Rival  Empires  of  Trade  in  the  Orient. 
1600-1800.  Minneapolis:  The  Univ.  of  Minnesota  Press, 
1976 

13.  Geertz,  Clifford,  Agricultural  Involution:  The  Process 
of  Ecological  Change  in  Indonesia.  Berkeley:  University 
of  California  Press,  1963 

14.  Jacobs,  Jane,  The  Economy  of  the  Cities.  New  York: 
Random  House,  1970 

15.  King,  Anthony  D.  ,  Colonial  Urban  Development:  Culture. 
Social  Power  and  Environment.  London,  1976 

16.  Lanch,  Donald  F. ,  Southeast  Asia  in  the  Eyes  of  Europe. 

206 


207 

The   Sixteenth  Century.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago 
Press,  1965 

17.  McGhee,  T.  G. ,  The  Southeast  Asian  City.  London,  1967 

18.  Mook,  D.  H. ,  "Kuta  Gede"  in  Indonesian  Town.  The  Hague, 
195S 

19.  Mum-ford,  Lewis,  The  City  in  History,  Its  Origins,  its 
Trans-formations  and  Its  Prospects.  Orlando,  1961 

20.  Murphey,  Rhoads,  "Traditionalism  and  Colonialism: 
Changing  Urban  Roles  in  Asia".  Journal  o-f  Asian 
Studies.  XXIX,  Nov.  1969 

21.  Nil  son,  Sten,  European  Architecture  in  India. 
1750-1850.  London,  1968 

22.  Pearson,  M.  N. ,  Merchants  and  Rulers  in  Gujarat. 
Berkeley:  University  of  California  Press,  1976 

23.  Polanyi,  Karl,  Arensberg,  C.  M.  ,  and  Pearson  H.  W. , 

(ed.),  Trade  and  Market  in  the  Early  Empires.  Glencoe, 
III. ,  1957 

24.  Plughod,  Janet  Abu,  "The  Form  of  Cities:  Lessons  from 
the  Islamic  City",  in  Janus:  Essays  in  Ancient  and 
Modern  Studies,  ed.  L.  Orlin,  Ann  Arbor:  University  of 
Michegan,  1975 

25.   ,  "Problems  and  Policy  Implications  of 

Middle  Eastern  Urbanization",  in  Studies  on  Development 
Problems  in  Selected  Countries  of  the  Middle  East,  New 
York:  UNESOB,  1973 

26.  Roml i ,  Inayati,  "Konsep  Ruang  dalam  Arsitektur  Islam", 

(The  Space  Concept  of  Islamic  Architectures),  Pi  skusi 
II  mi  ah  Arkeoloqi.  Jakarta:  DIA.  II.,  1985 

27.  Schricke,  B. ,  Indonesian  Sociological  Studies.  The 
Hague,  1955 

28.  Sjioberg,  Gideon,  The  Prei ndustr i al  City:  Past  and 
Present,  Glencoe,  III.,  1960 

29.  Spencer,  Joseph  E. ,  Shifting  Cultivation  in 
Southeastern  Asia,  Berkeley:  University  of  California 
Press,  1966 

30.  Subarna,  Abay  D. ,  "The  Aesthetical  Elements  and 
Symbolism  of  the  Islamic  Buildings",  DIA. II.,  Jakarta, 
1985 


208 


31.  Sylvia,  Fleis  Fava,  Urbanism  in  World  Perspective  :  A 
Reader.  New  York,  1968  ~~  ' 

32.  Ucko,  Peter  J.,  Tringham,  Ruth,  and  Dimbleby,  G.  W. 
<ed.),  ^n, Settlement  and  Urbanism.  London,  1972 

33.  Wallerstein,  Immmanuel,  The  Modern  World  System: 
Capitalist  Agriculture  and  the  Origins  of  the  European 
World  Economy  in  the  Sixteenth  Century.  New  York,  1974 

34.  Weber,  Max,  The  City.  New  York,  1958 

35.  Wertheim,  W.  F. ,  The  Indonesian  Town.  The  Hague,  1958 

36.  Wheatly,  Paul,  The  Golden  Khersonese:  Studies  in  the 
Historical  Geography  of  the  Malay  Peninsula  before  A.D. 
1500,  Kuala  Lampur:  University  of  Malaya  Press,  1966 

37.  Yeung  Y.  M.  and  Lo  C.  P.,   (ed.).  Changing  Southeast 
Asian  Cities:  Readings  on  Urbanization.  Singapore: 
Oxford  University   Press,  1976 

38.  Zimmer,  Heinrich,  Myths  and  Symbols  in  Indian  Art  and 
Civilization.  New  York:  Pantheon  Books,  1946 


ARCHAEOLOGY  AND  HISTORIC  PRESERVATION 


1.  Ambary,  Hasan  Muarif,  L?Art  Funeraire  Musulman  en 
Indonesie  des  Oriqines  aux  XIX  erne  Siecle.  Dissertasi, 
Paris:  EHESS,  19S4 

2.    , "Archaeological  Research  on  Sites  of 

Banten",  Final  Report.  Seminar  on  Preservation  of 
Historic  Sites  o-f  Banten.  Jakarta:  Di  tl  i  nbi  nj  arah  ,  1986 

3.  Ambary,  Hasan  Muarif,  Halwany  Michrob,  Martindo  Dt . 
<ed. ) ,  Pemuqaran  Taman  Air  Sunvaraqi .  Cirebon. (The 
Restoration  of  Sunyaragi,  Cirebon),  Bandung:  P.  4 
SPJB. ,  1981 

4.  Ambary,  Hasan  Muarif,  Halwany  Michrob,  Darussalam, 
Harijadi  Daerah  Kabupaten  Seranq.  Banten.   (The  Birthday 
of  Serang  Regency,  Banten),  Serang:  Pemda  Kab.  Serang, 
1985 

5.  De  Long,  David  G. ,  "Historic  Preservation  for  the  Sites 
of  Banten",  Final  Report.  Seminar  on  Preservation  of 
Historic  Sites  of  Banten.  Jakarta:  Di tl inbin jarah ,  1986 

6.  Fakultas  Sastra,  Universitas  Indonesia,  "Laporan 
Penggalian  Arkeologi  Keraton  Surosowan  Banten  tahun 
1968"  Unpublished  report   of  Archaeological  Excavation 
of  Surosowan  Palace,  Banten  (Site  Museum,  Banten),  1985 

7.  Herman,  V.  J.,  "Conservation  on  Museum  Objects  at  Site 
Museum  of  Banten",  Final  Report.  Seminar  on 
Preservation  of  Historic  Sites  of  Banten.  Jakarta: 
Ditl inbinjarah,  1986 

8.  Michrob,  Halwany,  Progress  Report  of  the  Excavation  and 
Restoration  of  the  Ancient  City  of  Banten.  Jakarta: 
Ditl inbinjarah,  1985 

9.  Miksic,  John  N. ,  "A  Comparison  Between  Some  Long 
Distance  Trading  Institutions  of  Malacca  Straits  Area 
and  of  the  Western  Pacific",  Southeast  Asian 
Archaeology  at  the  XV  Pacific  Science  Congress.  New 
Zealand,  1983 

10.   ,  "Artifacts,  Museums,  and  Urban  Site 

Restoration",  Final  Report.  Seminar  on  Historic  Sites 
of  Banten.  Jakarta:  Di tl i nbi nj arah,  1986 

11-   , "Banten  and  Javanese  Urbanisation  during 

the  Early  Islamic  Period",  The  85th  Annual  Meeting  of 

209 


210 

the  American  Anthropological  Association.  Philadelphia, 
3-7  December,  1986 

12.  Mundard  j  i  to,  Hasan  Jafar,  Hasan  Muarif  Ambary  (ed.  ) , 
"Laporan  Penelitian  Arkeologi  Banten  1976",  Beri  ta 
Penelitian  Arkeoloqi  18.  Jakarta:  Departemen  Pendidikan 
dan  Kebudayaan,  1978 

13.  Oleg,  Grabar,  "Islamic  Archaeology,  an  Introduction", 
i  n  Historical  Archaeology:  A  Guide  to  Substantive  and 
Theoretical  Contributions.  Ed.  Robert  L.  Schuyler,  New 
York:  Baywood  Publishing  Company,  Inc.,  1978 

14.  Reid,  Anthony.,  "The  Structure  of  Cities  in  Southeast 
Asia,  Fifteenth  to  Seventeenth  Centuries",  Journal  of 
Southeast  Asian  Studies.  11/2:  235-250,  1980 

15.  Serrurier,  L. ,  Kaart  van  Qud-Banten  in  geroedheid 
begracht  door  wi j 1  en  Mr.  L.  Serrurier  (met  eene 
inleiding  van  Dr.  H.  Brandes) ,  Tijdschrift  van  het 
Bataviaasch  Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wettenschappen 
45:  257-262 ,  1902 

16.  Sharer,  Robert  J.,  and  W.  Ashmore,  Fundementals  of 
Archaeol oqy.  California:  Menlo  Park,  1979 

17.  Sutikno  (ed.),  Penqinderaan  Jauh  untuk  Pemetaan 
Terinteqrasi  Kepurbakal aan  Banten  dan  Jepara, 

(Integrated  Thought  or  Aerial  Photography  of  the 
Archaeological  Sites  of  Banten  and  Jepara),  Vol.  I., 
Yogyakarta  :  Ga j ah  Mada  University,  1984 

18.  Ten  Dam  H. ,  Verkeningen  Rondom  Padjadjaran  Indonesia. 
X.4 

19.  Uka  Tj andrasasmi ta,  "Restoration  of  Historical  Monument 
in  Indonesia",  A  Country  Report  for  SPAFA  Workshop  of 
Monument  Restoration  (Yogyakarta  Oct.  6-9,  1980) 

20.   ,  The  Efforts  on  Historical  and 

Archaeological  Heritage  in  Indonesia,  Jakarta:  p.  4  SPJ 
1983 

21.   ,  "Prel  imi  nary  concept  of  the  Masterplan  on 

Archaeological  Park  of  Banten",  Final  Report.  Seminar 
on  Preservation  of  Historic  Sites  of  Banten,  Jakarta" 
Ditl inbinjarah,  1986 

22.  Wheathley,  P.,  Negara  and  Commandery.  Chicago: 
University  of  Chicago  Department  of  Geography,  Research 
Paper,  207-208,  1983 


211 

23.  White,  Lesle  A.,  The  Concept  of  Cultural  System.  New 
York,  Columbia  University  Press,  1975 

24.  Widya  Nayati ,  "Telaah  Arkeologi  Pad  Kota  Banten  Lama 
Berdasarkan  Interpretasi  Foto  Udara"  (Aerial 
Photography  o-f  Old  Banten),  Unpublished  These, 
Yogyakartas  Fak.  Sastra  UGM.  ,  1985 

25.  Yellen,  J.  E.  Archaeological  Approaches  to  the  Present; 
Models  -for  Reconstructing  the  Past.  New  York:  Academic 
Press,   1977 

26.  Zimmerman,  D.  W. ,  "Uranium  distributions  in 
archaeological  ceramics:  Dating  of  radioactive 
inclusions",  Science.  174:  818-30,  1971 

27.  Zeuner,  F.  E. ,  Dating  the  Past:  An  Introduction  to 
Geochronology.  London:  flethuen,  1958 


"fine  arts  libhakT 

FURNESS  BLDG. 

OCT    11987 

UN1V.   OFPENNA^ 


3   1198   04975   3549 

Nil  I II  UN  III! IN 


N/infl/OM^S/BSiHX